SHOWBOAT INC
8-K, 1994-08-22
MISCELLANEOUS AMUSEMENT & RECREATION
Previous: PAINE WEBBER GROUP INC, 424B3, 1994-08-22
Next: TRANSAMERICA FINANCE CORP, 424B2, 1994-08-22







                          SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

                                Washington, D.C. 20549

                                       FORM 8-K



                                    CURRENT REPORT

                          Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of
                         the Securities Exchange Act of 1934



          Date of Report (Date of earliest event reported)AUGUST 10, 1994


                                    SHOWBOAT, INC.
                  (Exact name of registrant as specified in charter)


                   NEVADA                  1-7123           88-0090766
          (State or other jurisdiction  (Commission         (IRS Employer
           of incorporation)            File Number)         Identification
          No.)


          2800 FREMONT STREET, LAS VEGAS, NEVADA                    89104
          (Address of principal executive offices)               (Zip Code)


          Registrant's telephone number, including area code(702) 385-9123



                                    NOT APPLICABLE
            (Former name or former address, if changed since last report)


          Item 5.  OTHER EVENTS

               On  August  10,  1994,  Showboat, Inc., a Nevada corporation
          (the "Company"), completed its  underwritten  public  offering of
          13%  Senior  Subordinated  Notes  due  2009 (the "Notes") in  the
          principal aggregate amount of $120,000,000 (the "Note Offering").
          The  Notes  are  unsecured general obligations  of  the  Company,
          subordinated in right  of  payment  to all senior indebtedness of
          the Company.  The Notes are jointly and  severally  guaranteed on
          an unsecured, senior subordinated basis by Ocean Showboat,  Inc.,
          a  New  Jersey  corporation  and  wholly  owned subsidiary of the
          Company  ("OSI"),  Atlantic  City Showboat, Inc.,  a  New  Jersey
          corporation  and  wholly owned subsidiary  of  OSI  ("ACSI")  and
          Showboat Operating Company, a Nevada corporation and wholly owned
          subsidiary of the Company ("SBOC").

               Pursuant  to  the   indenture   for  the  Notes  (the  "Note
          Indenture") among the Company, OSI, ACSI, SBOC and Marine Midland
          Bank,  as trustee, the Notes are not redeemable  by  the  Company
          prior to  August  1, 2001 unless otherwise required by the gaming
          laws of Nevada, New  Jersey,  or  any  other  state or country in
          which  the  Company  or  one of its subsidiaries conducts  gaming
          operations or unless otherwise permitted pursuant to the terms of
          the Note Indenture.  On or  after  August  1, 2001, the Notes are
          redeemable at the option of the Company, in  whole or in part, at
          the redemption price provided for in the Note Indenture, together
          with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date.
          The  Company  is  not  required to make mandatory  redemption  or
          sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

               The Note Indenture contains certain covenants restricting or
          limiting the ability of  the  Company  and  its  subsidiaries to,
          among  other  things, (i) pay dividends or make other  restricted
          payments, (ii)  incur additional indebtedness and issue preferred
          stock, (iii) create liens, (iv) create dividend and other payment
          restrictions affecting  any  subsidiary of the Company, (v) enter
          into  mergers,  consolidations  or   make   sales   of   all   or
          substantially  all  assets,  (vi)  enter  into  transactions with
          affiliates and (vii) engage in other lines of business.

               The  net  proceeds  from the Note Offering, after  deducting
          underwriting discounts and  commissions  and  estimated  offering
          expenses, were approximately $116.5 million.  The Company intends
          to  apply  such  net  proceeds to (i) invest approximately $100.0
          million in Sydney Harbour Casino Holdings Limited ("SHCL"), which
          has been selected as the preferred applicant to build, manage and
          operate  the  sole  full-service   casino  in  New  South  Wales,
          Australia (the "Sydney Harbour Casino")  for an approximately 27%
          equity interest in SHCL and (ii) renovate  the Las Vegas Showboat
          in  order  to  upgrade  the facility to current  building  codes,
          replace the existing power  plant  facility  and add up to a 900-
          space parking garage at a cost of approximately $15.0 million.

               The Company has placed $100.0 million of  the  net  proceeds
          into  an  escrow  account,  which  may  only  be used to fund the
          Company's investment in SHCL.  In the event that  (i)  SHCL  or a
          subsidiary of SHCL has not been selected as the sole licensee  of
          the Sydney Harbour Casino; or (ii) the Company or a subsidiary of
          the  Company  has not entered into an agreement with SHCL for the
          management of the  gaming operations of Sydney Harbour Casino for
          a term of not less than 12 years, within one year of the issuance
          of the Notes, then the Company will be obligated to make an offer
          to repurchase an amount  of  Notes and certain other indebtedness
          of the Company equal to the amount  in  the  escrow  account at a
          purchase  price equal to 100.0% of the principal amount  thereof,
          together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon.

               In the  event  that the Company determines not to pursue any
          portion of the Las Vegas  Showboat  renovation,  the Company will
          use any remaining net proceeds for other expansion opportunities,
          capital improvements to existing properties or general  corporate
          purposes.

               In connection with providing certain financial services  the
          Company  issued  as  of May 6, 1994, warrants to purchase 150,000
          shares of common stock, $1.00 par value, of the Company, issuable
          at an exercise price per share equal to the lesser of (i) $15.50,
          or (ii) the exercise price  of  the Takedown Warrants (as defined
          in the Warrant Agreement) to DLJ Bridge Finance, Inc.  DLJ Bridge
          Finance, Inc. is an affiliate of  Donaldson,  Lufkin  &  Jenrette
          Securities Corporation, the underwriter of the Note Offering.

          EXHIBIT NO.                   DESCRIPTION

          4.01           Indenture  dated  August  10,  1994,  for  the 13%
                         Senior  Subordinated  Notes  due 2009 by and among
                         the  Company,  OSI,  ACSI,  SBOC,   and   Trustee;
                         Guaranty  in  favor of the Trustee issued by  OSI,
                         ACSI and SBOC;  Form  of  Note Certificate for the
                         13% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2009

          99.01          Warrant Agreement dated as  of May 6, 1994, by and
                         between the Company and DLJ Bridge Finance, Inc.

                                      SIGNATURES

               Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities  Exchange Act
          of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to  be signed
          on its behalf by the undersigned hereunto duly authorized.


                                   SHOWBOAT, INC.
                                   (Registrant)



          Dated: August 22, 1994   By:  /S/ Schneider
                                      Leann Schneider
                                      Vice President-Finance and
                                      Chief Financial Officer

                                    EXHIBIT INDEX
          <TABLE>
          <CAPTION>
          EXHIBIT NO.                   DESCRIPTION         PAGE NO.
          <C>       <C>                           <C>
          4.01      Indenture  dated  August  10,  1994,  for the
                    6
                    13% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2009 by and
                    among  the  Company,  OSI,  ACSI,  SBOC,  and
                    Trustee;  Guaranty  in  favor  of the Trustee
                    issued  by OSI, ACSI and SBOC; Form  of  Note
                    Certificate  for  the 13% Senior Subordinated
                    Notes due 2009

          99.01     Warrant Agreement dated as of May 6, 1994, by
                    and  between  the  Company   and  DLJ  Bridge
                    Finance, Inc.
          </TABLE>

                                                             EXECUTION COPY








                                    SHOWBOAT, INC.


                        13% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2009


                                      INDENTURE


                             Dated as of August 10, 1994



                                 MARINE MIDLAND BANK
                                       Trustee



















                                CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE*
               <TABLE>
               <CAPTION>
               TRUST INDENTURE
                 ACT SECTION                                 INDENTURE
               SECTION
               <C>                                         <C>
               310 (a)(1)..............................7.10
                  (a)(2)...............................7.10
                  (a)(3) ..............................N.A.
                  (a)(4)...............................N.A.
                  (a)(5).............................. 7.10
                  (b) .................................7.10
                  (c) ...............................  N.A.
               311 (a) ..............................  7.11
                  (b) ...............................  7.11
                  (c) ...............................  N.A.
               312 (a)...............................  2.05
                  (b).................................12.03
                  (c) ............................... 12.03
               313 (a) ..............................  7.06
                  (b)(1) ..............................7.06
                  (b)(2) ........................ 7.06;7.07
                  (c) .........................  7.06;12.02
                  (d)................................. 7.06
               314 (a) ..........................4.03;12.02
                  (b) .............................     N.A.
                  (c)(1) ............................ 12.04
                  (c)(2) ............................ 12.04
                  (c)(3) ..............................N.A.
                  (d)..................................N.A.
                  (e)  ...............................12.05
                  (f)..................................N.A.
               315 (a).................................7.01
                  (b)............................7.05,12.02
                  (c)  ................................7.01
                  (d)..................................7.01
                  (e)..................................6.11
               316 (a)(last sentence) ...............  2.09
                  (a)(1)(A)............................6.05
                  (a)(1)(B) ...........................6.04
                  (a)(2) ..............................N.A.
                  (b) ................................ 6.07
                  (c) ...............................  2.13
               317 (a)(1) .............................6.08
                  (a)(2)...............................6.09
                  (b) .................................2.04
               318 (a)............................... 12.01
                  (b)................................. N.A.
                  (c).................................12.01
               </TABLE>
               N.A. means not applicable.

               *This   Cross-Reference   Table  is  not  part  of  the
               Indenture.
                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                  PAGE

                                      ARTICLE 1
                            DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION
               <TABLE>               BY REFERENCE
                    <C>       <C>                                  <C>
                    Section 1.01.Definitions.......................1
                    Section 1.02.Other Definitions.................13
                    Section 1.03.Incorporation  by  Reference  of
                              Trust Indenture Act..................13
                    Section 1.04.Rules of Construction.............14

                                      ARTICLE 2
                                      THE NOTES
                    Section 2.01.Form and Dating...................14
                    Section 2.02.Execution and Authentication......15
                    Section 2.03.Registrar and Paying Agent........15
                    Section  2.04.Paying  Agent  to Hold Money in
                              Trust................................16
                    Section 2.05.Lists of Holders..................16
                    Section 2.06.Transfer and Exchange.............16
                    Section 2.07.Replacement Notes.................17
                    Section 2.08.Outstanding Notes.................17
                    Section 2.09.Treasury Notes....................17
                    Section 2.10.Temporary Notes...................18
                    Section 2.11.Cancellation......................18
                    Section 2.12.Defaulted Interest................18
                    Section 2.13.Record Date.......................19
                    Section 2.14.CUSIP Number......................19

                                      ARTICLE 3
                          REDEMPTION AND OFFERS TO PURCHASE
                    Section 3.01.Notices to Trustee................19
                    Section   3.02.Selection  of  Notes   to   Be
                              Purchased or Redeemed................19
                    Section 3.03.Notice of Redemption..............20
                    Section 3.04.Effect of Notice of Redemption....21
                    Section   3.05.Deposit   of   Redemption   or
                              Purchase Price.......................21
                    Section 3.06.Notes  Redeemed  or Purchased in
                              Part.................................21
                    Section 3.07.Optional Redemption...............21
                    Section 3.08.Mandatory Redemption..............22
                    Section 3.09.Offers to Purchase................23

                                      ARTICLE 4
                                      COVENANTS
                    Section 4.01.Payment of Notes..................24
                    Section 4.02.Maintenance of Office or Agency...25
                    Section 4.03.Reports...........................25
                    Section 4.04.Compliance Certificate............25
                    Section 4.05.Taxes.............................26
                    Section 4.06.Stay, Extension and Usury Laws....26
                    Section 4.07.Restricted Payments...............26
                    Section   4.08.Dividend  and  Other   Payment
                              Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries..29
                    Section 4.09.Incurrence  of  Indebtedness and
                              Issuance of Disqualified Stock.......30
                    Section 4.10.Asset Sales.......................31
                    Section 4.11.Transactions with Affiliates......32
                    Section 4.12.Liens.............................34
                    Section 4.13.Additional Subsidiary Guarantees..34
                    Section  4.14.Redesignation  of  Non-Recourse
                              Subsidiary...........................34
                    Section 4.15.Offer to Purchase Upon Change of
                              Control..............................34
                    Section 4.16.Corporate Existence...............35
                    Section 4.17.Line of Business..................35
                    Section     4.18.No    Senior    Subordinated
                              Indebtedness.........................35
                    Section 4.19.Escrow Agent......................35

                                      ARTICLE 5
                                      SUCCESSORS

                    Section 5.01.Merger,  Consolidation,  or Sale
                              of Assets............................36
                    Section       5.02.Successor      Corporation
                              Substituted..........................37

                                      ARTICLE 6
                                DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
                    Section 6.01.Events of Default.................37
                    Section 6.02.Acceleration......................39
                    Section 6.03.Other Remedies....................40
                    Section 6.04.Waiver of Past Defaults...........40
                    Section 6.05.Control by Majority...............40
                    Section 6.06.Limitation on Suits...............40
                    Section 6.07.Rights  of  Holders  of Notes to
                              Receive Payment......................41
                    Section 6.08.Collection Suit by Trustee........41
                    Section 6.09.Trustee May File Proofs of Claim..41
                    Section 6.10.Priorities........................42
                    Section 6.11.Undertaking for Costs.............42

                                      ARTICLE 7
                                       TRUSTEE
                    Section 7.01.Duties of Trustee.................42
                    Section 7.02.Rights of Trustee.................43
                    Section 7.03.Individual Rights of Trustee......44
                    Section 7.04.Trustee's Disclaimer..............44
                    Section 7.05.Notice of Defaults................44
                    Section 7.06.Reports by Trustee to Holders.....44
                    Section 7.07.Compensation and Indemnity........45
                    Section 7.08.Replacement of Trustee............46
                    Section 7.09.Successor Trustee by Merger, etc..47
                    Section 7.10.Eligibility; Disqualification.....47
                    Section   7.11.Preferential   Collection   of
                              Claims Against Company...............47

                                      ARTICLE 8
                       LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE
                    Section    8.01.Option    to   Effect   Legal
                              Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance....47
                    Section 8.02.Legal Defeasance and Discharge....47
                    Section 8.03.Covenant Defeasance...............48
                    Section 8.04.Conditions to  Legal or Covenant
                              Defeasance...........................48
                    Section   8.05.Deposited   Money   and   U.S.
                              Government Obligations  to  be Held
                              in   Trust;   Other   Miscellaneous
                              Provisions...........................49
                    Section 8.06.Repayment to Company..............50
                    Section 8.07.Reinstatement.....................50

                                      ARTICLE 9
                          AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER
                    Section  9.01.Without  Consent of Holders  of
                              Notes................................51
                    Section 9.02.With Consent of Holders of Notes..51
                    Section 9.03.Compliance  with Trust Indenture
                              Act..................................53
                    Section   9.04.Revocation   and   Effect   of
                              Consents.............................53
                    Section 9.05.Notation on or Exchange of Notes..53
                    Section 9.06.Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc...53

                                      ARTICLE 10
                                SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES
                    Section 10.01.Subsidiary Guarantee.............53
                    Section 10.02.Subordination....................55
                    Section    10.03.Liquidation;    Dissolution;
                              Bankruptcy...........................55
                    Section 10.04.Default on Senior Debt  of  the
                              Guarantor............................55
                    Section 10.05.Acceleration of Notes............56
                    Section  10.06.When Distribution Must Be Paid
                              Over.................................56
                    Section 10.07.Notice by a Guarantor............57
                    Section 10.08.Subrogation......................57
                    Section 10.09.Relative Rights..................57
                    Section  10.10.Subordination   May   Not   Be
                              Impaired By Any Guarantor............58
                    Section   10.11.Distribution   or  Notice  to
                              Representative.......................58
                    Section  10.12.Rights of Trustee  and  Paying
                              Agent................................58
                    Section   10.13.Authorization    to    Effect
                              Subordination........................58
                    Section   10.14.Limitation   of   Guarantor's
                              Liability............................59
                    Section  10.15.Releases  Following  Sale   of
                              Assets...............................59

                                      ARTICLE 11
                                    SUBORDINATION
                    Section 11.01.Subordination....................59
                    Section    11.02.Liquidation;    Dissolution;
                              Bankruptcy...........................59
                    Section 11.03.Default on Senior Debt...........60
                    Section 11.04.Acceleration of Notes............61
                    Section 11.05.When Distribution Must  Be Paid
                              Over.................................61
                    Section 11.06.Notice by Company................61
                    Section 11.07.Subrogation......................62
                    Section 11.08.Relative Rights..................62
                    Section   11.09.Subordination   May   Not  Be
                              Impaired By Company..................62
                    Section   11.10.Distribution   or  Notice  to
                              Representative.......................62
                    Section  11.11.Rights of Trustee  and  Paying
                              Agent................................63
                    Section   11.12.Authorization    to    Effect
                              Subordination........................63

                                      ARTICLE 12
                                    MISCELLANEOUS
                    Section 12.01.Trust Indenture Act Controls.....63
                    Section 12.02.Notices..........................63
                    Section  12.03.Communication  by  Holders  of
                              Notes with Other Holders of Notes....64
                    Section  12.04.Certificate  and Opinion as to
                              Conditions Precedent.................65
                    Section    12.05.Statements    Required    in
                              Certificate or Opinion...............65
                    Section 12.06.Rules by Trustee and Agents......65
                    Section   12.07.No   Personal  Liability   of
                              Directors, Officers,  Employees and
                              Stockholders.........................65
                    Section 12.08.Governing Law....................66
                    Section  12.09.No  Adverse Interpretation  of
                              Other Agreements.....................66
                    Section 12.10.Successors.......................66
                    Section 12.11.Severability.....................66
                    Section 12.12.Counterpart Originals............66
                    Section 12.13.Table  of  Contents,  Headings,
                              etc..................................66
               </TABLE>

                                       EXHIBITS

                    Exhibit A FORM OF NOTE
                    Exhibit B FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
                    Exhibit C FORM OF NOTATION ON SENIOR  SUBORDINATED
                              NOTE RELATING TO NOTE GUARANTEE
                    Exhibit D FORM OF ESCROW AGREEMENT


                         INDENTURE dated as of August 10, 1994 between
               Showboat,  Inc.  a  Nevada corporation (the "Company"),
               Atlantic City Showboat,  Inc., a New Jersey corporation
               ("ACSI"),   Ocean  Showboat,   Inc.,   a   New   Jersey
               corporation ("OSI")  and  Showboat Operating Company, a
               Nevada corporation ("SBOC")  and Marine Midland Bank, a
               New York corporation, as trustee (the "Trustee").

                         The Company and the  Trustee agree as follows
               for the benefit of each other and  for  the  equal  and
               ratable  benefit  of  the  Holders  of  the  13% Senior
               Subordinated Notes due 2009:


                                      ARTICLE 1
                            DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION
                                     BY REFERENCE

               SECTION 1.01.  DEFINITIONS.

                         "AFFILIATE" of any specified Person means any
               other   individual,  corporation,  partnership,  trust,
               incorporated   or   unincorporated  association,  joint
               venture,  joint  stock  company,  government  or  other
               entity of any kind  directly  or indirectly controlling
               or  controlled by or under direct  or  indirect  common
               control  with  such  specified Person.  For purposes of
               this definition, "control" (including, with correlative
               meanings, the terms "controlling,"  "controlled by" and
               "under common control with"), as used  with  respect to
               any  Person,  shall  mean  the possession, directly  or
               indirectly,  of  the  power  to  direct  or  cause  the
               direction of the management or policies of such Person,
               whether through the ownership  of voting securities, by
               agreement   or  otherwise;  PROVIDED,   HOWEVER,   that
               beneficial ownership  of  10%  or  more  of  the voting
               securities of a Person shall be deemed to be control.

                         "AGENT" means any Registrar, Paying  Agent or
               co-registrar.

                         "ASSET  SALE"  means  (i)  the  sale,  lease,
               conveyance, transfer or other disposition (whether in a
               single transaction or a series of related transactions)
               of  property or assets (including by way of a sale  and
               leaseback)  of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary
               (each   referred   to   in   this   definition   as   a
               "disposition")  or  (ii) the issuance or sale of Equity
               Interests of any Restricted  Subsidiary  (whether  in a
               single transaction or a series of related transactions)
               in each case, other than (a) a disposition of inventory
               in the ordinary course of business, (b) the disposition
               of  all  or  substantially  all  of  the  assets of the
               Company   in   a   manner  permitted  pursuant  to  the
               provisions described below under "Merger, Consolidation
               or Sale of Assets" and  "Offer  to Purchase Upon Change
               of Control," (c) any disposition  that  is a Restricted
               Payment or that is a dividend or distribution permitted
               under  the  covenant described below under  "Restricted
               Payments" or  any  Investment  that  is  not prohibited
               thereunder   or   any   disposition  of  cash  or  Cash
               Equivalents, and (d) any single disposition, or related
               series of dispositions, of  assets  with  an  aggregate
               fair market value of less than $3.0 million.

                         "ATLANTIC  CITY  SHOWBOAT"  means (i) all  of
               ACSI's  interest  in  its  hotel  casino  and   related
               properties located at 801 Boardwalk, Atlantic City, New
               Jersey  and any Project Expansion relating thereto  and
               (ii) any contiguous property acquired by the Company or
               any  of its  Subsidiaries  and  any  Project  Expansion
               relating thereto.

                         "AUSTRALIAN   GAMING   APPROVAL"   means  the
               official selection of SHCL (or a Subsidiary of SHCL) as
               the  sole  licensee  or  operator  of  a  casino gaming
               operation in Sydney, Australia.

                         "BANKRUPTCY LAW" means Title 11, U.S. Code or
               any  similar  federal  or  state law for the relief  of
               debtors.

                         "BOARD  OF  DIRECTORS"  means  the  Board  of
               Directors of the Company,  or  any authorized committee
               of the Board of Directors.

                         "BUSINESS DAY" means any  day  other  than  a
               Legal Holiday.

                         "CAPITAL  STOCK"  means  any  and all shares,
               interests, participations, rights or other  equivalents
               (however  designated)  of  corporate  stock, including,
               without limitation, partnership interests.

                         "CASH  EQUIVALENTS"  means (i) United  States
               dollars, (ii) securities issued  or  directly and fully
               guaranteed  or insured by the United States  government
               or  any  agency   or   instrumentality  thereof  having
               maturities of not more than six months from the date of
               acquisition,   (iii) certificates    of   deposit   and
               eurodollar time deposits with maturities  of six months
               or   less   from  the  date  of  acquisition,  bankers'
               acceptances with  maturities  not  exceeding six months
               from  the  date  of  acquisition  and  overnight   bank
               deposits,  in  each  case  with any domestic commercial
               bank  having  capital and surplus  in  excess  of  $500
               million, (iv) repurchase obligations with a term of not
               more than seven  days  for underlying securities of the
               types described in clauses  (ii) and (iii) entered into
               with    any   financial   institution    meeting    the
               qualifications  specified  in  clause  (iii)  above and
               (v) commercial  paper  having  a  rating of P-2 or  the
               equivalent thereof by Moody's Investors  Service,  Inc.
               or  A-2  or the equivalent thereof by Standard & Poor's
               Corporation and in each case maturing within six months
               after the date of acquisition.

                         "CHANGE  OF  CONTROL" means the occurrence of
               any  of  the following events:  (i)  the  sale,  lease,
               transfer,  conveyance or other disposition, in one or a
               series of related transactions, of all or substantially
               all of the assets  of the Company and its Subsidiaries,
               taken as a whole; (ii)  the  liquidation or dissolution
               of the Company; (iii) the Company  becomes aware of (by
               way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section
               13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy vote,  written  notice
               or  otherwise)  the  acquisition  by  any  "person"  or
               related  group  (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3)
               or  Section  14(d)(2)  of  the  Exchange  Act,  or  any
               successor  provision   to   either  of  the  foregoing,
               including  any  "group"  acting   for  the  purpose  of
               acquiring,  holding or disposing of  securities  within
               the meaning of  Rule  13d-5(b)(1)  under  the  Exchange
               Act), other than the Company's Existing Management,  in
               a   single  transaction  or  in  a  related  series  of
               transactions,  by way of merger, consolidation or other
               business  combination   or   purchase   of   beneficial
               ownership  (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under  the
               Exchange Act,  or  any  successor  provision) of 30% or
               more of the total voting power entitled  to vote in the
               election  of the Board of Directors of the  Company  or
               such other  Person  surviving  the transaction; or (iv)
               during any period of two consecutive years, individuals
               who  at  the beginning of such period  constituted  the
               Company's  Board  of  Directors  (together with any new
               directors whose election or appointment  by  such board
               or whose nomination for election by the shareholders of
               the Company was approved by a vote of a majority of the
               directors   then   still  in  office  who  were  either
               directors at the beginning  of  such  period  or  whose
               election  or nomination for election was previously  so
               approved) cease for any reason to constitute a majority
               of the Company's Board of Directors then in office.

                         "COMPANY"  means  the  party named as such in
               the  recitals  to  this  Indenture  until  a  successor
               replaces it pursuant to this Indenture  and  thereafter
               means the successor.

                         "CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOW" means, with  respect
               to  any  Person  for  any  period, the Consolidated Net
               Income of such Person and its  Restricted  Subsidiaries
               for  such  period  plus  (a)  an  amount  equal to  any
               extraordinary  loss  plus  any  net  loss  realized  in
               connection  with  an  Asset  Sale  (to the extent  such
               losses  were  deducted  in  computing Consolidated  Net
               Income), plus (b) provision for  taxes  based on income
               or profits to the extent such provision for  taxes  was
               included in computing Consolidated Net Income, plus (c)
               consolidated  interest  expense of such Person for such
               period, whether paid or accrued (including amortization
               of original issue discount, non-cash interest payments,
               amortization  of deferred  financing  charges  and  the
               interest component  of  capital  lease obligations), to
               the  extent  such  expense  was deducted  in  computing
               Consolidated   Net  Income,  plus   (d)   depreciation,
               amortization (including  amortization  of  goodwill and
               other   intangibles)   and   other   non-cash   charges
               (excluding  any  such non-cash charge that requires  an
               accrual of or reserve  for  cash charges for any future
               period and excluding any such  non-cash  charge that is
               included   in   consolidated   interest   expense    or
               consolidated  tax  expense)  of  such  Person  for such
               period  to  the  extent such depreciation, amortization
               and other non-cash  charges  were deducted in computing
               Consolidated   Net   Income,  in  each   case,   on   a
               consolidated basis for  such  Person and its Restricted
               Subsidiaries and determined in accordance with GAAP.

                         "CONSOLIDATED NET INCOME" means, with respect
               to any Person for any period, the  aggregate of the Net
               Income  of such Person and its Restricted  Subsidiaries
               for such period, on a consolidated basis, determined in
               accordance with GAAP, PROVIDED, that (i) the Net Income
               of any Person  that  is  not  a  Subsidiary  or that is
               accounted  for  by  the equity method of accounting  or
               that is a Non-Recourse  Subsidiary  shall  be  included
               only  to  the  extent  of  the  amount  of dividends or
               distributions paid to the referent Person  or  a Wholly
               Owned  Subsidiary,  (ii)  the  Net Income of any Person
               that is a Subsidiary (other than  a Subsidiary of which
               at  least  80%  of  the  Capital Stock having  ordinary
               voting power for the election  of  directors  or  other
               governing  body  of  such  Subsidiary  is  owned by the
               referent Person directly or indirectly through  one  or
               more Subsidiaries) shall be included only to the extent
               of the amount of dividends or distributions paid to the
               referent  Person,  (iii)  the  Net Income of any Person
               acquired in a pooling of interests  transaction for any
               period prior to the date of such acquisition  shall  be
               excluded, and (iv) the cumulative effect of a change in
               accounting principles shall be excluded.

                         "CONSOLIDATED  NET WORTH" means, with respect
               to any Person, the sum of  (i)  the consolidated equity
               of  the  common  stockholders of such  Person  and  its
               consolidated  Subsidiaries  plus  (ii)  the  respective
               amounts reported  on  such Person's most recent balance
               sheet with respect to any  series  of  preferred  stock
               (other  than  Disqualified  Stock) that by its terms is
               not entitled to the payment of  dividends  unless  such
               dividends  may  be  declared  and  paid only out of net
               earnings in respect of the year of such declaration and
               payment, but only to the extent of any cash received by
               such Person upon issuance of such preferred stock, less
               (x) all write-ups (other than write-ups  resulting from
               foreign currency translations and write-ups of tangible
               assets  of  a  going  concern  business made within  12
               months   after  the  acquisition  of   such   business)
               subsequent  to  the  date  of the Indenture in the book
               value  of  any  asset  owned  by   such   Person  or  a
               consolidated   Subsidiary  of  such  Person,  (y)   all
               investments  in  unconsolidated   Subsidiaries  and  in
               Persons  that  are  not Subsidiaries (except,  in  each
               case, Permitted Investments),  and  (z) all unamortized
               debt  discount  and  expense  and unamortized  deferred
               charges, all of the foregoing determined  in accordance
               with GAAP.

                         "CONTROLLED  ENTITY" means any of  (a)  SHCL,
               (b)  any  Non-Recourse  Subsidiary   of   the  Company,
               including Showboat Star Partnership and Showboat Marina
               Partnership, provided that the Company or a  Subsidiary
               of  the  Company  owns  at least 50% of the outstanding
               Capital  Stock  of  such Non-Recourse  Subsidiary,  and
               which is designated by  the  Company  as  a  Controlled
               Entity  or  (c)  any  Qualified  Native American Gaming
               Project,   including  the  Qualified  Native   American
               Project to be  managed  by  Showboat  Mohawk Investment
               Limited  Partnership, provided that in each  case:  (i)
               each Subsidiary  of  the Company that owns, directly or
               indirectly  (through one  or  more  Subsidiaries),  any
               Capital Stock  of such Controlled Entity shall become a
               Guarantor  of  the  Notes  by  executing  a  Subsidiary
               Guarantee; and (ii) such Controlled Entity is a Managed
               Entity or a Subsidiary  of such Controlled Entity which
               is engaged in gaming activities is a Managed Entity.

                         "CORPORATE TRUST OFFICE OF THE TRUSTEE" shall
               be at the address of the  Trustee  specified in Section
               12.02  hereof  or such other address as  to  which  the
               Trustee may give notice to the Company.

                         "CUSTODIAN"   means  any  receiver,  trustee,
               assignee,  liquidator  or similar  official  under  any
               Bankruptcy Law.

                         "DEFAULT" means any event that is or with the
               passage of time or the giving  of  notice or both would
               be an Event of Default.

                         "DESIGNATED SENIOR DEBT" means,  with respect
               to  any Person, (i) the First Mortgage Bonds  and  (ii)
               any other  Senior  Debt  of such Person permitted under
               the Indenture the principal  amount  of  which is $50.0
               million  or  more  or which is pari passu in  right  of
               payment to the First  Mortgage  Bonds and is secured by
               substantially the same collateral.

                         "DISQUALIFIED STOCK" means  any Capital Stock
               which,  by its terms (or by the terms of  any  security
               into which  it  is  convertible  or  for  which  it  is
               exchangeable),  or  upon  the  happening  of any event,
               matures  or  is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant  to  a
               sinking fund obligation  or otherwise, or redeemable at
               the option of the holder thereof,  in whole or in part,
               on or prior to August 1, 2009.

                         "DISTRIBUTION"   means,   for   purposes   of
               Articles 10 and 11, a distribution consisting  of cash,
               securities or other property, by set-off or otherwise.

                         "EQUITY  INTERESTS"  means Capital Stock  and
               all  warrants,  options  or  other  rights  to  acquire
               Capital Stock (but excluding any debt  security that is
               convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).

                         "ESCROW AGREEMENT" means the Escrow Agreement
               between   the   Company,   the   Trustee  and  National
               Westminster Bank NJ, as escrow agent,  substantially in
               the form of Exhibit D hereto.

                         "EXCHANGE ACT" means the Securities  Exchange
               Act of 1934, as amended.

                         "EXCESS    NON-RECOURSE    SUBSIDIARY    CASH
               PROCEEDS" means 50% of all cash received by the Company
               or  any  Restricted  Subsidiary  from  any Non-Recourse
               Subsidiary (other than cash that is or may  be required
               to   be   returned   or  repaid  to  such  Non-Recourse
               Subsidiary) in excess of $125 million in the aggregate.

                         "EXISTING HOTEL  CASINOS" means the Las Vegas
               Showboat and the Atlantic City Showboat.

                         "EXISTING INDEBTEDNESS" means Indebtedness of
               the Company or its Restricted  Subsidiaries (other than
               under   the  Working  Capital  Credit   Agreement)   in
               existence  on  the  date  of  the Indenture, until such
               amounts are repaid, including without  limitation,  the
               First Mortgage Bonds.

                         "EXISTING  MANAGEMENT"  means J. K. Houssels,
               members of his family and his estate.

                         "FIRST  MORTGAGE  BOND INDENTURE"  means  the
               Indenture, dated as of May 18, 1993, among the Company,
               the Guarantors and IBJ Schroeder  Bank & Trust Company,
               as amended, pursuant to which the First  Mortgage Bonds
               were issued.

                         "FIXED  CHARGES" means, with respect  to  any
               Person for any period,  the  sum  of  (a)  consolidated
               interest  expense  of  such  Person  and its Restricted
               Subsidiaries for such period, whether  paid or accrued,
               to  the extent such expense was deducted  in  computing
               Consolidated  Net  Income  (including  amortization  of
               original issue discount, non-cash interest payments and
               the  interest component of capital leases but excluding
               amortization  of  deferred financing fees and excluding
               capitalized interest)  and  (b)  the product of (i) all
               cash dividend payments (and non-cash  dividend payments
               in  the case of a Person that is a Subsidiary)  on  any
               series  of preferred stock of such Person, times (ii) a
               fraction,  the  numerator  of  which  is  one  and  the
               denominator  of  which  is  one  minus the then current
               combined federal, state and local statutory tax rate of
               such Person, expressed as a decimal, in each case, on a
               consolidated basis for such Person  and  its Restricted
               Subsidiaries and in accordance with GAAP.

                         "FIXED  CHARGE  COVERAGE  RATIO"  means  with
               respect to any Person for any period, the ratio  of the
               Consolidated  Cash  Flow of such Person for such period
               to the Fixed Charges  of  such  Person for such period;
               PROVIDED that (a) in the event that  the Company or any
               of   its   Restricted  Subsidiaries  incurs,   assumes,
               guarantees or  redeems  any  Indebtedness  (other  than
               revolving  credit borrowings) or issues preferred stock
               subsequent to  the commencement of the period for which
               the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated but
               prior to the event  for  which  the  calculation of the
               Fixed  Charge  Coverage Ratio is made, then  the  Fixed
               Charge Coverage  Ratio  shall  be calculated giving pro
               forma effect to such incurrence,  assumption, guarantee
               or  redemption  of  Indebtedness, or such  issuance  or
               redemption of preferred  stock,  as  if  the  same  had
               occurred at the beginning of the applicable period, (b)
               in  making  such computation, the Fixed Charges of such
               Person attributable  to  interest  on  any Indebtedness
               bearing a floating interest rate shall be computed on a
               pro forma basis as if the rate in effect on the date of
               computation had been the applicable rate for the entire
               period,  (c)  in  making  such computation,  the  Fixed
               Charges of such Person attributable  to interest on any
               Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility shall be
               computed  on a pro forma basis based upon  the  average
               daily balance  of  such Indebtedness outstanding during
               the  applicable period,  (d)  in  the  event  that  the
               Company   or   any   of   its  Restricted  Subsidiaries
               consummates a Material Acquisition  or  an  Asset  Sale
               subsequent  to the commencement of the period for which
               the Fixed Charge  Coverage  Ratio  is being calculated,
               then   the  Fixed  Charge  Coverage  Ratio   shall   be
               calculated  giving  pro  forma  effect to such material
               acquisition or Asset Sale (including  the incurrence of
               any Indebtedness in connection therewith),  as  if  the
               same  had  occurred  at the beginning of the applicable
               period and in the event  that the Company or any of its
               Restricted  Subsidiaries  purchases   any   assets   or
               property  (including  the  real  property  on which the
               Atlantic   City   Showboat   is   situated)  which  was
               previously  leased  by  the  Company  or   any  of  its
               Restricted  Subsidiaries subsequent to the commencement
               of the period  for  which  the calculation of the Fixed
               Charge Coverage Ratio is being  calculated but prior to
               the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge
               Coverage Ratio is made, then the  Fixed Charge Coverage
               Ratio shall be calculated giving pro  forma  effect  to
               such  purchase  as  if  the  same  had  occurred at the
               beginning of the applicable period.

                         "GAAP"  means  generally accepted  accounting
               principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements
               of  the Accounting Principles  Board  of  the  American
               Institute   of   Certified   Public   Accountants   and
               statements   and   pronouncements   of   the  Financial
               Accounting Standards Board or in such other  statements
               by  such  other  entity  as  approved  by a significant
               segment  of  the  accounting profession, which  are  in
               effect from time to time.

                         "GAMING   AUTHORITY"    means   any   agency,
               authority,   board,  bureau,  commission,   department,
               office or instrumentality  of  any nature whatsoever of
               the  United States federal or foreign  government,  any
               state,   province   or  any  city  or  other  political
               subdivision or otherwise  and  whether now or hereafter
               in  existence,  or  any  officer or  official  thereof,
               including,  without  limitation,   the   Nevada  Gaming
               Commission, the Nevada State Gaming Control  Board, the
               City  Council  of  the  City of Las Vegas, and the  New
               Jersey  Casino  Control Commission  with  authority  to
               regulate  any  gaming  operation  (or  proposed  gaming
               operation) owned, managed or operated by the Company or
               any of its Subsidiaries.

                         "GAMING  RELATED  BUSINESS"  means the gaming
               business and other businesses necessary  for,  incident
               to,  connected  with  or  arising  out  of  the  gaming
               business  (including  developing  and operating lodging
               facilities,   sports   or   entertainment   facilities,
               transportation services or other  related activities or
               enterprises and any additions or improvements thereto).

                         "GUARANTORS" means each of  (i) SBOC, OSI and
               ACSI  and  (ii)  any other Subsidiary that  executes  a
               Subsidiary Guarantee  in accordance with the provisions
               of the Indenture, and their  respective  successors and
               assigns until any of them shall be released  from their
               obligations  as  a  Guarantor pursuant to the terms  of
               this Indenture.

                         "HEDGING OBLIGATIONS"  means, with respect to
               any Person, the obligations of such  Person  under  (i)
               interest   rate  swap  agreements,  interest  rate  cap
               agreements and interest rate collar agreements and (ii)
               other agreements  or  arrangements  designed to protect
               such Person against fluctuations in interest rates.

                         "HOLDER" means a Person in  whose name a Note
               is registered.

                         "INDEBTEDNESS" of any Person  means,  without
               duplication, (i) the principal of and premium (if  any)
               in respect of (A) indebtedness of such Person for money
               borrowed  and  (B)  indebtedness  evidenced  by  notes,
               debentures, bonds or other similar instruments for  the
               payment  of which such Person is responsible or liable;
               (ii) all capitalized  lease obligations of such Person;
               (iii) all obligations of  such Person issued or assumed
               as  the  deferred  purchase  price   of  property,  all
               conditional  sale  obligations of such Person  and  all
               obligations of such  Person  under  any title retention
               agreement (but excluding trade accounts payable arising
               in   the  ordinary  course  of  business);   (iv)   all
               obligations of such Person for the reimbursement of any
               obligor on any letter of credit, banker's acceptance or
               similar credit transaction (other than obligations with
               respect  to  letters  of  credit  securing  obligations
               (other than obligations described in clauses  (i), (ii)
               and (iii) above) entered into in the ordinary course of
               business  of such Person to the extent such letters  of
               credit are  not  drawn  upon  or,  if and to the extent
               drawn upon, such drawing is reimbursed  no  later  than
               the third business day following receipt by such Person
               of  a demand for reimbursement following payment on the
               letter of credit); (v) the amount of all obligations of
               such  Person  with respect to the redemption, repayment
               or other repurchase  of  any  Disqualified  Stock  (but
               excluding any accrued distributions or dividends); (vi)
               all  obligations  existing  at  the  time under Hedging
               Obligations,   foreign  currency  hedges  and   similar
               agreements; (vii)  all obligations of the type referred
               to in clauses (i) through (vi) of other Persons and all
               dividends and distributions  of  other  Persons for the
               payment  of  which,  in  either  case,  such Person  is
               responsible   or   liable  as  obligor,  guarantor   or
               otherwise;  and (viii)  all  obligations  of  the  type
               referred  to in  clauses  (i)  through  (vi)  of  other
               Persons secured by any Lien on any property or asset of
               such Person  (whether or not such obligation is assumed
               by such Person),  the  amount  of such obligation being
               deemed to be the lesser of the value  of  such property
               or assets or the amount of the obligation so secured.

                         "INDENTURE" means this Indenture,  as amended
               or supplemented from time to time.

                         "INVESTMENT   GRADE  SECURITIES"  means   (i)
               Marketable Securities, (ii)  any  other debt securities
               or debt instruments with a rating of "BBB-" (the lowest
               investment grade rating by S&P) or higher by S&P, "Baa-
               3" (the lowest investment grade rating  by  Moody's) or
               higher  by Moody's or the equivalent of such rating  by
               any  other   nationally  recognized  securities  rating
               agency, and (iii)  any  fund  investing  exclusively in
               investments of the types described in clauses  (i)  and
               (ii) above.

                         "INVESTMENT GUARANTEE" means, with respect to
               any   Person,   any   direct   or  indirect  liability,
               contingent or otherwise, of such Person with respect to
               any Indebtedness of another Person,  including, without
               limitation,  any  Indebtedness directly  or  indirectly
               guaranteed, endorsed  (otherwise than for collection or
               deposit  in  the  ordinary   course   of  business)  or
               discounted or sold with recourse by such  Person, or in
               respect  of which such Person is otherwise directly  or
               indirectly  liable, or any other obligation under which
               any   contract    which,   in   economic   effect,   is
               substantially equivalent  to  a  guarantee,  including,
               without  limitation,  any Indebtedness of a partnership
               in which such Person is a general partner or of a joint
               venture in which such Person  is  a joint venturer, and
               any Indebtedness in effect guaranteed  by  such  Person
               through  any  agreement  (contingent  or  otherwise) to
               purchase,   repurchase   or   otherwise   acquire  such
               Indebtedness  or  any security therefor, or to  provide
               funds for the payment or discharge of such Indebtedness
               (whether  in  the  form   of   loans,  advances,  stock
               purchases, capital contributions  or  otherwise), or to
               maintain  the  solvency or any balance sheet  or  other
               financial   condition    of   the   obligor   of   such
               Indebtedness,  or  to make payment  for  any  products,
               materials or supplies  or  for  any  transportation  or
               services    regardless    of    the   non-delivery   or
               nonfurnishing thereof, in any such  case if the purpose
               or  intent  of  such agreement is to provide  assurance
               that such Indebtedness  will  be paid or discharged, or
               that any agreements relating thereto  will  be complied
               with, or that the holders of such Indebtedness  will be
               protected against loss in respect thereof.

                         "INVESTMENTS"  means,  with  respect  to  any
               Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons
               (including   Affiliates)   in   the   forms  of  loans,
               Investment     Guarantees,    advances    or    capital
               contributions (excluding commission, travel and similar
               advances to officers and employees made in the ordinary
               course of business),  purchases  or  other acquisitions
               for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity  Interests or
               other securities and all other items that are  or would
               be   classified  as  investments  on  a  balance  sheet
               prepared in accordance with GAAP.

                         "ISSUE  DATE" means August 10, 1994, the date
               on which the Notes are first authenticated and issued.
                         "LAS VEGAS  SHOWBOAT" means (i) the Company's
               hotel casino and related  properties  at  2800  Fremont
               Street,  Las  Vegas,  Nevada  and any Project Expansion
               relating  thereto  and  (ii)  any  contiguous  property
               acquired by the Company or any of its  Subsidiaries and
               any Project Expansion relating thereto.

                         "LEGAL HOLIDAY" means a Saturday, a Sunday or
               a day on which banking institutions in the  City of New
               York  or at a place of payment are authorized  by  law,
               regulation  or  executive order to remain closed.  If a
               payment date is a  Legal Holiday at a place of payment,
               payment  may  be  made   at  that  place  on  the  next
               succeeding day that is not  a  Legal  Holiday,  and  no
               interest shall accrue for the intervening period.

                         "LIEN"  means, with respect to any asset, any
               mortgage, lien, pledge,  charge,  security  interest or
               encumbrance  of  any  kind  in  respect  of such asset,
               whether  or not filed, recorded or otherwise  perfected
               under applicable law (including any conditional sale or
               other title  retention  agreement,  any  lease  in  the
               nature  thereof,  any option or other agreement to sell
               or give a security  interest  in  and  any filing of or
               agreement  to  give any financing statement  under  the
               Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any
               jurisdiction).

                         "MANAGED  ENTITY"  mean either (i) any Person
               that is not under Third-Party  Management,  so  long as
               such Person is not under Third-Party Management or (ii)
               a  Person  that  the  Company  or  any Subsidiary has a
               contract to manage the day-to-day gaming operations and
               affairs, so long as such contract remains in effect.

                         "MANAGEMENT  CONTRACT APPROVAL"  means,  with
               respect  to  the  Sydney  Harbour   Casino,  a  binding
               agreement with SHCL that provides that the Company or a
               Person at least 80% of whose equity interests are owned
               by the Company or a wholly-owned Subsidiary (other than
               a  Non-Recourse  Subsidiary)  will  manage  the  gaming
               operations of the Sydney Harbour Casino for a period of
               not less than 12 years.

                         "MARKETABLE   SECURITIES"  means   (1)   U.S.
               Government Obligations; (2) any certificate of deposit,
               maturing  not more than 270  days  after  the  date  of
               acquisition,   issued   by,   or  time  deposit  of,  a
               commercial  banking  institution   that   has  combined
               capital  and  surplus of not less than $100,000,000  or
               its equivalent in foreign currency, whose debt is rated
               at the time as  of which any investment is made, of "A"
               (or higher) according  to S&P or Moody's, or if none of
               S&P or Moody's shall then exist, the equivalent of such
               rating  by any other nationally  recognized  securities
               rating agency;  (3) commercial paper, maturing not more
               than 270 days after  the date of acquisition, issued by
               a corporation (other than an Affiliate or Subsidiary of
               the Company) with a rating, at the time as of which any
               investment therein is  made,  of "A-1" (indicating that
               the  degree of timely payment is  strong)  (or  higher)
               according  to  S&P or "P-1" (having a superior capacity
               for  punctual  repayment   of   short-term   promissory
               obligations)  (or higher) according to Moody's,  or  if
               neither  of S&P  and  Moody's  shall  then  exist,  the
               equivalent  of  such  rating  by  any  other nationally
               recognized securities ratings agency; (4)  any  bankers
               acceptances  or  any money market deposit accounts,  in
               each case, issued  or  offered  by  any commercial bank
               having capital and surplus in excess of $100,000,000 or
               its equivalent in foreign currency, whose debt is rated
               at the time as of which any investment there is made of
               "A" (an upper medium grade bond obligation) (or higher)
               according  to  S&P  or Moody's, or if none  of  S&P  or
               Moody's shall then exist, the equivalent of such rating
               by any other nationally  recognized  securities  rating
               agency  and  (5)  any  fund  investing  exclusively  in
               investments  of  the  types  described  in  clauses (1)
               through  (4)  above,  and  if  such  fund  has at least
               $500,000,000 under management, including investments in
               repurchase obligations of the foregoing investments.

                         "MATERIAL  ACQUISITION" means any acquisition
               of a business, including  the  acquisition of operating
               commercial real estate, that has a fair market value in
               excess of $3.0 million and which the Company intends to
               continue to operate.

                         "NET  INCOME"  means,  with  respect  to  any
               Person,   the   net  income  (loss)  of  such   Person,
               determined in accordance with GAAP, excluding, however,
               (i) any gain (but  not loss), together with any related
               provision  for taxes  on  such  gain  (but  not  loss),
               realized in  connection with any Asset Sale (including,
               without limitation,  dispositions  pursuant to sale and
               leaseback  transactions),  (ii) any extraordinary  gain
               (but not loss), together with any related provision for
               taxes on such extraordinary  gain  (but  not loss), and
               (iii)  any  loss  on  the  retirement of the 11  3/8  %
               Mortgage-Backed  Bonds  Due  2002   of  Ocean  Showboat
               Finance Corporation (including write  off of associated
               deferred financing charges).

                         "NET  PROCEEDS"  means  the  aggregate   cash
               proceeds   received  by  the  Company  or  any  of  its
               Restricted Subsidiaries  in  respect  of any Asset Sale
               (including insurance proceeds), net of the direct costs
               relating   to  such  Asset  Sale  (including,   without
               limitation,  legal,  accounting  and investment banking
               fees,   and  sales  commissions)  and  any   relocation
               expenses  incurred  as  a result thereof, taxes paid or
               payable as a result thereof  (after taking into account
               any  available tax credits or deductions  and  any  tax
               sharing  arrangements),  amounts required to be applied
               to the repayment of Indebtedness  secured  by a Lien on
               the asset or assets which are the subject of such Asset
               Sale and any reserve for adjustment in respect  of  the
               sale price of such asset or assets.

                         "NON-RECOURSE  DEBT"  means  Indebtedness  or
               that  portion  of  Indebtedness (a) as to which none of
               the Company, the Guarantors and any of their respective
               Restricted Subsidiaries:  (i)   provides credit support
               (including  any  undertaking, agreement  or  instrument
               which would constitute  Indebtedness); (ii) is directly
               or indirectly liable; and (iii) constitutes the lender;
               and (b) no default with respect to which (including any
               rights  which the holders  thereof  may  have  to  take
               enforcement  action  against a Non-Recourse Subsidiary)
               would permit (upon notice,  lapse  of time or both) any
               holder of any other Indebtedness of  the  Company,  the
               Guarantors   or  any  of  their  respective  Restricted
               Subsidiaries  to   declare  a  default  on  such  other
               Indebtedness  or  cause   the  payment  thereof  to  be
               accelerated or payable prior to its stated maturity.

                         "NON-RECOURSE  SUBSIDIARY"   means  any  Non-
               Recourse Subsidiary under the First Mortgage  Bonds  on
               the  Issue Date and (i) a Subsidiary or (ii) any entity
               in which  the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has an
               equity  investment   and  pursuant  to  a  contract  or
               otherwise  has  the  right  to  direct  the  day-to-day
               operation of such entity  that,  in  the case of (i) or
               (ii),  (a)  at the time of its designation  as  a  Non-
               Recourse Subsidiary  has not acquired any assets (other
               than  as  specifically  permitted  by  the  "Restricted
               Payments" covenant), at any  previous time, directly or
               indirectly from the Company, any  of the Guarantors, or
               any of their respective Subsidiaries, (b) does not own,
               operate  or  manage any portion or any  Existing  Hotel
               Casino on the  Issue  Date, and (c) has no Indebtedness
               other than Non-Recourse  Indebtedness, PROVIDED that at
               the time of such designation,  after  giving  pro forma
               effect  to  such  designation as if it occurred at  the
               beginning of the applicable  four-quarter  period,  the
               Company's  Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is not less than
               70%  of  the  Company's  Fixed  Charge  Coverage  Ratio
               immediately prior to such designation.

                         "NOTES"  means  the  13%  Senior Subordinated
               Notes due 2009, as amended or supplemented from time to
               time pursuant to the terms of this Indenture,  that are
               issued under this Indenture (whether issued on or after
               the date of the Indenture).

                         "OBLIGATIONS"  means  any principal, premium,
               interest (including post-petition interest), penalties,
               fees,  indemnifications,  reimbursements,  damages  and
               other   monetary   liabilities    payable   under   the
               documentation governing any Indebtedness.

                         "OFFICER" means, with respect  to any Person,
               the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer,
               the President, the Chief Operating Officer,  the  Chief
               Financial   Officer,   the   Treasurer,  any  Assistant
               Treasurer,  the  Controller, the  Secretary,  Assistant
               Secretary or any Vice President of such Person.

                         "OFFICERS'  CERTIFICATE"  means a certificate
               signed on behalf of the Company by two  Officers of the
               Company,  one  of whom must be the principal  executive
               officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer
               or the principal  accounting  officer  of  the Company,
               that meets the requirements of Section 12.05 hereof.

                         "OPINION  OF  COUNSEL" means an opinion  from
               legal  counsel  who  is reasonably  acceptable  to  the
               Trustee, that meets the  requirements  of Section 12.05
               hereof.  The counsel may be an employee  of  or counsel
               to  the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company  or  the
               Trustee.

                         "PARI   PASSU   INDEBTEDNESS"   means  senior
               subordinated   Indebtedness  of  the  Company  or   its
               Restricted  Subsidiaries   permitted  by  the  covenant
               entitled "Incurrence of Indebtedness  and  Issuance  of
               Disqualified Stock," other than the Notes which is pari
               passu  in  right  of  payment  with  the  Notes  or the
               Subsidiary Guarantees.

                         "PERMITTED   INVESTMENTS"   means   (a)   any
               Investments   in   the   Company,  in  a  Wholly  Owned
               Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or in a Guarantor;
               (b) any Investments in Marketable  Securities;  and (c)
               Investments  by  the  Company  or any Subsidiary of the
               Company  in  any  Person,  if  as  a  result   of  such
               Investment  (i)  such  Person  becomes  a  Wholly Owned
               Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or a Guarantor  or
               (ii) such Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated
               with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all
               of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or
               a   Wholly   Owned  Subsidiary  of  the  Company  or  a
               Guarantor.

                         "PERMITTED LIENS" means (a) Liens in favor of
               the Company; (b) Liens on property of a Person existing
               at the time such  Person is merged into or consolidated
               with the Company or  any  Subsidiary  of  the  Company;
               PROVIDED,  that  such Liens were in existence prior  to
               the contemplation  of  such merger or consolidation and
               less than one year prior to such Person becoming merged
               into or consolidated with  the  Company  or  any of its
               Subsidiaries;  (c)  Liens  on property existing at  the
               time  of acquisition thereof  by  the  Company  or  any
               Subsidiary  of  the  Company; PROVIDED, that such Liens
               were in existence prior  to  the  contemplation of such
               acquisition  and  less  than  one year  prior  to  such
               acquisition;  (d) Liens to secure  the  performance  of
               statutory  obligations,   surety   or   appeal   bonds,
               performance bonds or other obligations of a like nature
               incurred  in the ordinary course of business; (e) Liens
               for  taxes,  assessments  or  governmental  charges  or
               claims  that  are  not yet delinquent or that are being
               contested  in  good faith  by  appropriate  proceedings
               promptly instituted and diligently concluded; PROVIDED,
               that any reserve  or  other  appropriate  provision  as
               shall  be  required  in conformity with GAAP shall have
               been made therefor; (f) ground leases in respect of the
               real property on which  facilities  owned  or leased by
               the Company or any of its Subsidiaries are located; (g)
               Liens  arising from UCC financing statements  regarding
               property   leased   by   the  Company  or  any  of  its
               Subsidiaries;     (h)     easements,     rights-of-way,
               navigational servitudes, restrictions, minor defects or
               irregularities in title and  other  similar  charges or
               encumbrances  which  do  not  interfere in any material
               respect with the ordinary conduct  of  business  of the
               Company   and  its  Subsidiaries;  (i)  Liens  securing
               purchase  money  obligations  incurred  or  assumed  in
               connection  with  the  purchase  of  real  or  Personal
               property  to be used in the business of the Company  or
               any of its  Restricted  Subsidiaries within 180 days of
               such incurrence or assumption and (j) Liens on the real
               property underlying the Atlantic City Showboat securing
               the Resorts Bonds PROVIDED  that  the obligations under
               the Resorts Bonds can be assumed under  the "Incurrence
               of  Indebtedness  and  Issuance of Disqualified  Stock"
               covenant at the time that  real property is acquired by
               the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

                         "PERSON" means any  individual,  corporation,
               partnership,  joint  venture,  association, joint-stock
               company, trust, unincorporated organization, government
               or any agency or political subdivision  thereof  or any
               other entity.

                         "PROJECT   EXPANSION"   means  any  addition,
               improvement,  extension or capital repair  to  the  Las
               Vegas Showboat  or  the  Atlantic  City Showboat or any
               contiguous   or   adjacent   property,  including   the
               purchases of real estate or improvements  thereon;  but
               excluding separable furniture.
                         "QUALIFIED  NATIVE  AMERICAN  GAMING PROJECT"
               means any Gaming Related Business in the  United States
               owned by a tribe or band of Native Americans  in  which
               the Company or a Subsidiary holds a management contract
               to  manage  or  operate the day-to-day casino or gaming
               operations.

                         "REFINANCING    DISQUALIFIED   STOCK"   means
               Disqualified  Stock  issued in  exchange  for,  or  the
               proceeds  of  which are  used,  to  extend,  refinance,
               renew, replace,  defease  or  refund Disqualified Stock
               permitted to be issued pursuant  to  the  Fixed  Charge
               Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09 hereof or
               Disqualified  Stock  referred  to  in clause (c) of the
               second paragraph of Section 4.09 hereof.

                         "REFINANCING INDEBTEDNESS" means Indebtedness
               issued in exchange for, or the proceeds  of  which  are
               used  to  extend, refinance, renew, replace, defease or
               refund Indebtedness  permitted  to be incurred pursuant
               to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio  test  set  forth in
               the   first   paragraph   of  Section  4.09  hereof  or
               Indebtedness referred to in  clause  (vi) of the second
               paragraph of Section 4.09 hereof.

                         "REGULAR   QUARTERLY  DIVIDEND"   means   the
               quarterly dividend determined by the Board of Directors
               of the Company in its  reasonable  judgment  to  be its
               regular  and normal quarterly dividend and paid by  the
               Company in accordance with the Company's prior business
               practices  in  an  amount per share not to exceed $0.10
               per fiscal year (or the equivalent thereof after giving
               effect  to  any  stock   splits,   stock  dividends  or
               recapitalizations of the Common Stock  after  June  17,
               1994).

                         "REPRESENTATIVE"   means,   for  purposes  of
               Articles  10  and  11, the indenture trustee  or  other
               trustee,  agent  or  representative   for   any  Senior
               Indebtedness or, with respect to any Guarantor, for any
               Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor.

                         "RESORTS  BONDS"  means,  the  First Mortgage
               Non-Recourse  Pass-Through Notes due June 30,  2000  of
               Resorts.

                         "RESPONSIBLE  OFFICER" when used with respect
               to the Trustee, means any  officer within the Corporate
               Trust Administration of the  Trustee  (or any successor
               group  of  the  Trustee)  or any other officer  of  the
               Trustee  customarily performing  functions  similar  to
               those performed by any of the above designated officers
               and also means,  with respect to a particular corporate
               trust matter, any  other officer to whom such matter is
               referred because of  his  knowledge  of and familiarity
               with the particular subject.

                         "RESTRICTED INVESTMENT" means  an  Investment
               other than a Permitted Investment.

                         "RESTRICTED  SUBSIDIARY" means any Subsidiary
               of the Company that is not a Non-Recourse Subsidiary.

                         "SEC"  means  the   Securities  and  Exchange
               Commission.

                         "SECURITIES ACT" means  the Securities Act of
               1933, as amended.

                         "SHCL" means Sydney Harbour  Casino  Holdings
               Limited, a New South Wales corporation.

                         "SENIOR  DEBT" means (a) with respect to  the
               Company,  (i)  the  Obligations  of  the  Company  with
               respect to the Working  Capital  Credit  Agreement  and
               First  Mortgage  Bonds  and (ii) any other Indebtedness
               permitted to be incurred by the Company under the terms
               of the Indenture, unless  the  instrument  under  which
               such  Indebtedness  is incurred expressly provides that
               it  is pari passu with  or  subordinated  in  right  of
               payment  to  the  Notes,  and  (b)  with respect to any
               Guarantor, (i) the Obligations of such  Guarantor  with
               respect  to  the  Working  Capital Credit Agreement and
               First  Mortgage  Bonds,  (ii)  any  Guarantee  by  such
               Guarantor of any Senior Debt of  the  Company and (iii)
               any other Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by such
               Guarantor under the terms of the Indenture,  unless the
               instrument  under  which  such Indebtedness is incurred
               expressly  provides  that it  is  pari  passu  with  or
               subordinated in right  of  payment  to  the  Subsidiary
               Guarantee of such Guarantor.  Notwithstanding  anything
               to the contrary in the foregoing, Senior Debt shall not
               include  (v)  any  obligation  of  the  Company  or any
               Guarantor   to,   in  respect  of  or  imposed  by  any
               environmental,  landfill,  waste  management  or  other
               regulatory  or governmental  agency,  statute,  law  or
               court order,  (w)  any  liability  for  federal, state,
               local  or other taxes owed or owing by the  Company  or
               any Guarantor,  (x)  any Indebtedness of the Company or
               any Guarantor to any of  the  Company's Subsidiaries or
               other Affiliates, (y) any trade  payables  or  (z)  any
               Indebtedness  that  is  incurred  in  violation  of the
               Indenture on or after the date of the Indenture.

                         "SIGNIFICANT SUBSIDIARY" means any Subsidiary
               that would be a "significant subsidiary" as defined  in
               Article  1,  Rule  1-02  of Regulation S-X, promulgated
               pursuant to the Act, as such Regulation is in effect on
               the date hereof.

                         "SUBSIDIARY"  means,   with  respect  to  any
               Person,  (i)  any  corporation,  association  or  other
               business entity of which more than  50%  of  the  total
               voting  power  of  shares  of  Capital  Stock  entitled
               (without  regard  to the occurrence of any contingency)
               to  vote  in the election  of  directors,  managers  or
               trustees thereof  is  at  the time owned or controlled,
               directly or indirectly, by  such  Person or one or more
               of  the  other  Subsidiaries  of  that  Person   or   a
               combination   thereof   and   (ii)   any   Non-Recourse
               Subsidiary.

                         "SUBSIDIARY  GUARANTEE" means each  guarantee
               of  the Notes by a Guarantor  pursuant  to  Article  10
               hereof.

                         "SYDNEY  HARBOUR  CASINO" means all of SHCL's
               interest in its proposed casino  and related properties
               located in Sydney, Australia.

                         "TAX SHARING AGREEMENT" means the Tax Sharing
               Agreement,  substantially in the form  attached  as  an
               exhibit to the  Indenture,  as amended, supplemented or
               modified  from  time  to  time  as   permitted  by  the
               Indenture.

                         "TIA" means the Trust Indenture  Act  of 1939
               (15 U.S.C.  Sections 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on  the
               date on which  this  Indenture  is  qualified under the
               TIA, except as provided in Section 9.03 hereof.

                         "TRUSTEE" means the party named as such above
               until  a successor replaces it in accordance  with  the
               applicable  provisions of this Indenture and thereafter
               means the successor serving hereunder.

                         "THIRD-PARTY  MANAGEMENT" with respect to any
               Person means that the day-to-day  affairs  or  business
               operations of such Person are managed by a third  party
               that is not the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

                         "U.S.     GOVERNMENT    OBLIGATIONS"    means
               securities  that  are (a)  direct  obligations  of  the
               United States of America  for  the  timely  payment  of
               which  its  full  faith  and  credit  is pledged or (b)
               obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and
               acting as an agency or instrumentality  of  the  United
               States  of  America  the  timely  payment  of  which is
               unconditionally  guaranteed  as a full faith and credit
               obligation by the United States  of  America, which, in
               either  case,  are  not callable or redeemable  at  the
               option of the issuer  thereof, and shall also include a
               depository receipt issued  by  a  bank  (as  defined in
               Section  3(a)(2)  of  the  Securities  Act of 1933,  as
               amended),  as custodian with respect to any  such  U.S.
               Government  Obligation   or   a   specific  payment  of
               principal  of or interest on any such  U.S.  Government
               Obligation held  by  such  custodian for the account of
               the holder of such depository  receipt;  PROVIDED  that
               (except  as  required  by  law)  such  custodian is not
               authorized  to  make  any  deduction  from  the  amount
               payable  to the holder of such depository receipt  from
               any amount  received by the custodian in respect of the
               U.S. Government  Obligation  or the specific payment of
               principal  of  or  interest  on  the   U.S.  Government
               Obligation evidenced by such depository receipt.

                         "WEIGHTED  AVERAGE  LIFE TO MATURITY"  means,
               when  applied  to any Indebtedness  at  any  date,  the
               number of years obtained by dividing (a) the sum of the
               products obtained by multiplying (x) the amount of each
               then  remaining  installment,   sinking   fund,  serial
               maturity  or  other  required  payments  of  principal,
               including   payment   at  final  maturity,  in  respect
               thereof, by (y) the number  of years (calculated to the
               nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date
               and  the  making  of  such payment,  by  (b)  the  then
               outstanding  principal  amount  of  such  Indebtedness;
               PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that with  respect  to any revolving
               Indebtedness,  the  foregoing calculation  of  Weighted
               Average Life to Maturity shall be determined based upon
               the  total  available  commitments   and  the  required
               reductions  of  commitments in lieu of the  outstanding
               principal  amount   and   the   required   payments  of
               principal, respectively.

                         "WHOLLY OWNED RESTRICTED SUBSIDIARY"  of  any
               Person means a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person all
               of  the  outstanding  Capital  Stock or other ownership
               interests  of  which (other than directors'  qualifying
               shares) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by
               one or more Wholly  Owned  Restricted  Subsidiaries  of
               such Person.

                         "WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY" of any Person means
               a  Subsidiary  of  such  Person  all of the outstanding
               Capital  Stock  or other ownership interests  of  which
               (other than directors'  qualifying shares) shall at the
               time be owned by such Person  or  by one or more Wholly
               Owned  Subsidiaries  of  such Person and  one  or  more
               Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

                         "WORKING CAPITAL CREDIT AGREEMENT" means that
               certain Credit Agreement,  dated  as  of  September 30,
               1992, by and among ACSI and National Westminster  Bank,
               including  any  related  notes,  guarantees, collateral
               documents,  instruments  and  agreements   executed  in
               connection  therewith,  and  in  each  case as amended,
               modified,  renewed,  refunded,  replaced or  refinanced
               from time to time.
               <TABLE>
               <CAPTION>
               SECTION 1.02.  OTHER DEFINITIONS.
                                                       Defined in
                    Term                                 Section
                <C>                                         <C>
                "Affiliate Transaction"                 4.11
                "Benefitted Party"                     10.01
                "Commencement Date"                     3.09
                "Covenant Defeasance"                   8.03
                "Custodian"                             4.13
                "Event of Default"                      6.01
                "Excess Proceeds"                       4.10
                "Guarantor"                            10.01
                "Guarantor Payment Blockage Notice"    10.04
                "incur"                                 4.09
                "Legal Defeasance"                      8.02
                "Offer Amount"                          3.09
                "Offer Period"                          3.09
                "Paying Agent"                          2.03
                "Payment Blockage Notice"              11.03
                "Payment Default"                       6.01
                "Purchase Date"                         3.09
                "Purchase Offer"                        3.09
                "Registrar"                             2.03
                "Restricted Payments"                   4.07
               </TABLE>
               SECTION  1.03.INCORPORATION  BY  REFERENCE   OF   TRUST
                            INDENTURE ACT.

                   Whenever  this  Indenture  refers to a provision of
               the TIA, the provision is incorporated  by reference in
               and  made  a part of this Indenture, other  than  those
               provisions of  the  TIA  that  may  be excluded herein,
               which  provision  shall  be  excluded  to   the  extent
               specifically excluded in this Indenture.

                   The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have
               the following meanings:

                   "INDENTURE  SECURITIES"  means  the  Notes and  the
               Subsidiary Guarantees, if any;

                   "INDENTURE  SECURITY  HOLDER" means a Holder  of  a
               Note;
                   "INDENTURE TO BE QUALIFIED" means this Indenture;

                   "INDENTURE  TRUSTEE"  or   "INSTITUTIONAL  TRUSTEE"
               means the Trustee;

                   "OBLIGOR"  on  the  Notes means  the  Company,  the
               Guarantors and any successor  obligor upon the Notes or
               any Subsidiary Guarantee, as the case may be.

                   All  other terms used in this  Indenture  that  are
               defined by the TIA, defined by TIA reference to another
               statute or  defined by a rule or regulation promulgated
               by the SEC under  the TIA have the meanings so assigned
               to them.

               SECTION 1.04.RULES OF CONSTRUCTION.

                   Unless the context otherwise requires:

                   (1)a term has the meaning assigned to it;

                   (2)an accounting term not otherwise defined has the
                meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

                   (3)"or" is not exclusive;

                   (4)words in the  singular  include  the plural, and
                words in the plural include the singular;

                   (5)provisions   apply  to  successive  events   and
                transactions; and

                   (6)references to  sections  of  or  rules under the
                Securities Act or the Exchange Act shall  be deemed to
                include substitute, replacement of successor  sections
                or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time.


                                      ARTICLE 2
                                      THE NOTES

               SECTION 2.01.FORM AND DATING.

                   The   Notes   and   the  Trustee's  certificate  of
               authentication shall be substantially  in  the  form of
               Exhibit A  hereto,  the terms of which are incorporated
               in and made a part of  this Indenture.  The notation on
               each Note relating to any Subsidiary Guarantee shall be
               substantially in the form set forth on Exhibit C, which
               is  part  of  this  Indenture.    The  Notes  may  have
               notations, legends or endorsements  approved as to form
               by  the  Company  and  required by law, stock  exchange
               rule, agreements to which  the Company or any Guarantor
               is subject, or usage.  Each  Note  shall  be  dated the
               date   of  its  authentication.   The  Notes  shall  be
               issuable  only  in denominations of $1,000 and integral
               multiples thereof.

               SECTION 2.02.EXECUTION AND AUTHENTICATION.

                   Two Officers  of  the  Company shall sign the Notes
               for the Company by manual or  facsimile signature.  The
               Company's seal shall be reproduced on the Notes and may
               be  in facsimile form.  An Officer  of  each  Guarantor
               shall  sign any Subsidiary Guarantee for such Guarantor
               by manual or facsimile signature.

                   If an Officer of the Company or any Guarantor whose
               signature  is  on  a Note or a Subsidiary Guarantee, as
               the case may be, no  longer  holds  that  office at the
               time  the  Note  is  authenticated,  the  Note  or  the
               Subsidiary   Guarantee,  as  the  case  may  be,  shall
               nevertheless be valid.

                   A Note shall  not  be  valid until authenticated by
               the manual signature of the  Trustee.  The signature of
               the Trustee shall be conclusive  evidence that the Note
               has been authenticated under this  Indenture.  The form
               of Trustee's certificate of authentication  to be borne
               by  the  Notes  shall be substantially as set forth  in
               Exhibit A hereto.

                   The Trustee shall,  upon  a  written  order  of the
               Company   signed   by  two  Officers  of  the  Company,
               authenticate  Notes  for   original   issue  up  to  an
               aggregate principal amount stated in paragraph 4 of the
               Notes.   The  aggregate  principal  amount   of   Notes
               outstanding at any time shall not exceed the amount set
               forth  in  paragraph 4 of the Notes, except as provided
               in Section 2.07 hereof.

                   The Trustee  may  appoint  an  authenticating agent
               acceptable  to  the  Company  to  authenticate   Notes.
               Unless  limited  by  the  terms of such appointment, an
               authenticating  agent may authenticate  Notes  whenever
               the  Trustee  may  do   so.   Each  reference  in  this
               Indenture to authentication  by  the  Trustee  includes
               authentication by such agent.  An authenticating  agent
               has  the  same  rights  as  an  Agent  to deal with the
               Company or any Guarantor or an Affiliate of the Company
               or any Guarantor.

               SECTION 2.03.REGISTRAR AND PAYING AGENT.

                   The Company shall maintain (i) an office  or agency
               where Notes may be presented for registration of trans-
               fer  or  for exchange (including any co-registrar,  the
               "REGISTRAR")  and  (ii) an office or agency where Notes
               may be presented for  payment  ("PAYING  AGENT").   The
               Registrar  shall  keep  a  register of the Notes and of
               their transfer and exchange.   The  Company may appoint
               one  or more co-registrars and one or  more  additional
               paying  agents.   The  term "Paying Agent" includes any
               additional paying agent.   The  Company  may change any
               Paying  Agent, Registrar or co-registrar without  prior
               notice to  any  Holder  of  a  Note.  The Company shall
               notify  the Trustee and the Trustee  shall  notify  the
               Holders of  the  name  and  address  of any Agent not a
               party to this Indenture.  The Company  or any Guarantor
               may  act  as  Paying  Agent, Registrar or co-registrar.
               The  Company shall enter  into  an  appropriate  agency
               agreement with any Agent not a party to this Indenture,
               which  shall  be  subject to any obligations imposed by
               the  provisions  of  the   TIA.   The  agreement  shall
               implement the provisions of  this Indenture that relate
               to such Agent.  The Company shall notify the Trustee of
               the name and address of any such Agent.  If the Company
               fails to maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent, or fails
               to give the foregoing notice,  the Trustee shall act as
               such, and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation
               and indemnity in accordance with Section 7.07 hereof.

                   The  Company  initially  appoints  the  Trustee  as
               Registrar,  Paying  Agent  and  agent  for  service  of
               notices and demands in connection with the Notes.


               SECTION 2.04.PAYING AGENT TO HOLD MONEY IN TRUST.

                   The Company shall require each  Paying  Agent other
               than  the  Trustee to agree in writing that the  Paying
               Agent shall  hold  in  trust  for  the  benefit  of the
               Holders  or  the  Trustee  all money held by the Paying
               Agent for the payment of principal of, premium, if any,
               and interest on the Notes, and shall notify the Trustee
               of  any  Default by the Company  or  any  Guarantor  in
               making  any  such  payment.   While  any  such  Default
               continues,  the  Trustee  may require a Paying Agent to
               pay all money held by it to  the  Trustee.  The Company
               at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money
               held by it to the Trustee.  Upon payment  over  to  the
               Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Company or
               a  Guarantor,  if  any) shall have no further liability
               for the money delivered to the Trustee.  If the Company
               or  any  Guarantor  acts  as  Paying  Agent,  it  shall
               segregate and hold in  a  separate  trust  fund for the
               benefit of the Holders all money held by it  as  Paying
               Agent.    Upon   any   bankruptcy   or   reorganization
               proceeding  relating  to the Company or any  Guarantor,
               the Trustee shall serve  as  Paying Agent for the Notes
               and the Company shall forward  to the Trustee all money
               for the benefit of the Holders.

               SECTION 2.05.LISTS OF HOLDERS.

                   The Trustee shall preserve in  as current a form as
               is   reasonably   practicable  the  most  recent   list
               available to it of  the  names and addresses of Holders
               and shall otherwise comply with TIA Section 312(a).  If
               the Trustee is not the Registrar,  the  Company  and/or
               any  Guarantor  shall  furnish  to the Trustee at least
               seven Business Days before each interest  payment  date
               and  at  such other times as the Trustee may request in
               writing a  list in such form and as of such date as the
               Trustee  may   reasonably  require  of  the  names  and
               addresses of Holders, including the aggregate principal
               amount of the Notes  held  by  each  thereof,  and  the
               Company  and  each  Guarantor,  if any, shall otherwise
               comply with TIA Section 312(a).

               SECTION 2.06.TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE.

                   When Notes are presented to the  Registrar  with  a
               request  to  register  the transfer or to exchange them
               for  an  equal  principal  amount  of  Notes  of  other
               denominations, the Registrar  shall register the trans-
               fer or make the exchange if its  requirements  for such
               transactions are met; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that any  Note
               presented  or  surrendered for registration of transfer
               or exchange shall  be duly endorsed or accompanied by a
               written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to
               the Registrar duly executed by the Holder thereof or by
               his attorney duly authorized  in  writing.   To  permit
               registrations  of  transfer  and exchanges, the Company
               shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate Notes at
               the Registrar's request, subject  to  such rules as the
               Trustee may reasonably require.

                   Neither  the  Company  nor the Registrar  shall  be
               required  to (i) issue, register  the  transfer  of  or
               exchange Notes during a period beginning at the opening
               of business on a Business Day 15 days before the day of
               any selection of Notes for redemption or purchase under
               Sections 3.02  or  3.09  hereof  or  (ii) register  the
               transfer  of  or  exchange  any  Note  so  selected for
               redemption  in  whole or in part, except the unredeemed
               portion of any Note being redeemed in part.

                   No service charge  shall be made to any Holder of a
               Note  for  any registration  of  transfer  or  exchange
               (except as otherwise  expressly  permitted herein), but
               the Company may require payment of  a sum sufficient to
               cover  any transfer tax or similar governmental  charge
               payable   in  connection  therewith  (other  than  such
               transfer tax  or  similar  governmental  charge payable
               upon exchanges pursuant to Sections 2.10,  3.06 or 9.05
               hereof, which shall be paid by the Company).

                   Prior  to  due  presentment  to  the  Trustee   for
               registration  of the transfer of any Note, the Trustee,
               any Agent, the  Company  and any Guarantor may deem and
               treat the Person in whose  name  any Note is registered
               as the absolute owner of such Note  for  the purpose of
               receiving payment of principal of, premium, if any, and
               interest  on  such  Note  and  for  all  other purposes
               whatsoever,  whether  or not such Note is overdue,  and
               none of the Trustee, any  Agent,  the  Company  or  any
               Guarantor shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

               SECTION 2.07.REPLACEMENT NOTES.

                   If   any  mutilated  Note  is  surrendered  to  the
               Trustee,  or   the  Company  and  the  Trustee  receive
               evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss
               or theft of any  Note,  the Company shall issue and the
               Trustee, upon the written  order  of the Company signed
               by  two Officers of the Company, shall  authenticate  a
               replacement  Note  (accompanied  by  a  notation of the
               Subsidiary  Guarantee duly endorsed by the  Guarantors,
               if  applicable)   if  the  Trustee's  requirements  for
               replacements of Notes  are  met.   If  required  by the
               Trustee,  the  Company  or  the Guarantors an indemnity
               bond must be supplied by the  Holder that is sufficient
               in the judgment of the Trustee,  the  Company  and  the
               Guarantors  to protect the Company, the Guarantors, the
               Trustee, any Agent or any authenticating agent from any
               loss  which any  of  them  may  suffer  if  a  Note  is
               replaced.   Each of the Company, the Guarantors and the
               Trustee may charge  for  its  expenses  in  replacing a
               Note.

                   Every  replacement Note is an additional obligation
               of the Company and the Guarantors and shall be entitled
               to all of the  benefits  of  this Indenture equally and
               ratably with all other Notes duly issued hereunder.

               SECTION 2.08.OUTSTANDING NOTES.

                   The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes
               authenticated by the Trustee except for those cancelled
               by it, those delivered to it for cancellation and those
               described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding.

                   If  a  Note is replaced pursuant  to  Section  2.07
               hereof, it ceases  to be outstanding unless the Trustee
               receives proof satisfactory  to  it  that  the replaced
               Note is held by a bona fide purchaser.
                   If  the  principal amount of any Note is considered
               paid  under  Section 4.01   hereof,  it  ceases  to  be
               outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue.

                   Subject to Section 2.09 hereof,  a  Note  does  not
               cease   to   be  outstanding  because  the  Company,  a
               Subsidiary of  the  Company  or  an  Affiliate  of  the
               Company holds the Note.

               SECTION 2.09.TREASURY NOTES.

                   In  determining whether the Holders of the required
               principal   amount  of  Notes  have  concurred  in  any
               direction,  waiver  or  consent,  Notes  owned  by  the
               Company,  any   Guarantor,   any  of  their  respective
               Subsidiaries or any Affiliate  of  the  Company  or any
               Guarantor   shall   be   considered   as   though   not
               outstanding,  except  that  for purposes of determining
               whether the Trustee shall be  protected  in  relying on
               any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes which
               a Responsible Officer knows to be so owned shall  be so
               considered.   Notwithstanding the foregoing, Notes that
               are to be acquired  by  the Company, any Guarantor, any
               Subsidiary  of the Company  or  any  Affiliate  of  the
               Company pursuant  to an exchange offer, tender offer or
               other agreement shall  not be deemed to be owned by the
               Company, such Guarantor, such Subsidiary of the Company
               or such Affiliate of the  Company  until legal title to
               such Notes passes to the Company, such  Guarantor, such
               Subsidiary  of  the  Company or such Affiliate  of  the
               Company as the case may be.

                   With respect to any Notes beneficially owned by the
               Company or any of its  Wholly Owned Subsidiaries (other
               than any Non-Recourse Subsidiary), any accrued interest
               due and payable on such  Notes  shall be deemed to have
               been paid by the Company to itself  or  to  its  Wholly
               Owned   Subsidiary   (other   than   any   Non-Recourse
               Subsidiary) on the date on which such interest  payment
               is  due  and  the  Company may deduct from the interest
               payment  payable  to  the  other  Holders  all  accrued
               interest payments on such Notes; PROVIDED that (i) such
               Notes are registered in the name of the Company or such
               Wholly Owned Subsidiary at the close of business on the
               applicable record date  and  (ii) at least ten Business
               Days prior to the date on which  such  interest payment
               is to be made, the Company delivers to the  Trustee  an
               Officers'  Certificate  certifying that such Notes were
               registered in the name of  the  Company  or such Wholly
               Owned  Subsidiary  at  the  close  of business  on  the
               applicable record date.

               SECTION 2.10.TEMPORARY NOTES.
                   Until definitive Notes are ready  for delivery, the
               Company may prepare and the Trustee shall  authenticate
               temporary  Notes  (accompanied  by  a  notation of  the
               Subsidiary  Guarantee duly endorsed by the  Guarantors,
               if applicable).  Temporary Notes shall be substantially
               in the form of definitive Notes but may have variations
               that the Company  and  the Trustee consider appropriate
               for temporary Notes.  Without  unreasonable  delay, the
               Company shall prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt  of
               the written order of the Company signed by two Officers
               of  the  Company,  shall  authenticate definitive Notes
               (accompanied by a notation  of the Subsidiary Guarantee
               duly  endorsed  by the Guarantors,  if  applicable)  in
               exchange for temporary  Notes.   Until  such  exchange,
               temporary  Notes  shall be entitled to the same rights,
               benefits and privileges as definitive Notes.

               SECTION 2.11.CANCELLATION.

                   The Company at  any  time  may deliver Notes to the
               Trustee  for  cancellation.  The Registrar  and  Paying
               Agent shall forward  to  the  Trustee any Notes surren-
               dered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or
               payment.    The   Trustee   shall  cancel   all   Notes
               surrendered  for registration  of  transfer,  exchange,
               payment, replacement  or cancellation and shall destroy
               cancelled  Notes  (subject   to  the  record  retention
               requirement of the Exchange Act),  unless  the  Company
               directs  cancelled  Notes  to  be  returned to it.  The
               Company may not issue new Notes to replace  Notes  that
               it has redeemed or paid or that have been delivered  to
               the Trustee for cancellation.  All cancelled Notes held
               by  the Trustee shall be destroyed and certification of
               their destruction delivered to the Company, unless by a
               written  order,  signed by two Officers of the Company,
               the  Company  shall  direct  that  cancelled  Notes  be
               returned to it.

               SECTION 2.12.DEFAULTED INTEREST.

                   If the Company  or  any  Guarantor  defaults  in  a
               payment  of  interest on the Notes, the Company or such
               Guarantor (to the extent of their obligations under the
               Subsidiary Guarantees) shall pay the defaulted interest
               in  any lawful  manner  plus,  to  the  extent  lawful,
               interest  payable  on  the  defaulted  interest, to the
               Persons who are Holders on a subsequent  special record
               date,  which date shall be at the earliest  practicable
               date but  in  all  events  at  least five Business Days
               prior to the payment date, in each  case  at  the  rate
               provided  in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof.  The
               Company shall  fix  or  cause  to  be  fixed  each such
               special  record  date  and  payment  date,  and  shall,
               promptly  thereafter,  notify  the  Trustee of any such
               date.  At least 15 days before the special record date,
               the Company (or the Trustee, in the name  of and at the
               expense of the Company) shall mail to Holders  a notice
               that  states  the  special  record  date,  the  related
               payment  date  and  the  amount  of such interest to be
               paid.

               SECTION 2.13.RECORD DATE.

                   The  record  date for purposes of  determining  the
               identity of Holders  entitled to vote or consent to any
               action by vote or consent authorized or permitted under
               this Indenture shall be  determined  as provided for in
               TIA Section 316(c).

               SECTION 2.14.CUSIP NUMBER.

                   The Company in issuing the Notes may  use a "CUSIP"
               number  and, if it does so, the Trustee shall  use  the
               CUSIP number  in notices of redemption or exchange as a
               convenience to  Holders;  PROVIDED that any such notice
               may state that no representation  is  made  as  to  the
               correctness  or accuracy of the CUSIP number printed in
               the notice or  on  the  Notes  and that reliance may be
               placed only on the other identification numbers printed
               on  the Notes.  The Company will  promptly  notify  the
               Trustee of any change in the CUSIP number.


                                      ARTICLE 3
                          REDEMPTION AND OFFERS TO PURCHASE

               SECTION 3.01.NOTICES TO TRUSTEE.

                   If  the  Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to
               the  optional  redemption  provisions  of  Section 3.07
               hereof, it shall  furnish  to  the Trustee, at least 30
               days  but  not  more than 60 days before  a  redemption
               date, an Officers'  Certificate  setting  forth (i) the
               section  of  this  Indenture  pursuant  to  which   the
               redemption shall occur, (ii) the redemption date, (iii)
               the  principal  amount of Notes to be redeemed and (iv)
               the redemption price.

                   If the Company  is  required  to  make  an offer to
               purchase   Notes   pursuant   to   the   provisions  of
               Sections 4.10,  4.15  or 4.19 it shall furnish  to  the
               Trustee, at least 30 days before the scheduled purchase
               date, an Officers' Certificate  setting  forth  (i) the
               Section  of  this Indenture pursuant to which the offer
               to purchase shall  occur, (ii) the offer's terms, (iii)
               the purchase price,  (iv)  the  principal amount of the
               Notes that may be purchased, and  (v)  further  setting
               forth a statement to the effect that (a) the Company or
               one  of  its  Subsidiaries  has  made an Asset Sale and
               there are Excess Proceeds aggregating  more  than $10.0
               million and the amount of such Excess Proceeds,  (b)  a
               Change  of  Control has occurred or (c) that Australian
               Gaming Approval  and  Management  Contract Approval had
               not been obtained by the first anniversary of the Issue
               Date.

               SECTION  3.02.SELECTION  OF NOTES TO  BE  PURCHASED  OR
                            REDEEMED.

                   If less than all of the  Notes  are to be purchased
               in  an Asset Sale Offer or redeemed at  any  time,  the
               Trustee  shall  select  the  Notes  to  be purchased or
               redeemed  among  the  applicable Holders in  compliance
               with  the  requirements  of   the   principal  national
               securities  exchange, if any, on which  the  Notes  are
               listed or, if  the  Notes  are  not so listed, on a pro
               rata  basis  by lot or by such method  as  the  Trustee
               considers  fair  and  appropriate.   In  the  event  of
               partial redemption  in  the  manner provided above, the
               particular  Notes  to be redeemed  shall  be  selected,
               unless otherwise provided  herein, not less than 30 nor
               more than 60 days prior to the  redemption  date by the
               Trustee  from  the  outstanding  Notes  not  previously
               called for redemption.  In the event that less than all
               of  the Notes properly tendered in an Asset Sale  Offer
               are  to  be  purchased,  the  particular  Notes  to  be
               purchased   shall   be   selected   promptly  upon  the
               expiration of such Asset Sale Offer.

                   The Trustee shall promptly notify  the  Company  in
               writing  of  the  Notes selected for redemption and, in
               the case of any Note  selected  for partial purchase or
               redemption,  the  principal  amount   thereof   to   be
               purchased  or  redeemed.   Notes  and portions of Notes
               selected  shall  be  in  amounts  of  $1,000  or  whole
               multiples of $1,000; except that if all of the Notes of
               a  Holder are to be purchased or redeemed,  the  entire
               outstanding  amount  of Notes held by such Holder, even
               if  not a multiple of $1,000,  shall  be  purchased  or
               redeemed.    Except   as   provided  in  the  preceding
               sentence, provisions of this  Indenture  that  apply to
               Notes  called for redemption also apply to portions  of
               Notes called for redemption.

                   In the  event  the  Company  is required to make an
               Asset  Sale  Offer pursuant to Sections 3.09  and  4.10
               hereof and the  amount of Excess Proceeds to be applied
               to such purchase  would  result  in  the  purchase of a
               principal amount of Notes which is not evenly divisible
               by  $1,000,  the Trustee shall promptly refund  to  the
               Company the portion of such Excess Proceeds that is not
               necessary to purchase  the immediately lesser principal
               amount of Notes that is so divisible.
               SECTION 3.03.NOTICE OF REDEMPTION.

                   At least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a
               purchase or redemption date,  the Company shall mail or
               cause to be mailed, by first class  mail,  a  notice of
               redemption  to  each  Holder  whose  Notes  are  to  be
               redeemed at its registered address.

                   The  notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed
               and shall state:

                   (a)the redemption date;

                   (b)the redemption price;

                   (c)if  any  Note  is  being  redeemed  in part, the
                portion  of  the principal amount of such Note  to  be
                redeemed and that,  after  the  redemption  date  upon
                surrender  of  such  Note,  a  new  Note  or  Notes in
                principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion shall
                be issued upon cancellation of the original Note;

                   (d)the name and address of the Paying Agent;

                   (e)that   Notes   called  for  redemption  must  be
                surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemp-
                tion price;

                   (f)that, unless the Company defaults in making such
                redemption  payment,  interest  on  Notes  called  for
                redemption  ceases  to  accrue   on   and   after  the
                redemption date;

                   (g)the  paragraph  of  the Notes and/or Section  of
                this Indenture pursuant to  which the Notes called for
                redemption are being redeemed; and

                   (h)that  no  representation   is  made  as  to  the
                correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP  number,  if any,
                listed in such notice or printed on the Notes.

                   At  the  Company's  request, the Trustee shall give
               the notice of redemption  in  the Company's name and at
               its expense; PROVIDED, HOWEVER,  that the Company shall
               have delivered to the Trustee, at  least  45 days prior
               to   the  redemption  date,  an  Officers'  Certificate
               requesting  that  the  Trustee  give  such  notice  and
               setting  forth  the  information  to  be stated in such
               notice as provided in the preceding paragraph.

               SECTION 3.04.EFFECT OF NOTICE OF REDEMPTION.

                   Once notice of redemption is mailed  in  accordance
               with  Section  3.03 hereof, Notes called for redemption
               become irrevocably  due  and  payable on the redemption
               date at the redemption price.   A  notice of redemption
               may not be conditional.

               SECTION 3.05.DEPOSIT OF REDEMPTION OR PURCHASE PRICE.

                   On or prior to any redemption date or purchase date
               with respect to an offer to purchase the Notes required
               hereunder, the Company shall deposit  with  the Trustee
               or  with the Paying Agent money sufficient to  pay  the
               redemption or purchase price of and accrued interest on
               all Notes  to  be  redeemed or purchased on that date. 
               The Trustee or the Paying  Agent  shall promptly return
               to the Company any money deposited  with the Trustee or
               the  Paying  Agent  by  the  Company in excess  of  the
               amounts  necessary  to pay the redemption  or  purchase
               price of, and accrued  interest  on,  all  Notes  to be
               redeemed or purchased.

                   If the Company complies with the provisions of  the
               preceding  paragraph,  on  and  after the redemption or
               purchase date, interest shall cease  to  accrue  on the
               Notes  or  the portions of Notes called for redemption,
               whether or not  such Notes are presented for payment or
               on the Notes or the  portions  of Notes tendered on any
               offer to purchase.  If  a Note is redeemed or purchased
               on or after an interest record  date but on or prior to
               the related interest payment date, then any accrued and
               unpaid interest shall be paid to  the  Person  in whose
               name  such Note was registered at the close of business
               on such  record date.  If a redemption or purchase date
               is a Legal  Holiday,  payment shall be made on the next
               succeeding Business Day  and  no  interest shall accrue
               for  the  period  from  such redemption  date  to  such
               succeeding  Business  Day.   If  any  Note  called  for
               redemption or tendered  for  purchase  shall  not be so
               paid  upon  surrender  for  redemption  or  such tender
               because  of  the failure of the Company to comply  with
               the preceding  paragraph, interest shall be paid on the
               unpaid principal,  from  the redemption date until such
               principal is paid, and to  the  extent  lawful  on  any
               interest  not  paid  on  such unpaid principal, in each
               case  at  the  rate  provided   in  the  Notes  and  in
               Section 4.01 hereof.

               SECTION 3.06.NOTES REDEEMED OR PURCHASED IN PART.

                   Upon  surrender  of  a  Note that  is  redeemed  or
               purchased in part, the Company  shall  issue  and, upon
               the   Company's  written  request,  the  Trustee  shall
               authenticate  for  the  Holder  at  the  expense of the
               Company  a new Note (accompanied by a notation  of  the
               Subsidiary  Guarantee  duly endorsed by the Guarantors,
               if  applicable)  equal  in   principal  amount  to  the
               unredeemed   or  unpurchased  portion   of   the   Note
               surrendered.

               SECTION 3.07.OPTIONAL REDEMPTION.

                   (a)  Except  as  set  forth  in  clause (b) of this
               Section 3.07, the Company shall not have  the option to
               redeem the Notes pursuant to this Section 3.07 prior to
               August 1, 2001.  Thereafter, the Company shall have the
               option to redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, at the
               redemption   prices   (expressed   as  percentages   of
               principal  amount)  set  forth below plus  accrued  and
               unpaid  interest thereon, if  any,  to  the  applicable
               redemption  date,  if  redeemed during the twelve-month
               period beginning on August  1  of  the  years indicated
               below:
               <TABLE>
               <C>                                          <C>
               PERCENTAGE                                   YEAR

                    ........................................2001
               103.900%
                    ........................................2002
               102.600%
                    ........................................2003
               101.300%
                    ........................................2004   and
               thereafter...................................  100.000%
               </TABLE>
                   (b)Notwithstanding  any  other provision hereof, if
               any  Gaming  Authority  requires   that   a  Holder  or
               beneficial  owner of Notes must be licensed,  qualified
               or found suitable  under  any applicable gaming law and
               such Holder or beneficial owner  fails  to  apply for a
               license,  qualification  or  a  finding  of suitability
               within 30 days after being requested to do  so  by  the
               Gaming  Authority  (or  such  lesser period that may be
               required by such Gaming Authority),  or  if such Holder
               or such beneficial owner is not so licensed,  qualified
               or found suitable, the Company shall have the right, at
               its  option  (i)  to  require such Holder or beneficial
               owner to dispose of such Holder's or beneficial owner's
               Notes within 30 days of  receipt of such notice of such
               finding  by the applicable  Gaming  Authority  or  such
               earlier date as may be ordered by such Gaming Authority
               or (ii) to call for the redemption of the Notes of such
               Holder  or  beneficial  owner  at  the  lesser  of  the
               principal  amount  thereof  or  the price at which such
               Holder or beneficial owner acquired the Notes, together
               with, in either case, accrued interest  to  the earlier
               of the date of redemption or such earlier date  as  may
               be required by such Gaming Authority or the date of the
               finding  of  unsuitability  by  such  Gaming Authority,
               which may be less than 30 days following  the notice of
               redemption,  if  so  ordered  by such Gaming Authority.
               Notwithstanding the foregoing,  upon  receipt of notice
               from a Gaming Authority that any Holder is disqualified
               or  unsuitable,  it  shall  be  unlawful for  any  such
               disqualified or unsuitable Holder:   (i) to receive any
               dividends or interest upon the Notes; (ii) to exercise,
               directly or through any trustee or nominee,  any  right
               conferred  by  the  Notes;  or  (iii)  to  receive  any
               remuneration  in  any  form  from  the  Company  or its
               Subsidiaries  for services rendered or otherwise.   The
               Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of any such
               redemption as soon  as  practicable  and the redemption
               price of each Note to be redeemed.  The  Trustee  shall
               not be deemed to have knowledge of the existence of any
               disqualified   Holder  unless  and  until  it  receives
               written notice thereof from the Company.  The Holder of
               Notes  or beneficial  owner  applying  for  a  license,
               qualification or a finding of suitability shall pay all
               costs  of  the  licensure  or  investigation  for  such
               qualification  or  finding of suitability.  The Company
               shall not be required to pay or reimburse any Holder of
               the Notes or beneficial  owner who is required to apply
               for   such  license,  qualification   or   finding   of
               suitability   for   the   costs  of  the  licensure  or
               investigation  for  such qualification  or  finding  of
               suitability.  Such expense  shall  be the obligation of
               such Holder or beneficial owner.

                   (c)Any  redemption  pursuant to this  Section  3.07
               shall be made pursuant to  the  provisions  of  Section
               3.01 through 3.06 hereof.

               SECTION 3.08.MANDATORY REDEMPTION.

                   The Company shall not be required to make mandatory
               redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the
               Notes  prior  to the maturity of the Notes (whether  at
               final maturity or upon acceleration thereof).

               SECTION 3.09.OFFERS TO PURCHASE.

                   (a)In the event  that,  pursuant  to Sections 4.10,
               4.15 or 4.19 hereof, the Company shall  be  required to
               commence  an offer to all Holders to purchase  some  or
               all of the  Notes  (each, a "PURCHASE OFFER"), it shall
               follow the procedures specified in this Section 3.09.

                   (b)The Purchase  Offer  shall  commence on the date
               (the "COMMENCEMENT DATE") specified  in  Sections 4.10,
               4.15  or  4.19 hereof, as the case may be, remain  open
               for a period  specified  by the Company, which shall be
               in accordance with Sections  4.10, 4.15 or 4.19 hereof,
               as the case may be, except to  the extent that a longer
               period  is  required  by  applicable  law  (the  "OFFER
               PERIOD").  No later than five  Business  Days after the
               termination of the Offer Period (the "PURCHASE  DATE"),
               the  Company  shall  purchase  the  principal amount of
               Notes  required  to be purchased pursuant  to  Sections
               4.10, 4.15 or 4.19  hereof  (the "OFFER AMOUNT") or, if
               less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes
               tendered in response to such  Purchase  Offer.  Payment
               for any Notes so purchased shall be made  in  the  same
               manner as interest payments are made.

                   If  the  Purchase  Date  is on or after an interest
               record  date  and  on  or before the  related  interest
               payment date, any accrued  and unpaid interest, if any,
               shall be paid to the Person  in  whose  name  a Note is
               registered  at  the  close  of  business on such record
               date, and no additional interest  shall  be  payable to
               Holders  who  tender  Notes  pursuant  to such Purchase
               Offer.

                   Upon  the  commencement  of a Purchase  Offer,  the
               Company shall send, by first class  mail,  a  notice to
               each  of the Holders, with a copy to the Trustee.   The
               notice  shall  contain  all  instructions and materials
               necessary  to  enable  such  Holders  to  tender  Notes
               pursuant to such Purchase Offer.   The  Purchase  Offer
               shall  be made to all Holders.  The notice, which shall
               govern the terms of the Purchase Offer, shall state:

                      (i)that   the   Purchase  Offer  is  being  made
                pursuant to Sections 4.10, 4.15 or 4.19 hereof, as the
                case may be, the Offer Period, and the expiration date
                of the Offer Period;

                      (ii)the Offer Amount, the purchase price and the
                Purchase Date;

                      (iii)that any Note not tendered and accepted for
                payment shall continue to accrue interest;

                      (iv)that, unless  the Company defaults in making
                such payment, any Note accepted  for  payment pursuant
                to  the Purchase Offer shall cease to accrue  interest
                after the Purchase Date;

                      (v)that   Holders   electing   to  have  a  Note
                purchased  pursuant  to  any Purchase Offer  shall  be
                required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled
                "Option of Holder to Elect Purchase" on the reverse of
                the Note completed, to the  Company,  a depositary, if
                appointed  by  the Company, or a Paying Agent  at  the
                address specified  in the notice prior to the close of
                the Offer Period;

                      (vi)that Holders  shall  be entitled to withdraw
                their election if the Company, the  depositary  or the
                Paying  Agent, as the case may be, receives, not later
                than the close of the Offer Period, a telegram, telex,
                facsimile  transmission  or  letter  setting forth the
                name of the Holder, the principal amount  of  the Note
                the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that
                such  Holder is withdrawing his election to have  such
                Note purchased;

                      (vii) that, if the aggregate principal amount of
                Notes surrendered by Holders exceeds the Offer Amount,
                the Notes  shall  be selected for purchase pursuant to
                the terms of Section 3.02  hereof,  and  that  Holders
                whose  Notes  were  purchased  only  in  part shall be
                issued  new  Notes (accompanied by a notation  of  the
                Subsidiary Guarantee  duly endorsed by the Guarantors,
                if  applicable)  equal  in  principal  amount  to  the
                unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered; and

                      (viii) (x) if such  Purchase  Offer was pursuant
                to Section 4.15, the circumstances and  material facts
                regarding  such Change of Control, including  but  not
                limited to,  information with respect to pro forma and
                historical financial  information  after giving effect
                to  such Change of Control, and information  regarding
                the Person  or  Persons acquiring control, (y) if such
                Purchase  Offer was  pursuant  to  Section  4.10,  the
                circumstances  and  material facts regarding the Asset
                Sale  or  Asset Sales giving  rise  to  such  Purchase
                Offer, including  but not limited to, information with
                respect  to  pro  forma   and   historical   financial
                information  if material operations of the Company  or
                any Restricted  Subsidiary were divested in such Asset
                Sale or Asset Sales and (z) if such Purchase Offer was
                pursuant   to  the  terms   of   Section   4.19,   the
                circumstances and material facts regarding the failure
                to obtain Australian  Gaming  Approval  or  Management
                Contract Approval and the then current plans,  if any,
                of SHCL with respect to the Sydney Harbour Casino.

                   On  or before the Purchase Date, the Company shall,
               to the extent  lawful,  accept for payment, pursuant to
               the terms of Section 3.02  hereof,  the Offer Amount of
               Notes  or  portions  thereof tendered pursuant  to  the
               Purchase Offer, or if  less  than  the Offer Amount has
               been tendered, all Notes tendered, and shall deliver to
               the Trustee an Officers' Certificate  stating that such
               Notes or portions thereof were accepted  for payment by
               the  Company  in  accordance  with  the  terms of  this
               Section  3.09.   The  Company,  the depositary  or  the
               Paying Agent, as the case may be,  shall  promptly (but
               in any case not later than five days after the Purchase
               Date)  mail  or  deliver  to  each tendering Holder  an
               amount  equal  to  the  purchase  price  of  the  Notes
               tendered by such Holder and accepted by the Company for
               purchase, and the Company shall promptly  issue  a  new
               Note,  and  the  Trustee, upon written request from the
               Company shall authenticate and mail or deliver such new
               Note (accompanied  by  a  notation  of  the  Subsidiary
               Guarantee   duly   endorsed   by   the  Guarantors,  if
               applicable) to such Holder, in a principal amount equal
               to  any  unpurchased  portion of the Note  surrendered.
               Any Note not so accepted  shall  be  promptly mailed or
               delivered  by the Company to the Holder  thereof.   The
               Company shall  publicly  announce  the  results of such
               Purchase Offer on the Purchase Date.

                   Other  than as specifically provided in  this  Sec-
               tion 3.09, any  purchase  pursuant to this Section 3.09
               shall   be   made   pursuant  to  the   provisions   of
               Sections 3.01  through   3.06   hereof  to  the  extent
               applicable.


                                      ARTICLE 4
                                      COVENANTS

               SECTION 4.01.PAYMENT OF NOTES.

                   The  Company  shall pay or cause  to  be  paid  the
               principal of, premium,  if  any,  and  interest  on the
               Notes  on  the  dates and in the manner provided in the
               Notes.  Other than pursuant to Section 3.05, principal,
               premium, if any,  and interest shall be considered paid
               on the date due if  the Paying Agent, if other than the
               Company or a Guarantor,  holds as of Noon New York City
               time on the due date money  deposited by the Company in
               immediately  available  funds and  designated  for  and
               sufficient to pay all principal,  premium,  if any, and
               interest  then due.  Such Paying Agent shall return  to
               the Company  no  later than two days following the date
               of payment, any money (including accrued interest) that
               exceeds such amount  of principal, premium, if any, and
               interest paid on the Notes.

               SECTION 4.02.MAINTENANCE OF OFFICE OR AGENCY.

                   The  Company  shall  maintain  in  the  Borough  of
               Manhattan, the City  of  New  York, an office or agency
               (which may be an office of the  Trustee or an affiliate
               of the Trustee, Registrar or co-registrar)  where Notes
               may be surrendered for registration of transfer  or for
               exchange  and where notices and demands to or upon  the
               Company or  the  Guarantors in respect of the Notes and
               this Indenture may  be  served.  The Company shall give
               prompt written notice to  the  Trustee of the location,
               and  any  change in the location,  of  such  office  or
               agency.  If  at  any  time  the  Company  shall fail to
               maintain  any such required office or agency  or  shall
               fail to furnish  the  Trustee with the address thereof,
               such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may
               be made or served at the  Corporate Trust Office of the
               Trustee.

                   The Company may also from  time  to  time designate
               one or more other offices or agencies where  the  Notes
               may  be  presented  or  surrendered for any or all such
               purposes  and  may  from  time  to  time  rescind  such
               designations;   PROVIDED,   HOWEVER,   that   no   such
               designation or rescission shall  in  any manner relieve
               the Company of its obligation to maintain  an office or
               agency  in  the Borough of Manhattan, the City  of  New
               York for such  purposes.  The Company shall give prompt
               written notice to  the  Trustee of any such designation
               or rescission and of any  change in the location of any
               such other office or agency.

                   The Company hereby designates  the  Corporate Trust
               Office of the Trustee as one such office  or  agency of
               the Company in accordance with Section 2.03.

               SECTION 4.03.REPORTS.

                   Whether   or   not   required   by  the  rules  and
               regulations  of  the  SEC,  so  long as any  Notes  are
               outstanding,  the  Company  shall (i)  furnish  to  the
               Trustee  and to all Holders all  quarterly  and  annual
               financial  information  that  would  be  required to be
               contained  in a filing with the SEC on Forms  10-Q  and
               10-K if the  Company  were required to file such forms,
               including a "Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of
               Financial  Condition  and  Results of Operations"  and,
               with respect to the annual information  only,  a report
               thereon   by   the   Company's   certified  independent
               accountants   and   (ii) file  a  copy  of   all   such
               information  with  the   SEC  for  public  availability
               (unless the SEC will not accept such a filing) and file
               such  information  with  the   Trustee  and  make  such
               information  available  to  investors   and  securities
               analysts who request it in writing.  The  Company shall
               at all times comply with TIA Section 314(a).

               SECTION 4.04.COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE.

                   (a)The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within
               120  days  after  the  end  of  each  fiscal  year,  an
               Officers'  Certificate  stating  that  a review of  the
               activities  of the Company and its Subsidiaries  during
               the preceding  fiscal  year  has  been  made  under the
               supervision  of  the  signing  Officers with a view  to
               determining whether the Company and each obligor on the
               Notes and this Indenture has kept,  observed, performed
               and  fulfilled  its  obligations  under this  Indenture
               (including with respect to any Restricted Payments made
               during such year, the basis upon which the calculations
               required   by   Section   4.07  were  computed,   which
               calculations  may  be  based on  the  Company's  latest
               available financial statements),  and  further stating,
               as to each such Officer signing such certificate,  that
               to  the  best  of  his or her knowledge the Company and
               each such obligor, has  kept,  observed,  performed and
               fulfilled  each  and every covenant contained  in  this
               Indenture and is not  in  default in the performance or
               observance  of  any  of  the  terms,   provisions   and
               conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default or Event
               of  Default  shall  have  occurred, describing all such
               Defaults or Events of Default  of  which  he or she may
               have  knowledge  and  what action the Company  or  such
               Guarantor, as the case may be, is taking or proposes to
               take with respect thereto)  and that to the best of his
               or her knowledge no event has  occurred  and remains in
               existence by reason of which payments on account of the
               principal  of  or  interest,  if  any, on the Notes  is
               prohibited or if such event has occurred, a description
               of  the  event  and  what  action  the Company  or  any
               obligor, as the case may be, is taking  or  proposes to
               take with respect thereto.

                   (b)So  long  as  not  contrary  to the then current
               recommendations of the American Institute  of Certified
               Public  Accountants,  the year-end financial statements
               delivered  pursuant  to  Section 4.03  above  shall  be
               accompanied  by a written statement  of  the  Company's
               independent public  accountants (who shall be a firm of
               established national  reputation)  that  in  making the
               examination   necessary   for   certification  of  such
               financial  statements,  nothing  has   come   to  their
               attention  that  would  lead  them to believe that  the
               Company  has  violated  the  provisions   contained  in
               Sections  4.01, 4.05, 4.07, 4.09, 4.10, 4.17,  4.18  or
               5.01 hereof or (to the extent such provisions relate to
               accounting   matters),   if   any  such  violation  has
               occurred, specifying the nature and period of existence
               thereof,  it  being  understood that  such  accountants
               shall  not  be liable directly  or  indirectly  to  any
               Person for any  failure to obtain knowledge of any such
               violation.

                   (c)The Company  shall,  so long as any of the Notes
               are outstanding, deliver to the  Trustee,  within  five
               Business  Days  upon  any Officer becoming aware of any
               Default or Event of Default,  an  Officers' Certificate
               specifying such Default or Event of  Default  and  what
               action  the  Company is taking or proposes to take with
               respect thereto.

               SECTION 4.05.TAXES.

                   The Company  shall pay, and shall cause each of its
               Restricted Subsidiaries  to  pay, prior to delinquency,
               all  material  taxes,  assessments,   and  governmental
               levies except such as are contested in  good faith  and
               by  appropriate  proceedings  or  where  the failure to
               effect  such  payment  is  not adverse in any  material
               respect to the Holders.

               SECTION 4.06.STAY, EXTENSION AND USURY LAWS.

                   Each of the Company and  the  Guarantors  covenants
               (to  the  extent  that  it may lawfully do so) that  it
               shall not at any time insist  upon,  plead,  or  in any
               manner   whatsoever   claim  or  take  the  benefit  or
               advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever
               enacted, now or at any  time  hereafter  in force, that
               may  affect  the covenants or the performance  of  this
               Indenture; and  each  of the Company and the Guarantors
               (to  the extent that it  may  lawfully  do  so)  hereby
               expressly  waives  all benefit or advantage of any such
               law, and covenants that  it shall not, by resort to any
               such law, hinder, delay or  impede the execution of any
               power herein granted to the Trustee,  but  shall suffer
               and permit the execution of every such power  as though
               no such law has been enacted.

               SECTION 4.07.RESTRICTED PAYMENTS.

                (a)The Company shall not, and shall not permit  any of
               its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

                   (i)  declare  or  pay  any  dividend  or  make  any
               distribution  on account of the Company's or any of its
               Restricted Subsidiaries'  Equity  Interests  other than
               dividends  or distributions payable in Equity Interests
               (other than  Disqualified  Stock of the Company or such
               Restricted Subsidiary or dividends  or distributions by
               a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company  PROVIDED,  that
               to  the  extent  that  a  portion  of  such dividend or
               distribution is paid to a Holder other than the Company
               or  a  Restricted  Subsidiary,  such  portion  of  such
               dividend  or  distribution  is  not greater  than  such
               Holder's pro rata aggregate common  equity  interest in
               such Restricted Subsidiary;

                   (ii)  purchase,  redeem  or  otherwise  acquire  or
                retire  for value any Equity Interests of the  Company
                or any Subsidiary  or  other  Affiliate of the Company
                (other  than any such Equity Interests  owned  by  the
                Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company);

                   (iii)  voluntarily  purchase,  redeem,  defease  or
                otherwise acquire or retire for value any Indebtedness
                that  is PARI PASSU with or subordinated to the Notes;
                or

                   (iv)  make  any  Restricted  Investment  (all  such
                   payments and other actions set forth in clauses
                (i) through (iv) above being collectively referred  to
                as "RESTRICTED PAYMENTS"), unless, at the time of such
                Restricted Payment:

                      (1)  no  Default  or Event of Default shall have
                   occurred and be continuing  or  would  occur  as  a
                   consequence thereof;

                      (2)  with  respect to a Restricted Payment other
                   than a Regular  Quarterly  Dividend or a Restricted
                   Investment  in  a Subsidiary engaged  in  a  Gaming
                   Related Business, the Company would, at the time of
                   such Restricted Payment  and after giving pro forma
                   effect thereto as if such  Restricted  Payment  had
                   been  made at the beginning of the applicable four-
                   quarter  period,  have  been  permitted to incur at
                   least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness  pursuant to
                   the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set  forth  in
                   the  covenant  entitled "Incurrence of Indebtedness
                   and Issuance of Disqualified Stock"; and

                      (3) such Restricted  Payment,  together with the
                   aggregate of all other Restricted Payments  made by
                   the  Company  and its Restricted Subsidiaries after
                   the date of this  Indenture  (including  Restricted
                   Payments permitted by clauses (i) and (ii)  of  the
                   next   succeeding   paragraph   but  excluding  any
                   Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (iii)-(ix)
                   of the next succeeding paragraph), is less than the
                   sum of (x) 50% of the Consolidated  Net  Income  of
                   the Company for the period (taken as one accounting
                   period)  from  April  1,  1993  to  the  end of the
                   Company's  most  recently ended fiscal quarter  for
                   which internal financial  statements  are available
                   at the time of such Restricted Payment (or, if such
                   Consolidated  Net  Income  for  such  period  is  a
                   deficit,  100% of such deficit), plus (y)  100%  of
                   the aggregate  net  cash  proceeds  received by the
                   Company  from  the  issuance  or  sale  of   Equity
                   Interests   of   the  Company  (other  than  Equity
                   Interests sold to  a  Restricted  Subsidiary of the
                   Company and other than Disqualified Stock) from and
                   including  the  date  of  the  First Mortgage  Bond
                   Indenture  (including  any  such  Equity  Interests
                   issued  concurrently  with  the  issuance   of  the
                   Notes),  plus  (z)  Excess  Non-Recourse Subsidiary
                   Cash Proceeds received after  the date of the First
                   Mortgage Bond Indenture.

                (b)The foregoing provisions of this Section 4.07 shall
               not prohibit:

                   (i)  the  payment of any dividend  within  60  days
                after the date of declaration thereof, if at said date
                of declaration  such  payment would have complied with
                the provisions of this Indenture;

                   (ii)  the  redemption,  repurchase,  retirement  or
                other acquisition  of  any  Equity  Interests  of  the
                Company  in  exchange  for, or out of the proceeds of,
                the substantially concurrent  sale  (other  than  to a
                Restricted  Subsidiary of the Company) of other Equity
                Interests of  the Company (other than any Disqualified
                Stock);

                   (iii) Investments  by the Company or any Restricted
                Subsidiary in an amount  not  to exceed $75 million in
                the   aggregate   (measured  as  of  the   date   such
                Investments   were   made)    in    any   Non-Recourse
                Subsidiaries  engaged  in  a Gaming Related  Business;
                PROVIDED that any loan to, or  Investment Guarantee in
                favor  of, a Non-Recourse Subsidiary  that  is  not  a
                Restricted   Subsidiary  shall  mature  prior  to  the
                earlier  of (x)  the  termination  of  the  management
                contract pursuant  to  which the Company or any of its
                Restricted  Subsidiaries   manages  such  Non-Recourse
                Subsidiary  and  (y)  the  Company   or   any  of  its
                Restricted  Subsidiaries  otherwise  ceasing  to  have
                control   over   the   direction   of  the  day-to-day
                operations of such Non-Recourse Subsidiary;

                   (iv) Investments by the Company or  any  Restricted
                Subsidiary in any Non-Recourse Subsidiary engaged in a
                Gaming Related Business in an amount (measured  as  of
                the  date such Investments were made) not to exceed in
                the aggregate 100% of all cash received by the Company
                or any  Restricted  Subsidiary  from  any Non-Recourse
                Subsidiary  (other  than  cash  which  is  or  may  be
                required to be repaid or returned to such Non-Recourse
                Subsidiary)  up to $75.0 million in the aggregate  and
                thereafter 50%  of all cash received by the Company or
                any  Restricted  Subsidiary   from   any  Non-Recourse
                Subsidiary  (other  than  cash  which  is  or  may  be
                required to be repaid or returned to such Non-Recourse
                Subsidiary);  PROVIDED  that  the aggregate amount  of
                Investments pursuant to this clause  does  not  exceed
                $125.0 million in the aggregate;

                   (v)  the purchase, redemption, defeasance, or other
                acquisition  or retirement for value of any PARI PASSU
                Indebtedness   with   the   substantially   concurrent
                purchase, redemption, defeasance, or other acquisition
                or retirement for  value  of  the Notes (on a pro rata
                basis   in  relation  to  the  outstanding   aggregate
                principal   amount   of   such  Indebtedness  and  the
                aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes or
                which was on a basis offered  pro  rata to the Holders
                of the Notes);

                   (vi) any voluntary purchase, redemption, defeasance
                or other acquisition or retirement for  value  of  any
                PARI  PASSU  Indebtedness  with  the  proceeds  of the
                substantially   concurrent   issuance  of  Refinancing
                Indebtedness relating to such  PARI PASSU Indebtedness
                in accordance with Section 4.09 hereof;

                   (vii)  dividends  or  distributions   from  a  Non-
                Recourse Subsidiary or dividends or distributions from
                a Controlled Entity;

                   (viii)  any  purchase,  redemption,  defeasance  or
                other acquisition or retirement for value  of any PARI
                PASSU Indebtedness (other than pursuant to clause  (v)
                or  (vi)  above)  up  to  $30.0 million  in  aggregate
                principal amount; and

                   (ix) Investments by the Company or any Guarantor in
                Controlled  Entities,  so  long as such Persons remain
                Controlled Entities, PROVIDED  that (A) any Investment
                in SHCL exceeding $110.0 million shall be a Restricted
                Payment  pursuant  to  the proceeding  paragraph,  (B)
                neither the Company nor any Guarantor shall invest any
                portion of the Las Vegas Showboat or the Atlantic City
                Showboat  in, or contribute  any  such  assets  to,  a
                Controlled  Entity  and  (C) the Company would have at
                the time of such Investment  and  after  giving effect
                thereto  as  if such Investment had been made  at  the
                beginning of the  applicable  four-quarter  period,  a
                Fixed  Charge  Coverage  Ratio of at least 1.5 to 1 if
                such Investment is made prior to December 31, 1996 and
                at  least  1.75  to  1  if  such  Investment  is  made
                thereafter;  PROVIDED that, with  respect  to  clauses
                (iii)-(ix) above,  immediately  after giving effect to
                the transaction contemplated therein,  no  Default  or
                Event of Default would occur as a consequence thereof.

                (c)Any  Investment  in  a  Restricted  Subsidiary that
               becomes a Non-Recourse Subsidiary or any  Investment in
               a  Wholly  Owned  Subsidiary  that becomes a Non-Wholly
               Owned Restricted Subsidiary that  is  not  a  Guarantor
               shall become a Restricted Payment made on such  date in
               the amount of the greater of (x) the book value of  the
               Investment  in such Subsidiary on such date and (y) the
               fair market value  of the Investment in such Subsidiary
               on such date as determined  (A)  in  good  faith by the
               Board  of Directors of the Company if such fair  market
               value is  determined  to be less than $10.0 million and
               (B) by an investment banking  firm of national standing
               with  high yield underwriting expertise  if  such  fair
               market   value   is  determined  to  be  in  excess  of
               $10.0 million.

                (d)Any Guarantee  that  is  an  Investment  in  a Non-
               Recourse   Subsidiary  shall  cease  to  be  deemed  an
               Investment (and  shall be deemed to have not been made)
               to the extent that  the  Guarantee  is released without
               payment on the obligations guaranteed by the Company or
               any Restricted Subsidiary.

                (e)If any Controlled Entity ceases to  be a Controlled
               Entity,  then all Investments owned by the  Company  or
               any Restricted  Subsidiary  in  such  Controlled Entity
               shall be deemed to be a Restricted Investment  made  on
               such   date,   unless  such  former  Controlled  Entity
               purchases or redeems  all  such Investments for a price
               at least equal to the greater of the book value of such
               Investments on the date such  entity  ceases  to  be  a
               Controlled  Entity  or  the  original  amount  of  such
               Investments.

               SECTION  4.08.DIVIDEND  AND  OTHER PAYMENT RESTRICTIONS
                            AFFECTING SUBSIDIARIES.

                The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its
               Restricted  Subsidiaries  to, directly  or  indirectly,
               create or otherwise cause or  suffer to exist or become
               effective any encumbrance or restriction on the ability
               of any Restricted Subsidiary, other  than  a Guarantor,
               to:

                   (i)  pay  dividends or make any other distributions
                to the Company  or  any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
                (x) on its Capital Stock  or  (y)  with respect to any
                other interest or participation in,  or  measured  by,
                its profits;

                   (ii)  pay  any  Indebtedness owed to the Company or
                any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

                   (iii) make loans  or advances to the Company or any
                of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or

                   (iv) transfer any of  its  properties  or assets to
                the  Company  or  any  of its Restricted Subsidiaries,
                except for such encumbrances  or restrictions existing
                under or by reasons of:

                      (1) Existing Indebtedness  as  in  effect on the
                   Issue Date;

                      (2) the Working Capital Credit Agreement  as  in
                   effect as of the Issue Date;

                      (3) this Indenture and the Notes;

                      (4) applicable law;

                      (5)  any  instrument  governing  Indebtedness or
                   Capital Stock of a Person acquired by  the  Company
                   or any of its Subsidiaries as in effect at the time
                   of  such  acquisition  (except  to  the extent such
                   Indebtedness was incurred in connection  with  such
                   acquisition),  which  encumbrance or restriction is
                   not applicable to any Person,  or the properties or
                   assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the
                   property  or  assets  of the Person,  so  acquired,
                   PROVIDED that the Consolidated  Cash  Flow  of such
                   Person  is  not  taken  into account in determining
                   whether such acquisition was permitted by the terms
                   of this Indenture;

                      (6)   by  reason  of  customary   non-assignment
                   provisions  in  leases entered into in the ordinary
                   course  of  business   and   consistent  with  past
                   practices;

                      (7) with respect to clause (iii) above, purchase
                   money  obligations  for property  acquired  in  the
                   ordinary course of business; or

                      (8) permitted Refinancing Indebtedness, PROVIDED
                   that the restrictions  contained  in the agreements
                   governing   such   Refinancing   Indebtedness   are
                   substantially not more restrictive taken as a whole
                   than  those  contained in the agreements  governing
                   the Indebtedness being refinanced.

               SECTION 4.09.INCURRENCE OF INDEBTEDNESS AND ISSUANCE OF
                            DISQUALIFIED STOCK.

                (a)The Company shall  not, and shall not permit any of
               its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly,
               create, incur, issue, assume,  guarantee  or  otherwise
               become directly or indirectly liable with respect to or
               become  responsible  for  (collectively, "INCUR"),  any
               Indebtedness  and  the  Company  shall  not  issue  any
               Disqualified Stock and shall  not  permit  any  of  its
               Subsidiaries  to  issue  any shares of preferred stock;
               PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the  Company  or any Restricted
               Subsidiary may incur Indebtedness if:

                   (i)  the  Fixed  Charge  Coverage  Ratio   for  the
                Company's   most   recently  ended  four  full  fiscal
                quarters for which internal  financial  statements are
                available immediately preceding the date on which such
                additional  Indebtedness  is incurred is greater  than
                2.0 to 1, determined on a pro forma basis (including a
                pro forma application of the  net  proceeds therefrom)
                as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred at
                the beginning of such four-quarter period; and

                   (ii)  no  Default  or Event of Default  shall  have
                occurred  and  be  continuing  or  would  occur  as  a
                consequence thereof.

                (b)The  foregoing limitations  in  this  Section  4.09
               shall not apply to:

                   (i) the incurrence by the Company or any Restricted
                Subsidiary   of   up  to  $25.0 million  in  aggregate
                principal amount of  Indebtedness  outstanding  at any
                one time, the proceeds of which are used to acquire or
                lease tangible assets;

                   (ii)   the   incurrence   by  the  Company  or  any
                Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness  pursuant to the
                Working  Capital Credit Agreement for working  capital
                purposes in  an  aggregate  principal  amount  not  to
                exceed  $25.0 million  outstanding  at  any  one time;
                PROVIDED  that  there  shall  be  no such Indebtedness
                outstanding  for  a period of 14 consecutive  days  in
                each calendar year  (other  than in respect of standby
                letters of credit);

                   (iii)  the  incurrence  by  the   Company  and  its
                Restricted Subsidiaries of the Existing Indebtedness;

                   (iv) the incurrence by the Company  of Indebtedness
                represented by the Notes (including any  Notes  issued
                after  the  date of this Indenture) and the incurrence
                by the Guarantors of the Subsidiary Guarantees;

                   (v)  Indebtedness   incurred   in  connection  with
                Hedging  Obligations  with  respect  to   Indebtedness
                otherwise permitted under this paragraph;

                   (vi)  the incurrence by the Company of Indebtedness
                issued in  exchange  for, or the proceeds of which are
                used to extend, refinance,  renew,  replace  or refund
                Indebtedness  referred  to  in the first paragraph  of
                this covenant or in clauses (i)  through (v) above and
                clause (viii) below (the "Refinancing  Indebtedness");
                PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that:

                      (1)  the  principal  amount  of such Refinancing
                      Indebtedness  shall  not  exceed  the  principal
                      amount of Indebtedness so extended,  refinanced,
                      renewed, replaced, substituted or refunded (plus
                      the  amount  of reasonable expenses incurred  in
                      connection therewith);

                      (2) the Refinancing  Indebtedness  shall  have a
                      Weighted  Average  Life to Maturity equal to  or
                      greater  than  the  Weighted   Average  Life  to
                      Maturity  of  the  Indebtedness being  extended,
                      refinanced, renewed, replaced or refunded;

                      (3)  the  Refinancing   Indebtedness   shall  be
                      subordinated in right of payment to the Notes on
                      terms  at  least as favorable to the holders  of
                      Notes as those  contained  in  the documentation
                      governing   the  Indebtedness  being   extended,
                      refinanced, renewed, replaced or refunded; and

                      (4) no Default  or  Event  of Default shall have
                      occurred and be continuing or  would  occur as a
                      consequence thereof;

                   (vii)  Indebtedness  between  the  Company and  any
                   Restricted Subsidiary; and

                   (viii)  the  incurrence  by  the  Company   or  any
                Restricted  Subsidiary  of  Indebtedness  that  is not
                otherwise  permitted under this covenant not to exceed
                an  aggregate   principal   amount   of  $10.0 million
                outstanding at any one time under this clause (viii).

                (c)The  Company  shall  not  permit  any of  its  Non-
               Recourse  Subsidiaries  to  incur  any Indebtedness  or
               issue any shares of Disqualified Stock, other than Non-
               Recourse Indebtedness; PROVIDED, HOWEVER,  that  if any
               such  Non-Recourse  Subsidiary  ceases to remain a Non-
               Recourse  Subsidiary,  such event shall  be  deemed  to
               constitute the incurrence  of  the Indebtedness in such
               Subsidiary by a Restricted Subsidiary.

               SECTION 4.10.ASSET SALES.

                (a)The Company shall not, and shall  not permit any of
               its Restricted Subsidiaries to, cause,  make  or suffer
               to exist any Asset Sale unless:

                   (i)  no Default exists or is continuing immediately
                prior to and after giving effect to such Asset Sale;

                   (ii) the Company (or such Restricted Subsidiary, as
                the case may be) receives consideration at the time of
                each such Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market
                value (evidenced  by  a  resolution  of  the  Board of
                Directors   set  forth  in  an  Officers'  Certificate
                delivered to  the  Trustee)  of  the  assets or equity
                securities sold or otherwise disposed of; and

                   (iii)  at  least 90% of the consideration  therefor
                received by the  Company or such Restricted Subsidiary
                is in the form of  cash;  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER, that the
                amount  of  (x)  any  liabilities  (as  shown  on  the
                Company's or such Restricted Subsidiary's  most recent
                balance sheet or in the notes thereto) of the  Company
                or  any  Restricted Subsidiary (other than liabilities
                that are by  their  terms subordinated to the Notes or
                any  Guarantee  thereof)   that  are  assumed  by  the
                transferee of any such assets  and  (y)  any  notes or
                other obligations received by the Company or any  such
                Restricted  Subsidiary  from  such transferee that are
                immediately   converted   by  the  Company   or   such
                Restricted Subsidiary into cash, shall be deemed to be
                cash (to the extent of the cash received) for purposes
                of this provision.

                (b)Within 360 days after any  Asset  Sale, the Company
               (or the Subsidiary, as the case may be)  may  apply the
               Net  Proceeds  from  such  Asset  Sale,  at its option,
               either:  (i) to permanently reduce Senior  Debt  of the
               Company  or  (ii) to reinvest or cause to be reinvested
               the Net Proceeds  from such Asset Sale in another asset
               or business in a Gaming  Related Business.  Pending the
               final application of any such Net Proceeds, the Company
               may  temporarily reduce Senior  Debt  of  the  Company,
               including  under  the Working Capital Credit Agreement,
               or otherwise invest  such  Net  Proceeds  in any manner
               that  is  not  prohibited by this Indenture.   Any  Net
               Proceeds from any  Asset  Sale  that are not applied as
               provided  in  clauses (i) and (ii)  of  this  paragraph
               constitute  "EXCESS   PROCEEDS."   When  the  aggregate
               amount of Excess Proceeds  exceeds  $10.0 million,  the
               Company  shall make an offer (an "ASSET SALE OFFER") to
               (a)  all Holders  of  Notes  to  purchase  the  maximum
               principal  amount of Notes that may be purchased out of
               the Excess Proceeds  or  (b)  at  the Company's option,
               make  an Asset Sale Offer to redeem  outstanding  Notes
               and PARI  PASSU  Indebtedness,  on  a pro rata basis in
               relation to the outstanding aggregate  principal amount
               of such Indebtedness and the aggregate principal amount
               of the Notes then outstanding, in each case at an offer
               price  in  cash  in  an  amount  equal to 100%  of  the
               outstanding principal amount thereof  plus  accrued and
               unpaid  interest,  if  any,  to the date fixed for  the
               closing   of  such  offer,  in  accordance   with   the
               procedures  set forth in this Indenture.  To the extent
               that the aggregate amount of Notes tendered pursuant to
               an Asset Sale Offer to purchase is less than the Excess
               Proceeds, the  Company  may  use  such  deficiency  for
               general corporate purposes.  If the aggregate principal
               amount  of Notes surrendered by Holders thereof exceeds
               the amount  of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee will select
               the Notes to  be  purchased  on a pro rata basis.  Upon
               completion  of such offer to purchase,  the  amount  of
               Excess Proceeds will be reset at zero.

               SECTION 4.11.TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES.

                The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its
               Restricted Subsidiaries  to,  sell,  lease, transfer or
               otherwise  dispose of any of its properties  or  assets
               to, or purchase  any  property or assets from, or enter
               into    or    maintain    any   contract,    agreement,
               understanding, loan, advance  or guarantee with, or for
               the benefit of, any Affiliate (each  of  the foregoing,
               an "AFFILIATE TRANSACTION"), unless:

                   (i) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are
                no  less  favorable  to  the  Company  or the relevant
                Restricted Subsidiary than those that would  have been
                obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or
                such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person;

                   (ii) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction with
                a  Non-Recourse Subsidiary, which, either individually
                or when combined with all other Affiliate Transactions
                with  Non-Recourse  Subsidiaries during the past year,
                involves aggregate payments in excess of $1.0 million,
                a majority of the Board  of  Directors  approves  each
                such transaction;

                   (iii)  with  respect  to  any Affiliate Transaction
                (other   than   with   any  Non-Recourse   Subsidiary)
                involving  aggregate  payments   in   excess  of  $1.0
                million, or with respect to any Affiliate  Transaction
                with  all  Non-Recourse  Subsidiaries,  which,  either
                individually or when combined with all other Affiliate
                Transactions with Non-Recourse Subsidiaries during the
                past  year,  involves aggregate payments in excess  of
                $3.0 million,  the  Company  delivers to the Trustee a
                resolution of the Board of Directors  set  forth in an
                Officers'   Certificate   certifying   that  any  such
                Affiliate Transaction complies with clause  (i)  above
                and  such  Affiliate  Transaction  is  approved  by  a
                majority of the Board of Directors; and

                   (iv)  with  respect  to  any  Affiliate Transaction
                involving  aggregate  payments  in  excess   of  $10.0
                million,  the  Company  delivers  to  the  Trustee  an
                opinion  as  to  the  fairness  to the Company or such
                Restricted Subsidiary from a financial  point  of view
                issued  by  an  investment  banking  firm  of national
                standing  with  expertise in high yield debt offerings
                or in the case of  a transaction involving the sale or
                transfer of assets subject  to valuation, such as real
                estate,  an  appraisal  by  a  nationally   recognized
                appraisal  firm; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the following
                shall not be deemed Affiliate Transactions:

                      (1) any employment agreement entered into by the
                   Company or  any  of  its Restricted Subsidiaries in
                   the ordinary course of business and consistent with
                   the past practice of the Company or such Restricted
                   Subsidiary;

                      (2) transactions between  or  among  the Company
                   and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries;

                      (3)  payments  made pursuant to the Tax  Sharing
                   Agreement;

                      (4)     Restricted     Payments,      dividends,
                   distributions  or  Investments  permitted  by   the
                   provisions of Section 4.07 hereof;

                      (5)  payments to an Affiliate of ACSI in respect
                   of  the  leasing   of  land  from  such  Affiliate;
                   PROVIDED that the terms  of  clause  (i)  above are
                   complied with;

                         (6) payments by the Company pursuant  to  the
                      indemnification agreement with its directors and
                      officers   in   such   director's  or  officer's
                      capacity as a director or officer of the Company
                      or a Restricted Subsidiary;

                      (7) the engagement of Kummer  Kaempfer  Bonner &
                   Renshaw  (or any successor firm) for legal services
                   in connection  with  the business of the Company or
                   its Subsidiaries; PROVIDED  that  the  payment  for
                   such  services  does not exceed $1.0 million in any
                   fiscal year;

                      (8) loans to employees  of  the  Company  or any
                   Restricted Subsidiary, other than relocation loans,
                   in  an  amount  not to exceed $500,000 in aggregate
                   principal amount outstanding at any one time;

                      (9) loans to employees  of  the  Company  or any
                   Restricted   Subsidiary   in  connection  with  the
                   relocation of such employee  in  an  amount  not to
                   exceed  $2.0  million in aggregate principal amount
                   outstanding at any one time;

                      (10) transactions  pursuant  to  any  management
                   agreement  or  trademark  license agreement between
                   the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

                      (11)  the engagement of International  Insurance
                   Services, Ltd. for insurance adjustment services in
                   the ordinary  course  of business of the Company or
                   its Subsidiaries, PROVIDED  that  the  payments for
                   such  services  do not exceed $1.0 million  in  any
                   fiscal year; and

                      (12) the lease  of  a  gift shop in the Atlantic
                   City Showboat to Ocean 11,  a  sole proprietorship,
                   PROVIDED that the payments for such  lease  do  not
                   exceed $1.0 million in any fiscal year.

               SECTION 4.12.LIENS.

                   Neither  the  Company  nor  any  of  its Restricted
               Subsidiaries  shall  directly  or  indirectly   create,
               incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien on any  asset
               now  owned  or  hereafter  acquired,  or  any income or
               profits  therefrom  or  assign  or convey any right  to
               receive income therefrom, except:   (i)  Liens securing
               Obligations under Senior Debt permitted to  be incurred
               under this Indenture or (ii) Permitted Liens.

               SECTION 4.13.ADDITIONAL SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES.

                   If   the   Company   or   any   of  its  Restricted
               Subsidiaries shall transfer or cause to be transferred,
               in one or a series of related transactions, any assets,
               businesses,  divisions,  real  property   or  equipment
               having  a book value in excess of $5.0 million  to  any
               Restricted  Subsidiary  that  is not a Guarantor (other
               than  any such transfer that is  a  Restricted  Payment
               permitted  by  this Indenture), then such transferee or
               acquired  Subsidiary   shall   execute   a   Subsidiary
               Guarantee   and  deliver  an  opinion  of  counsel,  in
               accordance with  the  terms  of  this  Indenture.   The
               Subsidiary  Guarantee  shall be released if the Company
               or its Restricted Subsidiaries  cease to own any Equity
               Interests  in  such Restricted Subsidiary  or  if  such
               Restricted Subsidiary becomes a Non-Recourse Subsidiary
               in accordance with the terms of this Indenture.

               SECTION 4.14.REDESIGNATION OF NON-RECOURSE SUBSIDIARY.

                   The  Board  of   Directors   of   the  Company  may
               redesignate any Non-Recourse Subsidiary as a Restricted
               Subsidiary,   PROVIDED   that  at  the  time  of   such
               designation  after  giving pro  forma  effect  to  such
               designation as if it  occurred  at the beginning of the
               applicable four-quarter period, the Company could incur
               $1.00 of additional Indebtedness  pursuant to the Fixed
               Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth  in  Section  4.09
               hereof  and  no Default or Event of Default then exists
               and is continuing.

               SECTION 4.15.OFFER TO PURCHASE UPON CHANGE OF CONTROL.

                   (a)Upon the  occurrence of a Change of Control, the
               Company shall make  a  Purchase Offer to each Holder to
               repurchase all or any part of such Holder's Notes at an
               offer price in cash equal  to  101%  of  the  aggregate
               principal   amount  thereof  plus  accrued  and  unpaid
               interest, if  any,  to  the  date  of  purchase.   Such
               Purchase  Offer  shall be made in accordance  with  the
               procedures set forth  in Article 3 hereof.  The Company
               shall commence such Purchase  Offer  within 30 Business
               Days  following  any Change of Control by  mailing  the
               notice set forth in  Section  3.09 to the Holders.  The
               Offer Period shall be not less  than  30  Business Days
               nor  more  than  40  Business  Days from the date  such
               notice is mailed, unless a longer period is required by
               law.  The Company shall comply with the requirements of
               Rule  14e-1  under  the  Exchange  Act  and  any  other
               securities  laws  and  regulations  thereunder  to  the
               extent  such  laws  and regulations are  applicable  in
               connection with such Purchase Offer.

                   (b)Prior to making  the  Change of Control Payment,
               but in any event within 90 days  following  a Change of
               Control, the Company shall either repay all outstanding
               Senior Debt or obtain the requisite consents,  if  any,
               under  all agreements governing outstanding Senior Debt
               to permit  the  repurchase  of  Notes  required by this
               Section 4.15.  The Company shall publicly  announce the
               results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as
               practicable  after  the payment date for such  Purchase
               Offer.

               SECTION 4.16.CORPORATE EXISTENCE.

                   Subject to Article  5 and Article 10 hereof, as the
               case may be, the Company  and  each  of  the Guarantors
               shall  do  or cause to be done all things necessary  to
               preserve and  keep  in  full  force  and effect (i) its
               corporate existence, and the corporate,  partnership or
               other  existence  of  each  of  their Subsidiaries,  in
               accordance with the respective organizational documents
               (as the same may be amended from  time  to time) of the
               Company, any such Guarantor or any such Subsidiary,  as
               the  case  may  be,  and  (ii)  the rights (charter and
               statutory), licenses and franchises of the Company, the
               Guarantors and their respective Subsidiaries; PROVIDED,
               HOWEVER, that the Company and the  Guarantors shall not
               be  required  to  preserve any such right,  license  or
               franchise,  or  the  corporate,  partnership  or  other
               existence of any of their  respective  Subsidiaries, if
               an  officer  of  the Company shall determine  that  the
               preservation thereof  is  no  longer  desirable  in the
               conduct  of the business of the Company, the Guarantors
               and their Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

               SECTION 4.17.LINE OF BUSINESS.

                   The Company  shall  not,  and  shall not permit any
               Subsidiary to, engage in any business  other  than  (i)
               those  necessary  for,  incident  to, connected with or
               arising   out   of   the  gaming  business   (including
               developing  and  operating  hotel  casinos,  sports  or
               entertainment facilities,  transportation  services  or
               other   related   activities  or  enterprises  and  any
               additions or improvements  thereto) and (ii) such other
               businesses   as   the   Company   or   its   Restricted
               Subsidiaries  are engaged in on the  Issue  Date.   The
               Company or its  Subsidiaries  may  not  enter  into any
               gaming  jurisdictions  in  which  the  Company  or  its
               Subsidiaries  are  not presently licensed if all of the
               Holders  of Notes will  be  required  to  be  licensed,
               PROVIDED that  this  sentence  shall  not  prohibit the
               Company  or  any of its Subsidiaries from entering  any
               jurisdiction that  does  not  require  the licensing or
               qualification of all of the Holders of the  Notes,  but
               reserves  the discretionary right to license or qualify
               any Holder of Notes.

               SECTION 4.18.NO SENIOR SUBORDINATED INDEBTEDNESS.

                   Notwithstanding  the  provisions  of  Section  4.09
               hereof, (i) the Company shall not incur, create, issue,
               assume,  guarantee  or  otherwise become liable for any
               Indebtedness that is subordinate  or junior in right of
               payment to any Senior Debt and senior in any respect in
               right  of  payment  to the Notes and (ii) no  Guarantor
               shall  incur,  create,   issue,  assume,  guarantee  or
               otherwise become liable for  any  Indebtedness  that is
               subordinate  or  junior  in  right of payment to Senior
               Debt of such Guarantor and senior  in  any  respect  in
               right   of   payment  to  such  Guarantor's  Subsidiary
               Guarantee.

               SECTION 4.19.ESCROW AGENT

                   The  Company   shall  place  $100  million  of  net
               proceeds from the offering  of the Notes into an escrow
               account pursuant to the terms  of the Escrow Agreement.
               The escrow agent for such escrow  account may apply the
               amount in the escrow account only to fund the Company's
               investment  in  SHCL  as  provided for  in  the  Escrow
               Agreement.   In  the  event  that   Australian   Gaming
               Approval  or  Management  Contract Approval (as defined
               herein)  has not occurred on  or  prior  to  the  first
               anniversary  of the Issue Date, the Company shall apply
               the amount in  the  escrow  account  to an offer to all
               Holders  of  Notes  to  purchase the maximum  principal
               amount of Notes that may  be purchased with such amount
               at  a purchase price equal to  100%  of  the  principal
               amount   thereof   plus  accrued  and  unpaid  interest
               thereon, if any, to  the date of purchase in accordance
               with the procedures set  forth in Article 3 hereof.  If
               the aggregate principal amount  of Notes surrendered by
               Holders  thereof  exceeds  the  amount  in  the  escrow
               account,  the  Trustee  will select  the  Notes  to  be
               purchased on a pro rata basis.   If  the  amount in the
               escrow account exceeds the amount necessary to purchase
               all  Notes surrendered in such offer, the Company  will
               be obligated to apply such excess amount to an offer to
               purchase the First Mortgage Bonds.  Any funds remaining
               in the  escrow  account  after  the  Company  has fully
               funded  its  investment  in  SHCL or after the required
               offers to purchase shall be released to the Company and
               may be used for general corporate purposes.

                                      ARTICLE 5
                                      SUCCESSORS

               SECTION 5.01.MERGER, CONSOLIDATION, OR SALE OF ASSETS.

                   (a) The Company shall not consolidate or merge with
               or into (whether or not the Company  is  the  surviving
               Person),  or  sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey  or
               otherwise dispose  of  all  or substantially all of its
               properties   or   assets   in  one  or   more   related
               transactions, to another Person  unless (i) the Company
               is the surviving Person formed by or surviving any such
               consolidation or merger (if other  than the Company) or
               to  which  such  sale,  assignment,  transfer,   lease,
               conveyance or other disposition shall have been made is
               a  corporation organized or existing under the laws  of
               the United States, any state thereof or the District of
               Columbia;  (ii)  the  Person formed by or surviving any
               such  consolidation  or  merger   (if  other  than  the
               Company)  or  Person  to  which such sale,  assignment,
               transfer, lease, conveyance  or other disposition shall
               have  been  made  assumes all the  obligations  of  the
               Company pursuant to  a supplemental indenture in a form
               reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, under the Notes
               and  this  Indenture;  (iii)   immediately  after  such
               transaction no Default or Event of Default exists; (iv)
               the Company or any Person formed  by  or  surviving any
               such  consolidation  or merger, or to which such  sale,
               assignment,  transfer,   lease,   conveyance  or  other
               disposition  shall  have  been  made  (A)   shall  have
               Consolidated   Net   Worth   (immediately   after   the
               transaction   but  prior  to  any  purchase  accounting
               adjustments resulting from the transaction) equal to or
               greater than the  Consolidated Net Worth of the Company
               immediately preceding the transaction and (B) shall, at
               the time of such transaction and after giving pro forma
               effect thereto as if  such  transaction had occurred at
               the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, be
               permitted  to  incur  at  least  $1.00   of  additional
               Indebtedness  pursuant  to  the  Fixed Charge  Coverage
               Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09  hereof;  (v) such
               transactions  would not require any Holder of Notes  to
               obtain a gaming  license or be qualified under the laws
               of any applicable  gaming  jurisdiction,  PROVIDED that
               such  Holder would not have been required to  obtain  a
               gaming  license  or  be qualified under the laws of any
               applicable gaming jurisdiction  in  the absence of such
               transactions;  and  (vi)  such transactions  would  not
               result in the loss of any qualification or any material
               license  of the Company or its  Subsidiaries  necessary
               for any Gaming  Related  Business  then operated by the
               Company or its Subsidiaries.

                   (b)(i)  A Guarantor shall not consolidate  with  or
               merge with or  into  the  Company  unless the surviving
               corporation (if other than the Company) shall expressly
               assume  by  supplemental indenture complying  with  the
               requirements  of  this  Indenture, the due and punctual
               payment  of the principal  of,  premium,  if  any,  and
               interest on  all of the Notes, and the due and punctual
               performance and  observance  of  all  the covenants and
               conditions  of  this Indenture to be performed  by  the
               Company and (ii)  a  Guarantor  may consolidate with or
               merge with or into any other Guarantor.

               SECTION 5.02.SUCCESSOR CORPORATION SUBSTITUTED.

                   Upon  any  consolidation or merger,  or  any  sale,
               assignment,  transfer,   lease,   conveyance  or  other
               disposition of all or substantially  all  of the assets
               of the Company or the Company and its Subsidiaries on a
               consolidated  basis  in  accordance  with Section  5.01
               hereof,   the   successor   Person   formed   by   such
               consolidation  or  into  or  with which the Company  is
               merged  or  to which such sale,  assignment,  transfer,
               lease, conveyance  or  other  disposition is made shall
               succeed to, and be substituted  for  (so  that from and
               after  the  date  of such consolidation, merger,  sale,
               lease, conveyance or  other disposition, the provisions
               of this Indenture referring  to  the  "Company"  or the
               "Guarantor," as the case may be, shall refer instead to
               the successor corporation and not to the Company or the
               Guarantor,  as the case may be), and may exercise every
               right and power  of  the  Company or the Guarantors, as
               the case may be, under this  Indenture  with  the  same
               effect  as  if  such successor Person had been named as
               the Company or Guarantor,  as  the case may be, herein;
               PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the predecessor Company and the
               predecessor Subsidiaries that are  Guarantors shall not
               be relieved from the obligation to pay the principal of
               and interest on the Notes except in  the case of a sale
               of   all  of  the  Company's  assets  that  meets   the
               requirements of Section 5.01 hereof.


                                      ARTICLE 6
                                DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

               SECTION 6.01.EVENTS OF DEFAULT.

                   An "Event of Default" occurs if:

                      (a) the Company or the Guarantors default in the
                   payment  when due of interest on the Notes (whether
                   or not prohibited  by  the subordination provisions
                   of Article 10 or Article 11 hereof, as the case may
                   be) and such default continues  for  a period of 30
                   days;

                      (b) the Company or the Guarantors default in the
                   payment  when  due  of principal of or premium,  if
                   any, on the Notes (whether or not prohibited by the
                   subordination provisions  of  Article 10 or Article
                   11  hereof,  as  the  case may be)  when  the  same
                   becomes   due  and  payable   at   maturity,   upon
                   redemption  (including  in connection with an offer
                   to purchase) or otherwise;

                      (c) the Company or the Guarantors fail to comply
                   with any of the provisions  of Sections 4.07, 4.09,
                   4.10, 4.11, 4.12 or 4.15 hereof  for  30 days after
                   notice  to  the  Company by the Trustee or  to  the
                   Company and the Trustee  from  Holders  of at least
                   25%   in   principal   amount  of  the  Notes  then
                   outstanding;

                      (d)  the  Company  or  the  Guarantors  fail  to
                   observe    or    perform   any   other    covenant,
                   representation, warranty or other agreement in this
                   Indenture or the Notes  for 60 days after notice to
                   the Company by the Trustee  or  to  the Company and
                   the  Trustee  from  Holders  of  at  least  25%  in
                   principal amount of the Notes then outstanding;

                      (e)   a   default  occurs  under  any  mortgage,
                   indenture or instrument  under  which  there may be
                   issued  or  by  which  there  may  be  secured   or
                   evidenced  any  Indebtedness  for money borrowed by
                   the  Company  or  any  Guarantor or  any  of  their
                   respective Restricted Subsidiaries  (or the payment
                   of  which  is  guaranteed  by  the Company  or  any
                   Guarantor  or  any  of their respective  Restricted
                   Subsidiaries)   whether    such   Indebtedness   or
                   Guarantee now exists, or is created after the Issue
                   Date, which default (i) is caused  by  a failure to
                   pay   when   due  principal  or  interest  on  such
                   Indebtedness within  the  grace  period provided in
                   such  Indebtedness (which failure continues  beyond
                   any applicable  grace period) (a "PAYMENT DEFAULT")
                   or  (ii)  results  in   the  acceleration  of  such
                   Indebtedness prior to its  express maturity and, in
                   each  case,  the  principal  amount   of  any  such
                   Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of
                   any other such Indebtedness under which  there  has
                   been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has
                   been  so  accelerated  aggregates  $10.0 million or
                   more;

                      (f) a final judgment or final judgments  for the
                   payment  of  money are entered by a court or courts
                   of competent jurisdiction  against  the  Company or
                   any Guarantor or any of their respective Restricted
                   Subsidiaries  and  such  judgments  are  not  paid,
                   discharged  or  stayed  for  a  period  of 60 days,
                   PROVIDED   that   the   aggregate   of   all   such
                   undischarged judgments exceeds $5.0 million;

                      (g)  except  as permitted by this Indenture, any
                   Subsidiary Guarantee  with  respect  to  the  Notes
                   shall  be  held  in  any  judicial proceeding to be
                   unenforceable or invalid or  shall  cease  for  any
                   reason  to  be  in  full  force  and  effect or any
                   Guarantor  (or its successors or assigns),  or  any
                   Person acting  on  behalf of such Guarantor (or its
                   successors or assigns), shall deny or disaffirm its
                   obligations  or  shall  fail  to  comply  with  any
                   obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee;

                      (h) the   Company,   any   of   its   Restricted
                   Subsidiaries or any Guarantor which individually or
                   as  a group constitutes  a  Significant  Subsidiary
                   pursuant  to  or  within  the meaning of Bankruptcy
                   Law:

                         (1)commences a voluntary case,

                         (2)consents  to the entry  of  an  order  for
                      relief against it in an involuntary case,

                         (3)  consents  to   the   appointment   of  a
                      Custodian of it or for all or substantially  all
                      of its property,
                         (4)makes a general assignment for the benefit
                      of its creditors, or

                         (5)  generally  is  not  paying  its debts as
                   they become due; or

                      (i) a court of competent jurisdiction  enters an
                   order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

                         (1)is for relief against the Company,  any of
                      its  Restricted  Subsidiaries  or  any Guarantor
                      which  individually or as a group constitutes  a
                      Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case;

                         (2)appoints  a  Custodian of the Company, any
                      of its Restricted Subsidiaries  or any Guarantor
                      which individually or as a group  constitutes  a
                      Significant    Subsidiary    or   for   all   or
                      substantially  all  of  the  property   of   the
                      Company,  any  of its Restricted Subsidiaries or
                      any Guarantor which  individually  or as a group
                      constitutes a Significant Subsidiary; or

                         (3)  orders  the liquidation of the  Company,
                      any  of  its  Restricted   Subsidiaries  or  any
                      Guarantor  which  individually  or  as  a  group
                      constitutes a Significant Subsidiary ;

                   and the order or decree  remains  unstayed  and  in
                   effect for 60 consecutive days.

               SECTION 6.02.ACCELERATION.

                   If  any  Event  of  Default (other than an Event of
               Default specified in clause  (h) or (i) of Section 6.01
               hereof  with  respect  to  the  Company,   any  of  its
               Restricted   Subsidiaries   or   any   Guarantor  which
               individually  or  as  a  group  constitutes Significant
               Subsidiary ) occurs and is continuing,  the  Trustee or
               the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount  of the
               then outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to  be
               due   and  payable  immediately.   Notwithstanding  the
               foregoing,  in  case  an  Event of Default specified in
               clause (h) or (i) of Section  6.01  hereof  occurs with
               respect   to   the   Company,  any  of  its  Restricted
               Subsidiaries or any Guarantor  which individually or as
               a  group  constitutes  a  Significant  Subsidiary,  all
               outstanding Notes will become  due  and payable without
               further action or notice.  Under certain circumstances,
               the Holders of a majority in principal  amount  of  the
               outstanding  Notes  may  rescind  any acceleration with
               respect to the Notes and its consequences.  Holders may
               not  enforce  this  Indenture  or the Notes  except  as
               provided  herein.   Subject  to  certain   limitations,
               Holders of a majority in principal amount of  the  then
               outstanding   Notes  may  direct  the  Trustee  in  its
               exercise  of any  trust  or  power.   The  Trustee  may
               withhold from  Holders notice of any continuing Default
               or Event of Default  (except  a  Default  or  Event  of
               Default   relating  to  the  payment  of  principal  or
               interest) if  it  determines that withholding notice is
               in their interest.

                   If an Event of  Default  occurs  by  reason  of any
               willful action (or inaction) taken (or not taken) by or
               on behalf of the Company with the intention of avoiding
               payment of the premium that the Company would have  had
               to  pay  if  the Company then had elected to redeem the
               Notes pursuant  to  Section  3.07  hereof,  then,  upon
               acceleration  of the Notes, an equivalent premium shall
               also become and  be immediately due and payable, to the
               extent permitted by  law, anything in this Indenture or
               in  the Notes to the contrary  notwithstanding.  If  an
               Event  of  Default  occurs  prior  to August 1, 2001 by
               reason  of any willful action (or inaction)  taken  (or
               not taken)  by  or  on  behalf  of the Company with the
               intention of avoiding the prohibition  on redemption of
               the   Notes   prior  to  August  1,  2001  then,   upon
               acceleration of  the Notes, an additional premium shall
               also become and be  immediately  due  and payable in an
               amount, for each of the years beginning  on August 1 of
               the   years   set  forth  below,  as  set  forth  below
               (expressed as a percentage of the principal amount that
               would otherwise  be  due but for the provisions of this
               sentence):

               <TABLE>
               <CAPTION>
               PERCENTAGE                                  YEAR
                    <C>                                    <C>
                    .....................................1994
                    113.000%.............................1995
                    111.700%.............................1996
                    110.400%.............................1997
                    109.100%.............................1998
                    107.800%.............................1999
                    106.500%.............................2000
                    105.200%
               </TABLE>

               SECTION 6.03.OTHER REMEDIES.

                   If an Event of Default  occurs  and  is continuing,
               the Trustee may pursue any available remedy  to collect
               the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest
               on  the  Notes  or  to  enforce the performance of  any
               provision of the Notes or this Indenture.

                   The Trustee may maintain  a  proceeding  even if it
               does  not possess any of the Notes or does not  produce
               any of  them in the proceeding.  A delay or omission by
               the Trustee  or  any Holder of a Note in exercising any
               right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall
               not impair the right  or  remedy or constitute a waiver
               of  or  acquiescence  in  the Event  of  Default.   All
               remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

               Section 6.04.Waiver of Past Defaults.

                   Holders of not less than  a  majority  in aggregate
               principal  amount  of  the  Notes  then outstanding  by
               notice to the Trustee may on behalf  of  the Holders of
               all of the Notes waive an existing Default  or Event of
               Default  and  its  consequences  hereunder,  except   a
               continuing  Default  or Event of Default in the payment
               of the principal of, premium,  if  any, or interest on,
               the  Notes (including in connection with  an  offer  to
               purchase)  (PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  that  the Holders of a
               majority  in  aggregate  principal amount of  the  then
               outstanding Notes may rescind  an  acceleration and its
               consequences,  including  any related  payment  default
               that resulted from such acceleration).   Upon  any such
               waiver,  such  Default  shall  cease  to exist, and any
               Event of Default arising therefrom shall  be  deemed to
               have  been  cured  for every purpose of this Indenture;
               but no such waiver shall  extend  to  any subsequent or
               other Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

               SECTION 6.05.CONTROL BY MAJORITY.

                   Holders of a majority in principal  amount  of  the
               then  outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and
               place of  conducting  any proceeding for exercising any
               remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust
               or power conferred on it.   However,  the  Trustee  may
               refuse  to follow any direction that conflicts with law
               or this Indenture  that  the  Trustee determines may be
               unduly prejudicial to the rights  of  other  Holders of
               Notes  or  that  may  involve  the  Trustee in Personal
               liability.

               SECTION 6.06.LIMITATION ON SUITS.

                   A Holder of a Note may pursue a remedy with respect
               to this Indenture or the Notes only if:

                   (a)the  Holder  of  a  Note  gives to  the  Trustee
                written notice of a continuing Event of Default or the
                Trustee receives such notice from the Company;

                   (b)the Holders of at least 25%  in principal amount
                of the then outstanding Notes make a  written  request
                to the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

                   (c)such Holder of a Note or Holders of Notes  offer
                and,  if  requested,  provide to the Trustee indemnity
                satisfactory  to  the  Trustee   against   any   loss,
                liability or expense;

                   (d)the  Trustee  does  not  comply with the request
                within 60 days after receipt of  the  request  and the
                offer  and,  if requested, the provision of indemnity;
                and

                   (e)during such  60-day  period  the  Holders  of  a
                majority  in  principal amount of the then outstanding
                Notes do not give the Trustee a direction inconsistent
                with  the  request;   PROVIDED,   HOWEVER,  that  such
                provision does not effect the right  of  a Holder of a
                Note  to  sue  for enforcement of any overdue  payment
                thereon.

               A  Holder of a Note  may  not  use  this  Indenture  to
               prejudice  the rights of another Holder of a Note or to
               obtain a preference  or priority over another Holder of
               a Note.

               SECTION 6.07.RIGHTS OF  HOLDERS  OF  NOTES  TO  RECEIVE
                            PAYMENT.

                   Notwithstanding   any   other   provision  of  this
               Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to receive
               payment of principal, premium, if any,  and interest on
               the  Note,  on  or  after  the  respective  due   dates
               expressed  in the Note (including in connection with  a
               Purchase Offer),  or  to bring suit for the enforcement
               of any such payment on  or after such respective dates,
               shall not be impaired or  affected  without the consent
               of such Holder.

               SECTION 6.08.COLLECTION SUIT BY TRUSTEE.

                   If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a)
               or  (b)  occurs  and  is  continuing,  the  Trustee  is
               authorized to recover judgment in its own  name  and as
               trustee of an express trust against the Company for the
               whole  amount  of  principal  of,  premium, if any, and
               interest remaining unpaid on the Notes  and interest on
               overdue  principal and, to the extent lawful,  interest
               and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover
               the costs  and  expenses  of  collection, including the
               reasonable  compensation, expenses,  disbursements  and
               advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

               SECTION 6.09.TRUSTEE MAY FILE PROOFS OF CLAIM.

                   The Trustee  is  authorized  to file such proofs of
               claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary
               or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee
               (including  any claim for the reasonable  compensation,
               expenses, disbursements  and  advances  of the Trustee,
               its agents and counsel) and the Holders allowed  in any
               judicial  proceedings  relative  to the Company (or any
               other obligor upon the Notes, including the Guarantors-
               ), its creditors or its property and  shall be entitled
               and  empowered  to collect, receive and distribute  any
               money or other property  payable  or deliverable on any
               such  claims  and  any custodian in any  such  judicial
               proceeding is hereby  authorized by each Holder to make
               such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the
               Trustee shall consent to  the  making  of such payments
               directly  to  the  Holders,  to pay to the Trustee  any
               amount  due  to  it  for  the reasonable  compensation,
               expenses, disbursements and  advances  of  the Trustee,
               its agents and counsel, and any other amounts  due  the
               Trustee  under Section 7.07 hereof.  To the extent that
               the  payment   of   any  such  compensation,  expenses,
               disbursements and advances  of  the Trustee, its agents
               and  counsel,  and any other amounts  due  the  Trustee
               under Section 7.07 hereof out of the estate in any such
               proceeding, shall  be denied for any reason, payment of
               the same shall be secured  by  a  Lien on, and shall be
               paid  out  of,  any  and all distributions,  dividends,
               money, securities and other properties that the Holders
               may be entitled to receive  in  such proceeding whether
               in liquidation or under any plan  of  reorganization or
               arrangement  or  otherwise.   Nothing herein  contained
               shall be deemed to authorize the  Trustee  to authorize
               or  consent  to  or  accept  or adopt on behalf of  any
               Holder   any   plan  of  reorganization,   arrangement,
               adjustment or composition  affecting  the  Notes or the
               rights  of  any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee  to
               vote in respect  of the claim of any Holder in any such
               proceeding.

               SECTION 6.10.PRIORITIES.

                   If the Trustee  collects any money pursuant to this
               Article, it shall pay  out  the  money in the following
               order:

                   FIRST:   to the Trustee, its agents  and  attorneys
               for amounts due under Section 7.07 hereof;

                   SECOND:  to  the  holders  of  Senior  Debt  of the
               Company  or the Guarantors, as the case may be, to  the
               extent required  by Article 10 or Article 11 hereof, as
               applicable;

                   THIRD:  to Holders  of  Notes  for  amounts due and
               unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and
               interest,  ratably, without preference or  priority  of
               any kind, according  to  the amounts due and payable on
               the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest,
               respectively; and

                   FOURTH:  to the Company or to such party as a court
               of competent jurisdiction shall direct.

                   The Trustee may fix a  record date and payment date
               for any payment to Holders of  Notes  pursuant  to this
               Section 6.10.

               SECTION 6.11.UNDERTAKING FOR COSTS.

                   In  any  suit  for the enforcement of any right  or
               remedy under this Indenture  or in any suit against the
               Trustee for any action taken or  omitted  by  it  as  a
               Trustee,  a  court  in  its  discretion may require the
               filing  by  any  party  litigant  in  the  suit  of  an
               undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court
               in   its   discretion  may  assess  reasonable   costs,
               including reasonable attorneys' fees, against any party
               litigant in  the  suit, having due regard to the merits
               and good faith of the  claims  or  defenses made by the
               party litigant.  This Section does not  apply to a suit
               by  the Trustee, a suit by a Holder of a Note  pursuant
               to Section  6.07  hereof,  or a suit by Holders of more
               than 10% in principal amount  of  the  then outstanding
               Notes.

                                      ARTICLE 7
                                       TRUSTEE

               SECTION 7.01.DUTIES OF TRUSTEE.

                   (a)If  an  Event  of  Default has occurred  and  is
               continuing,  the Trustee shall  exercise  such  of  the
               rights and powers  vested  in it by this Indenture, and
               use the same degree of care  and skill in its exercise,
               as  a  prudent  man would exercise  or  use  under  the
               circumstances in the conduct of his own affairs.

                   (b)Except during  the  continuance  of  an Event of
               Default:

                   (i)the  duties  of  the Trustee shall be determined
                solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and
                the Trustee need perform  only  those  duties that are
                specifically  set  forth  in  this  Indenture  and  no
                others, and no implied covenants or obligations  shall
                be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

                   (ii)in  the  absence  of bad faith on its part, the
                Trustee may conclusively rely,  as to the truth of the
                statements  and  the  correctness  of   the   opinions
                expressed   therein,  upon  certificates  or  opinions
                furnished  to   the  Trustee  and  conforming  to  the
                requirements of this  Indenture.  However, the Trustee
                shall  examine  the  certificates   and   opinions  to
                determine   whether   or   not  they  conform  to  the
                requirements of this Indenture.

                   (c)The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities
               for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure
               to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

                   (i)this paragraph (c) does  not limit the effect of
                paragraph (b) of this Section;

                   (ii)the Trustee shall not be  liable  for any error
                of  judgment  made  in  good  faith  by  a Responsible
                Officer,  unless  it  is  proved that the Trustee  was
                negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

                   (iii)the Trustee shall not  be  liable with respect
                to any action it takes or omits to take  in good faith
                in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant
                to Section 6.05 hereof.

                   (d)Whether  or  not therein expressly so  provided,
               every  provision of this  Indenture  that  in  any  way
               relates  to  the  Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a),
               (b), and (c) of this Section.

                   (e)No provision of this Indenture shall require the
               Trustee to expend or  risk  its  own funds or incur any
               liability.  The Trustee shall be under no obligation to
               exercise  any  of  its  rights  and powers  under  this
               Indenture  at the request of any Holders,  unless  such
               Holder shall  have  offered to the Trustee security and
               indemnity  satisfactory   to   it   against  any  loss,
               liability or expense.

                   (f)The Trustee shall not be liable  for interest on
               any  money  received  by  it except as the Trustee  may
               agree in writing with the Company.  Money held in trust
               by the Trustee need not be  segregated from other funds
               except to the extent required by law.

                   (g)The Trustee shall not  be responsible for having
               knowledge   of  any  defaults,  except   for   monetary
               defaults, unless  specifically  notified  in writing by
               the Holders.

                   (h)The  Trustee  acknowledges that the Company  and
               the Guarantors are subject  to  regulation  by  the New
               Jersey Casino Control Commission and the Trustee  shall
               cooperate  with  requests  from  the  New Jersey Casino
               Control  Commission and New Jersey Division  of  Gaming
               Enforcement  for  information and documents relating to
               the Notes.

               SECTION 7.02.RIGHTS OF TRUSTEE.

                   (a)The  Trustee  may  conclusively  rely  upon  any
               document believed  by it to be genuine and to have been
               signed or presented  by the proper Person.  The Trustee
               need not investigate any  fact  or matter stated in the
               document.

                   (b)Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting,
               it may require an Officers' Certificate  or  an Opinion
               of  Counsel  or both.  The Trustee shall not be  liable
               for any action  it takes or omits to take in good faith
               in reliance on such Officers' Certificate or Opinion of
               Counsel.  The Trustee  may consult with counsel and the
               written  advice  of  such counsel  or  any  Opinion  of
               Counsel shall be full  and  complete  authorization and
               protection  from  liability  in respect of  any  action
               taken,  suffered or omitted by  it  hereunder  in  good
               faith and in reliance thereon.

                   (c)The  Trustee  may  act through its attorneys and
               agents and shall not be responsible  for the misconduct
               or negligence of any agent appointed with due care.

                   (d)The Trustee shall not be liable  for  any action
               it  takes  or  omits  to  take  in  good  faith that it
               believes  to  be  authorized  or  within the rights  or
               powers conferred upon it by this Indenture.

                   (e)Unless otherwise specifically  provided  in this
               Indenture,  any  demand,  request,  direction or notice
               from the Company shall be sufficient  if  signed  by an
               Officer of the Company.

                   (f)The  Trustee  shall  be  under  no obligation to
               exercise any of the rights or powers vested  in  it  by
               this  Indenture  at  the request or direction of any of
               the Holders unless such  Holders  shall have offered to
               the  Trustee reasonable security or  indemnity  against
               the costs,  expenses  and  liabilities  that  might  be
               incurred  by  it  in  compliance  with  such request or
               direction.

               SECTION 7.03.INDIVIDUAL RIGHTS OF TRUSTEE.

                   The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity
               may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may other-
               wise  deal  with  the  Company, the Guarantors  or  any
               Affiliate of the Company  or  the  Guarantors  with the
               same  rights  it  would  have  if it were not Trustee. 
               However,  in  the event that the Trustee  acquires  any
               conflicting interest  it  must  eliminate such conflict
               within  90  days, apply to the SEC  for  permission  to
               continue as trustee  or  resign.   Any Agent may do the
               same with like rights and duties.  The  Trustee is also
               subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11 hereof.

               SECTION 7.04.TRUSTEE'S DISCLAIMER.

                   The Trustee shall not be responsible  for and makes
               no  representation  as  to the validity or adequacy  of
               this  Indenture  or  the  Notes,   it   shall   not  be
               accountable for the Company's use of the proceeds  from
               the  Notes or any money paid to the Company or upon the
               Company's   direction   under  any  provision  of  this
               Indenture, it shall not be  responsible  for the use or
               application  of any money received by any Paying  Agent
               other than the Trustee, and it shall not be responsible
               for any statement or recital herein or any statement in
               the Notes or any  other document in connection with the
               sale of the Notes or  pursuant  to this Indenture other
               than its certificate of authentication.

               SECTION 7.05.NOTICE OF DEFAULTS.

                   If  a  Default or Event of Default  occurs  and  is
               continuing and  if  it  is  known  to  the Trustee, the
               Trustee shall mail to Holders of Notes a  notice of the
               Default  or  Event of Default within 90 days  after  it
               occurs.  Except  in  the  case of a Default or Event of
               Default in payment of principal of, premium, if any, or
               interest  on  any Note, the Trustee  may  withhold  the
               notice if and so long as a committee of its Responsible
               Officers in good  faith determines that withholding the
               notice is in the interests of the Holders.

               SECTION 7.06.REPORTS BY TRUSTEE TO HOLDERS.

                   Within 60 days after each May 15 beginning with the
               May 15 following the date of this Indenture, and for so
               long as Notes remain  outstanding,  the  Trustee  shall
               mail  to  the  Holders  a brief report dated as of such
               reporting date that complies  with  TIA  Section 313(a)
               (but  if  no event described in TIA Section 313(a)  has
               occurred  within   the   twelve  months  preceding  the
               reporting date, no report  need  be  transmitted).  The
               Trustee  also  shall comply with TIA Section 313(b)(2).
               The Trustee shall  also transmit by mail all reports as
               required by TIA Section 313(c).

                   A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to
               the Holders of Notes shall be mailed to the Company and
               filed with the SEC and each stock exchange on which the
               Notes    are   listed   in    accordance    with    TIA
               Section 313(d).   The Company shall promptly notify the
               Trustee  when  the  Notes   are  listed  on  any  stock
               exchange.

               SECTION 7.07.COMPENSATION AND INDEMNITY.

                   The Company and the Guarantors  shall  pay  to  the
               Trustee  from  time to time reasonable compensation for
               its  acceptance  of   this   Indenture   and   services
               hereunder.   The  Trustee's  compensation shall not  be
               limited by any law on compensation  of  a trustee of an
               express  trust.   The Company and the Guarantors  shall
               reimburse the Trustee  promptly  upon  request  for all
               reasonable   disbursements,   advances   and   expenses
               incurred  or made by it in addition to the compensation
               for its services.   Such  expenses  shall  include  the
               reasonable  compensation, disbursements and expenses of
               the Trustee's agents and counsel.

                   The Company  and the Guarantors shall indemnify the
               Trustee  and  its  directors,  officers  and  employees
               against any and all  losses,  liabilities  or  expenses
               incurred by it arising out of or in connection with the
               acceptance  or administration of its duties under  this
               Indenture,  including   the   costs   and  expenses  of
               enforcing  this Indenture against the Company  and  the
               Guarantors (including this Section 7.07), and defending
               itself against  any  claim  (whether  asserted  by  the
               Company,  any  Guarantor  or  any  Holder  or any other
               Person) or liability in connection with the exercise or
               performance  of  any of its powers or duties hereunder,
               except  to  the extent  any  such  loss,  liability  or
               expense may be  attributable to its negligence, willful
               misconduct, bad faith  or  breach  of  its duties under
               this Indenture.  The Trustee shall notify  the  Company
               promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. 
               Unless the position of the Company or the Guarantors is
               prejudiced  by such failure, failure by the Trustee  to
               so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company and
               the Guarantors,  of  their  obligations hereunder.  The
               Company and the Guarantors shall  defend  the claim and
               the  Trustee  shall  cooperate  in  the  defense.   The
               Trustee may have separate counsel if the Trustee  shall
               have been reasonably advised by such counsel that there
               may  be one or more legal defenses available to it that
               are different  from or additional to those available to
               the Company and  in  the  reasonable  judgment  of such
               counsel  it  is  advisable  for  the  Trustee to employ
               separate  counsel,  and the Company and the  Guarantors
               shall pay the reasonable  fees  and  expenses  of  such
               counsel.   The  Company and the Guarantors need not pay
               for any settlement  made  without  their consent, which
               consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

                   The obligations of the Company and  the  Guarantors
               under  this Section 7.07 shall survive the satisfaction
               and discharge of this Indenture.

                   To secure  the  Company's  and  the Guarantors', if
               any, payment obligations in this Section,  the  Trustee
               shall  have  a Lien prior to the Notes on all money  or
               property held  or collected by the Trustee, except that
               held  in  trust  to   pay  principal  and  interest  on
               particular  Notes.   Such   Lien   shall   survive  the
               satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

                   When   the   Trustee  incurs  expenses  or  renders
               services  after  an   Event  of  Default  specified  in
               Section 6.01(h) or (i)  hereof occurs, the expenses and
               the compensation for the  services  (including the fees
               and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to
               constitute   expenses  of  administration   under   any
               Bankruptcy Law.

                   The Trustee shall comply with the provisions of TIA
               Section 313(b)(2) to the extent applicable.

               SECTION 7.08.REPLACEMENT OF TRUSTEE.

                   A  resignation   or  removal  of  the  Trustee  and
               appointment  of  a  successor   Trustee   shall  become
               effective only upon the successor Trustee's  acceptance
               of appointment as provided in this Section.

                   The  Trustee may resign in writing at any time  and
               be discharged  from  the  trust  hereby  created  by so
               notifying  the  Company.   The  Holders  of  Notes of a
               majority  in  principal  amount of the then outstanding
               Notes  may  remove  the Trustee  by  so  notifying  the
               Trustee and the Company  in  writing.   The Company may
               remove the Trustee if:
                   (a)the  Trustee  fails to comply with Section  7.10
                hereof;

                   (b)the  Trustee  is   adjudged  a  bankrupt  or  an
                insolvent  or  an order for  relief  is  entered  with
                respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;

                   (c)a Custodian  or  public  officer takes charge of
                the Trustee or its property; or

                   (d)the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.

                   If  the  Trustee  resigns or is  removed  or  if  a
               vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason,
               the Company shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee.
               Within  one  year  after the  successor  Trustee  takes
               office, the Holders  of  a majority in principal amount
               of the then outstanding Notes  may  appoint a successor
               Trustee to replace the successor Trustee  appointed  by
               the Company.

                   If  a successor Trustee does not take office within
               60  days after  the  retiring  Trustee  resigns  or  is
               removed,   the   retiring  Trustee,  the  Company,  any
               Guarantor, or the  Holders  of Notes of at least 10% in
               principal  amount  of the then  outstanding  Notes  may
               petition any court of  competent  jurisdiction  for the
               appointment of a successor Trustee.

                   If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder
               of a Note who has been a Holder of a Note for at  least
               six  months,  fails  to  comply with Section 7.10, such
               Holder of a Note may petition  any  court  of competent
               jurisdiction  for  the removal of the Trustee  and  the
               appointment of a successor Trustee.

                   A successor Trustee shall deliver a written accept-
               ance of its appointment  to the retiring Trustee and to
               the Company.  Thereupon, the  resignation or removal of
               the retiring Trustee shall become  effective,  and  the
               successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and
               duties  of  the  Trustee  under  this  Indenture.   The
               successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession
               to   Holders.   The  retiring  Trustee  shall  promptly
               transfer  all  property  held  by  it as Trustee to the
               successor  Trustee,  PROVIDED  all sums  owing  to  the
               Trustee hereunder have been paid  and  subject  to  the
               Lien    provided    for    in    Section 7.07   hereof.
               Notwithstanding replacement of the  Trustee pursuant to
               this Section 7.08, the Company's and  the  Guarantors',
               if  any,  obligations  under Section 7.07 hereof  shall
               continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

               SECTION 7.09.SUCCESSOR TRUSTEE BY MERGER, ETC.

                   If  the Trustee consolidates,  merges  or  converts
               into, or  transfers  all  or  substantially  all of its
               corporate  trust business to, another corporation,  the
               successor corporation  without any further act shall be
               the successor Trustee; PROVIDED  such corporation shall
               be otherwise eligible and qualified under this Article.

               SECTION 7.10.ELIGIBILITY; DISQUALIFICATION.

                   There  shall  at all times be a  Trustee  hereunder
               that  is a corporation  organized  and  doing  business
               under the  laws  of  the United States of America or of
               any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to
               exercise corporate trustee  power,  that  is subject to
               supervision   or   examination   by  federal  or  state
               authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus
               of  at  least  $100 million as set forth  in  its  most
               recent published annual report of condition.

                   This Indenture  shall  always  have  a  Trustee who
               satisfies  the  requirements  of TIA Section 310(a)(1),
               (2)   and   (5).   The  Trustee  is  subject   to   TIA
               Section 310(b).

               SECTION 7.11.PREFERENTIAL  COLLECTION OF CLAIMS AGAINST
                            COMPANY.

                   The  Trustee  is  subject  to  TIA  Section 311(a),
               excluding  any  creditor  relationship  listed  in  TIA
               Section 311(b).  A Trustee  who  has  resigned  or been
               removed  shall be subject to TIA Section 311(a) to  the
               extent indicated therein.


                                      ARTICLE 8
                       LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

               SECTION  8.01.OPTION  TO  EFFECT  LEGAL  DEFEASANCE  OR
                            COVENANT DEFEASANCE.

                   The Company  may,  at  the  option  of its Board of
               Directors  evidenced  by a resolution set forth  in  an
               Officers' Certificate delivered  to the Trustee, at any
               time, elect to have either Section  8.02 or 8.03 hereof
               be  applied  to  all outstanding Notes upon  compliance
               with the conditions  set  forth  below  in this Article
               Eight.

               SECTION 8.02.LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND DISCHARGE.

                   Upon  the  Company's  exercise  under  Section 8.01
               hereof  of the option applicable to this Section  8.02,
               each of the  Company  and the Guarantors shall, subject
               to the satisfaction of  the  conditions  set  forth  in
               Section  8.04 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged
               from its obligations  with  respect  to all outstanding
               Notes  and  Subsidiary  Guarantees  on  the   date  the
               conditions  set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter,
               "LEGAL   DEFEASANCE").    For   this   purpose,   Legal
               Defeasance  means  that  the Company shall be deemed to
               have  paid  and  discharged  the   entire  Indebtedness
               represented  by  the  outstanding  Notes,  which  shall
               thereafter be deemed to be "outstanding"  only  for the
               purposes  of Section 8.05 hereof and the other Sections
               of this Indenture referred to in (a) and (b) below, and
               to have satisfied  all its other obligations under such
               Notes and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of
               and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper
               instruments acknowledging  the  same),  except  for the
               following   provisions   which   shall   survive  until
               otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder:   (a) the
               rights  of  Holders  of  outstanding  Notes  to receive
               solely  from  the  trust fund described in Section 8.04
               hereof, and as more  fully  set  forth in such Section,
               payments in respect of the principal  of,  premium,  if
               any,  and interest on such Notes when such payments are
               due, (b) the Company's and Guarantors' obligations with
               respect  to  such  Notes  under Article 2 (except those
               obligations set forth in Sections  2.08,  2.09 and 2.12
               hereof)   and  Section  4.02  hereof,  (c) the  rights,
               powers, trusts,  duties  and  immunities of the Trustee
               hereunder  and  the  Company's  and   the   Guarantors'
               obligations   in   connection  therewith  and  (d) this
               Article Eight.  Subject to compliance with this Article
               Eight, the Company may  exercise  its option under this
               Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior  exercise of its
               option under Section 8.03 hereof.

               SECTION 8.03.COVENANT DEFEASANCE.

                   Upon  the  Company's  exercise  under Section  8.01
               hereof of the option applicable to this  Section  8.03,
               each  of  the Company and the Guarantors shall, subject
               to the satisfaction  of  the  conditions  set  forth in
               Section  8.04  hereof, be released from its obligations
               under the covenants  contained  in Sections 4.05, 4.07,
               4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13,  4.14,  4.15, 4.16,
               4.17,  4.18, and 4.19 and Articles 5, 10 and 11  hereof
               and  the  operation  of  the  provisions  contained  in
               Subsections  (e)  and  (f) of Article 6 with respect to
               the outstanding Notes and  Subsidiary Guarantees on and
               after  the  date the conditions  set  forth  below  are
               satisfied (hereinafter, "COVENANT DEFEASANCE"), and the
               Notes shall thereafter  be deemed not "outstanding" for
               the  purposes  of  any direction,  waiver,  consent  or
               declaration or act of  Holders (and the consequences of
               any thereof) in connection  with  such  covenants,  but
               shall continue to be deemed "outstanding" for all other
               purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes
               shall   not   be   deemed  outstanding  for  accounting
               purposes).  For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means
               that,  with  respect  to  the  outstanding  Notes,  the
               Company  may omit to comply  with  and  shall  have  no
               liability   in   respect  of  any  term,  condition  or
               limitation set forth  in  any  such  covenant,  whether
               directly  or  indirectly,  by  reason  of any reference
               elsewhere herein to any such covenant or  by  reason of
               any  reference  in  any  such  covenant  to  any  other
               provision  herein  or  in  any  other document and such
               omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an
               Event of Default under Section 6.01 hereof, but, except
               as specified above, the remainder  of  this  Indenture,
               such Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees, if any, shall
               be unaffected thereby.  In addition, upon the Company's
               exercise  under  Section  8.01  hereof  of  the  option
               applicable to this Section 8.03 hereof, subject to  the
               satisfaction  of  the  conditions  set forth in Section
               8.04  hereof, Sections 6.01(c) through  6.01(h)  hereof
               shall not constitute Events of Default.

               SECTION    8.04.CONDITIONS   TO   LEGAL   OR   COVENANT
                            DEFEASANCE.

                The  following   shall   be   the  conditions  to  the
               application of either Section 8.02  or  8.03  hereof to
               the outstanding Notes:

                   In  order  to  exercise either Legal Defeasance  or
               Covenant Defeasance:

                         (a) the Company must irrevocably deposit with
                   the Trustee, in  trust,  for  the  benefit  of  the
                   Holders,   cash  in  United  States  dollars,  U.S.
                   Governmental Obligations, or a combination thereof,
                   in such amounts  as  will  be  sufficient,  in  the
                   opinion   of   a   nationally  recognized  firm  of
                   independent public accountants  as  evidenced  by a
                   certificate  delivered  to  the Trustee, to pay the
                   principal of, premium, if any,  and interest on the
                   outstanding  Notes on the stated date  for  payment
                   thereof or on  the  applicable  redemption date, as
                   the case may be, of such principal  or  installment
                   of  principal  of, premium, if any, or interest  on
                   the outstanding Notes;

                         (b) in the  case of an election under Section
                   8.02 hereof, the Company  shall  have  delivered to
                   the   Trustee  an  Opinion  of  Counsel  reasonably
                   acceptable  to  the Trustee confirming that (A) the
                   Company  has  received  from,  or  there  has  been
                   published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling
                   or (B) since the  Issue  Date,  there  has  been  a
                   change in the applicable federal income tax law, in
                   either  case  to the effect that, and based thereon
                   such Opinion of  Counsel  shall  confirm  that, the
                   Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize
                   income,   gain  or  loss  for  federal  income  tax
                   purposes as  a  result of such Legal Defeasance and
                   will be subject to  federal  income tax on the same
                   amounts, in the same manner and  at  the same times
                   as   would   have  been  the  case  if  such  Legal
                   Defeasance had not occurred;

                         (c) in the  case of an election under Section
                   8.03 hereof, the Company  shall  have  delivered to
                   the   Trustee  an  Opinion  of  Counsel  reasonably
                   acceptable  to  the  Trustee  confirming  that  the
                   Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize
                   income,   gain  or  loss  for  federal  income  tax
                   purposes as  a  result  of such Covenant Defeasance
                   and will be subject to federal  income  tax  on the
                   same  amounts,  in  the same manner and at the same
                   times as would have been  the case if such Covenant
                   Defeasance had not occurred;

                         (d) no Default or Event of Default shall have
                   occurred and be continuing  on  the  date  of  such
                   deposit  or  insofar as Sections 6.01(h) or 6.01(i)
                   hereof is concerned,  at  any  time  in  the period
                   ending  on  the  91st day after the date of deposit
                   (or  greater period  of  time  in  which  any  such
                   deposit  of  trust  funds  may  remain  subject  to
                   Bankruptcy  Law  insofar  as  those  apply  to  the
                   deposit  by the Company) or the Company provides an
                   Opinion of  Counsel  to  the  effect that as of the
                   effective  date  of such Opinion  of  Counsel,  the
                   deposited trust funds  are not subject to any claim
                   by  any other creditor of  the  Company  under  any
                   Bankruptcy Law as a preferential payment;

                         (e)   such   Legal   Defeasance  or  Covenant
                   Defeasance  shall  not  result   in   a  breach  or
                   violation  of,  or constitute a default under,  any
                   material agreement  or  instrument (other than this
                   Indenture)  to  which the Company  or  any  of  its
                   Subsidiaries is a  party or by which the Company or
                   any of its Subsidiaries is bound;

                         (f) the Company  shall  have delivered to the
                   Trustee an Officers' Certificate  stating  that the
                   deposit was not made by the Company with the intent
                   of  preferring the Holders over any other creditors
                   of the  Company  or  the  Guarantors,  or  with the
                   intent   of   defeating,   hindering,  delaying  or
                   defrauding any other creditors  of  the  Company or
                   the Guarantors;
                         (g) the Company shall have delivered  to  the
                   Trustee  an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of
                   Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent
                   provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or
                   the Covenant  Defeasance  have  been complied with;
                   and

                         (h) the Company shall have  delivered  to the
                   Trustee  an  opinion  of counsel to the effect that
                   the  Holders  of  Notes  shall   have  a  perfected
                   security interest under applicable  law in the U.S.
                   Government Obligations so deposited.

               SECTION   8.05.DEPOSITED   MONEY  AND  U.S.  GOVERNMENT
                            OBLIGATIONS TO  BE  HELD  IN  TRUST; OTHER
                            MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

                   Subject to Section 8.06 hereof, all money  and non-
               callable  U.S.  Government  Obligations (including  the
               proceeds thereof) deposited with  the Trustee (or other
               qualifying trustee, collectively for  purposes  of this
               Section 8.05,  the  "Trustee") pursuant to Section 8.04
               hereof in respect of  the  outstanding  Notes  shall be
               held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance
               with  the  provisions of such Notes and this Indenture,
               to the payment,  either  directly or through any Paying
               Agent (including the Company acting as Paying Agent) as
               the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes
               of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of
               principal,  premium, if any,  and  interest,  but  such
               money need not be segregated from other funds except to
               the extent required by law.

                   The  Company  and  the  Guarantors  shall  pay  and
               indemnify  the  Trustee  against  any tax, fee or other
               charge imposed on or assessed against  the cash or non-
               callable U.S. Government Obligations deposited pursuant
               to  Section 8.04 hereof or the principal  and  interest
               received  in  respect  thereof other than any such tax,
               fee or other charge which  by law is for the account of
               the Holders of the outstanding Notes.

                   Anything  in  this Article Eight  to  the  contrary
               notwithstanding, the  Trustee  shall  deliver or pay to
               the Company from time to time upon the  request  of the
               Company  any  money  or  non-callable  U.S.  Government
               Obligations  held  by  it  as  provided in Section 8.04
               hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized
               firm of independent public accountants  expressed  in a
               written  certification thereof delivered to the Trustee
               (which   may    be    the   opinion   delivered   under
               Section 8.04(a) hereof),  are  in  excess of the amount
               thereof that would then be required  to be deposited to
               effect  an  equivalent  Legal  Defeasance  or  Covenant
               Defeasance.

               SECTION 8.06.REPAYMENT TO COMPANY.

                   Any money deposited with the  Trustee or any Paying
               Agent, or then held by the Company,  in  trust  for the
               payment  of  the  principal  of,  premium,  if  any, or
               interest,  if  any, on any Note and remaining unclaimed
               for two years after  such  principal,  and  premium, if
               any,  or interest, if any, have become due and  payable
               shall be paid to the Company on its request or (if then
               held by  the  Company)  shall  be  discharged from such
               trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter, as
               an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Company
               for payment thereof, and all liability  of  the Trustee
               or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust  money,
               and  all  liability  of the Company as trustee thereof,
               shall  thereupon cease;  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  that  the
               Trustee  or such Paying Agent, before being required to
               make any such  repayment,  may  at  the  expense of the
               Company  cause  to be published once, in the  New  York
               Times and The Wall  Street  Journal (national edition),
               notice  that  such money remains  unclaimed  and  that,
               after a date specified therein, which shall not be less
               than 30 days from  the  date  of  such  notification or
               publication, any unclaimed balance of such  money  then
               remaining will be repaid to the Company.

               SECTION 8.07.REINSTATEMENT.

                   If  the  Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply
               any  United  States   dollars   or   non-callable  U.S.
               Government Obligations in accordance with  Section 8.02
               or  8.03 hereof, as the case may be, by reason  of  any
               order   or   judgment  of  any  court  or  governmental
               authority   enjoining,    restraining    or   otherwise
               prohibiting  such  application, then the Company's  and
               the  Guarantors',  if   any,   obligations  under  this
               Indenture,  the  Notes  and  the Subsidiary  Guarantees
               shall be revived and reinstated  as  though  no deposit
               had  occurred  pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03  hereof
               until such time  as  the  Trustee  or  Paying  Agent is
               permitted  to  apply all such money in accordance  with
               Section 8.02 or  8.03  hereof,  as  the  case  may  be;
               PROVIDED,   HOWEVER,  that,  if  the  Company  and  the
               Guarantors make  any  payment of principal of, premium,
               if any, or interest, if  any, on any Note following the
               reinstatement of its obligations,  the  Company and the
               Guarantors  shall  be subrogated to the rights  of  the
               Holders of such Notes  to receive such payment from the
               money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.


                                      ARTICLE 9
                          AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

               SECTION 9.01.WITHOUT CONSENT OF HOLDERS OF NOTES.

                   Notwithstanding Section 9.02 of this Indenture, the
               Company, the Guarantors  and  the  Trustee may amend or
               supplement  this  Indenture  or the Notes  without  the
               consent of any Holder of a Note:

                   (a)to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency;

                   (b)to provide for uncertificated  Notes in addition
                to or in place of certificated Notes;

                   (c)to provide for the assumption of  the  Company's
                or any Guarantor's obligations to the Holders  in  the
                case  of a merger or consolidation pursuant to Article
                5 or Article 10 hereof, as the case may be;

                   (d)to  make  any  change  that  would  provide  any
                additional   rights   or   benefits   to  the  Holders
                (including   providing   for   Subsidiary   Guarantees
                pursuant  to  Section 4.13  hereof)  or that does  not
                adversely  affect  the legal rights hereunder  of  any
                such Holder; or

                   (e)to comply with  requirements of the SEC in order
                to  effect  or  maintain  the  qualification  of  this
                Indenture under the TIA.

                   Upon the request of the  Company  accompanied  by a
               resolution  of  its  Board of Directors authorizing the
               execution   of  any  such   amended   or   supplemental
               Indenture, and  upon  receipt  by  the  Trustee  of the
               documents described in Section 9.06 hereof, the Trustee
               shall  join with the Company and the Guarantors in  the
               execution  of  any  amended  or  supplemental Indenture
               authorized or permitted by the terms  of this Indenture
               and  to  make  any  further appropriate agreements  and
               stipulations that may  be  therein  contained,  but the
               Trustee  shall  not  be  obligated  to  enter into such
               amended or supplemental Indenture that affects  its own
               rights,  duties  or immunities under this Indenture  or
               otherwise.

               SECTION 9.02.WITH CONSENT OF HOLDERS OF NOTES.

                   Except as provided  below in this Section 9.02, the
               Company, the Guarantors and  the  Trustee  may amend or
               supplement this Indenture or the Notes with the consent
               of  the  Holders  of  at  least a majority in principal
               amount of the Notes (including  any  Notes issued after
               the date of this Indenture) then outstanding (including
               consents obtained in connection with a  tender offer or
               exchange offer for the Notes), and, subject to Sections
               6.04 and 6.07 hereof, any existing Default  or Event of
               Default  (other  than a Default or Event of Default  in
               the payment of the  principal  of,  premium, if any, or
               interest  on  the  Notes,  except  a  payment   default
               resulting from an acceleration that has been rescinded)
               or  compliance with any provision of this Indenture  or
               the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders
               of  a   majority   in  principal  amount  of  the  then
               outstanding  Notes  (including   consents  obtained  in
               connection with a tender offer or  exchange  offer  for
               the Notes).

                   Upon  the  request  of the Company accompanied by a
               resolution of its Board of  Directors  authorizing  the
               execution   of   any   such   amended  or  supplemental
               Indenture,  and upon the filing  with  the  Trustee  of
               evidence satisfactory  to the Trustee of the consent of
               the Holders of Notes as  aforesaid, and upon receipt by
               the Trustee of the documents  described in Section 9.06
               hereof, the Trustee shall join with the Company and the
               Guarantors  in  the  execution  of   such   amended  or
               supplemental   Indenture   unless   such   amended   or
               supplemental   Indenture   affects  the  Trustee's  own
               rights, duties or immunities  under  this  Indenture or
               otherwise,  in  which  case  the  Trustee  may  in  its
               discretion,  but shall not be obligated to, enter  into
               such amended or supplemental Indenture.

                   It shall not  be  necessary  for the consent of the
               Holders of Notes under this Section 9.02 to approve the
               particular  form of any proposed amendment  or  waiver,
               but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the
               substance thereof.

                   After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this
               Section becomes  effective,  the  Company shall mail to
               the Holders of Notes affected thereby  a notice briefly
               describing  the amendment, supplement or  waiver.   Any
               failure of the  Company  to  mail  such  notice, or any
               defect therein, shall not, however, in any  way  impair
               or   affect   the  validity  of  any  such  amended  or
               supplemental Indenture  or waiver.  Subject to Sections
               6.04 and 6.07 hereof, the  Holders  of  a  majority  in
               aggregate   principal   amount   of   the   Notes  then
               outstanding   may  waive  compliance  in  a  particular
               instance by the  Company  or  any  Guarantor  with  any
               provision of this Indenture, the Note or the Subsidiary
               Guarantees,  if  any.   However, without the consent of
               each Holder affected, an  amendment  or  waiver may not
               (with  respect  to any Notes held at the time  of  such
               consent by a non-consenting Holder):

                      (a) reduce  the  principal amount of Notes whose
                   Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or
                   waiver;
                      (b) reduce the principal  of or change the fixed
                   maturity of any Note or alter  or  waive any of the
                   provisions  with respect to the redemption  of  the
                   Notes (other  than  the provisions of Sections 4.10
                   or 4.15);

                      (c) reduce the rate  of  or  change the time for
                   payment of interest, including default interest, on
                   any Note;

                      (d) waive a Default or Event of  Default  in the
                   payment  of  principal  of  or  premium, if any, or
                   interest  on  the  Notes  (except  a rescission  of
                   acceleration  of  the  Notes by the Holders  of  at
                   least a majority in aggregate  principal  amount of
                   the  then  outstanding  Notes  and a waiver of  the
                   payment    default   that   resulted   from    such
                   acceleration);

                      (e) make  any  Note  payable in money other than
                   that stated in the Notes;

                      (f) make any change in  the  provisions  of this
                   Indenture  relating to waivers of past Defaults  or
                   the rights of  Holders of Notes to receive payments
                   of principal of  or premium, if any, or interest on
                   the Notes;

                      (g) waive a redemption  payment  with respect to
                   any  Note  (other  than  a  payment required  under
                   Sections 4.10 or 4.15);

                      (h) make   any   change  to  the   subordination
                   provisions of Section  10.02  or  Article 11 hereof
                   that adversely affects Holders;

                      (i) make  any  change  in Section 6.04  or  6.07
                   hereof  or in the foregoing  amendment  and  waiver
                   provisions.

                   The right  of  any  Holder  to  participate  in any
               consent required or sought pursuant to any provision of
               this  Indenture (and the obligations of the Company  to
               obtain  any  such  consent otherwise required from such
               Holder) may be subject  to  the  requirements that such
               Holder  shall have been the Holder  of  record  of  any
               Notes with respect to which such consent is required to
               be sought  as  of a date identified by the Trustee in a
               notice furnished  to  Holders  in  accordance  with the
               terms of this Indenture.

               SECTION 9.03.COMPLIANCE WITH TRUST INDENTURE ACT.

                   Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture  or
               the   Notes  shall  be  set  forth  in  an  amended  or
               supplemental  Indenture  that  complies with the TIA as
               then in effect.

               SECTION 9.04.REVOCATION AND EFFECT OF CONSENTS.

                   Until an amendment, supplement  or  waiver  becomes
               effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note  is  a
               continuing  consent  by  the Holder of a Note and every
               subsequent Holder of a Note  or  portion of a Note that
               evidences  the  same  debt  as the consenting  Holder's
               Note, even if notation of the  consent  is  not made on
               any  Note.   However,  any  such  Holder  of a Note  or
               subsequent Holder of a Note may revoke the  consent  as
               to  its  Note if the Trustee receives written notice of
               revocation  before  the  date the waiver, supplement or
               amendment becomes effective.   An amendment, supplement
               or  waiver  becomes  effective in accordance  with  its
               terms and thereafter binds every Holder.

               SECTION 9.05.NOTATION ON OR EXCHANGE OF NOTES.

                   The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about
               an  amendment,  supplement   or   waiver  on  any  Note
               thereafter authenticated.  The Company  in exchange for
               all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall  authenticate
               new Notes (accompanied by a notation of the  Subsidiary
               Guarantee duly endorsed by the Guarantors) that reflect
               the amendment, supplement or waiver.

                   Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a
               new  Note  shall not affect the validity and effect  of
               such amendment, supplement or waiver.

               SECTION 9.06.TRUSTEE TO SIGN AMENDMENTS, ETC.

                   The Trustee  shall sign any amended or supplemental
               Indenture authorized  pursuant  to this Article Nine if
               the amendment or supplement does  not  adversely affect
               the  rights, duties, liabilities or immunities  of  the
               Trustee.   The  Company and the Guarantors may not sign
               an amendment or supplemental  Indenture until the Board
               of Directors of the Company approves  it.  In executing
               any  amended  or  supplemental indenture,  the  Trustee
               shall be entitled to  receive  and  (subject to Section
               7.01)  shall  be  fully protected in relying  upon,  an
               Officer's Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating
               that the execution  of  such  amended  or  supplemental
               indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture.


                                      ARTICLE 10
                                SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES

               SECTION 10.01.  SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEE.

                      Each  Guarantor  hereby  jointly  and  severally
               unconditionally guarantees (each such guarantee being a
               "SUBSIDIARY  GUARANTEE")  to  each  Holder  of  a  Note
               authenticated and delivered by the Trustee irrespective
               of  the  validity  or enforceability of this Indenture,
               the Notes or the Obligations  of the Company under this
               Indenture or the Notes, that:  (i) the principal of and
               interest on the Notes will be paid  in  full  when due,
               whether   at   the  maturity  or  interest  payment  or
               mandatory redemption  date,  by  acceleration, call for
               redemption or otherwise, and interest  on  the  overdue
               principal  of  and  interest,  if any, is lawful on the
               Notes and all other obligations  of  the Company to the
               Holders  or  the  Trustee under this Indenture  or  the
               Notes will be promptly  paid  in full or performed, all
               in accordance with the terms of  this Indenture and the
               Notes;  and (ii) in case of any extension  of  time  of
               payment or  renewal  of  any Notes or any of such other
               obligations, they will be  paid  in  full  when  due or
               performed in accordance with the terms of the extension
               or  renewal,  whether  at  maturity, by acceleration or
               otherwise.  Failing payment  when  due of any amount so
               guaranteed for whatever reason, each  Guarantor will be
               obligated to pay the same whether or not  such  failure
               to pay has become an Event of Default which could cause
               acceleration  pursuant  to  Section 6.02  hereof.  Each
               Guarantor  agrees  that this is a guarantee of  payment
               and not a guarantee of collection.

                   Each Guarantor hereby  agrees  that its Obligations
               with regard to this Subsidiary Guarantee shall be joint
               and   several,  unconditional,  irrespective   of   the
               validity   or   enforceability  of  the  Notes  or  the
               obligations of the  Company  under  this Indenture, the
               absence of any action to enforce the same, the recovery
               of  any  judgment  against  the  Company or  any  other
               obligor with respect to this Indenture,  the  Notes  or
               the  obligations of the Company under this Indenture or
               the Notes,  any action to enforce the same or any other
               circumstances  (other  than complete performance) which
               might  otherwise  constitute   a   legal  or  equitable
               discharge  or defense of a Guarantor.   Each  Guarantor
               further, to  the  extent  permitted  by law, waives and
               relinquishes  all claims, rights and remedies  accorded
               by applicable law  to  guarantors  and  agrees  not  to
               assert  or take advantage of any such claims, rights or
               remedies,  including but not limited to:  (a) any right
               to require the  Trustee,  the  Holders  or  the Company
               (each,  a  "BENEFITTED  PARTY") to proceed against  the
               Company or any other Person  or  to  proceed against or
               exhaust any security held by a Benefitted  Party at any
               time  or  to  pursue any other remedy in any Benefitted
               Party's power before proceeding against such Guarantor;
               (b) the defense  of  the  statute of limitations in any
               action hereunder or in any action for the collection of
               any Indebtedness or the performance  of  any obligation
               hereby  guaranteed; (c) any defense that may  arise  by
               reason of  the  incapacity, lack of authority, death or
               disability of any  other  Person  or  the  failure of a
               Benefitted Party to file or enforce a claim against the
               estate  (in  administration,  bankruptcy  or any  other
               proceeding)  of  any other Person; (d) demand,  protest
               and notice of any  kind  including  but  not limited to
               notice of the existence, creation or incurring  of  any
               new  or additional Indebtedness or Obligation or of any
               action or non-action on the part of such Guarantor, the
               Company,  any  Benefitted  Party,  any creditor of such
               Guarantor,  the  Company or on the part  of  any  other
               Person whomsoever  in  connection with any Indebtedness
               or obligations hereby guaranteed; (e) any defense based
               upon an election of remedies  by  a  Benefitted  Party,
               including  but  not  limited  to an election to proceed
               against  such  Guarantor  for  reimbursement;  (f)  any
               defense based upon any statute or  rule  of  law  which
               provides  that  the  obligation  of  a  surety  must be
               neither  larger  in  amount  nor in other respects more
               burdensome than that of the principal;  (g) any defense
               arising  because  of a Benefitted Party's election,  in
               any proceeding instituted  under the Federal Bankruptcy
               Code, of the application of  Section 1111(b)(2)  of the
               Federal  Bankruptcy  Code; or (h) any defense based  on
               any borrowing or grant  of  a  security  interest under
               Section 364  of  the  Federal  Bankruptcy  Code.   Each
               Guarantor   hereby   covenants   that   its  Subsidiary
               Guarantee  will  not  be discharged except by  complete
               performance  of  the  obligations   contained   in  its
               Subsidiary Guarantee and this Indenture.

                   If  any  Holder  or  the Trustee is required by any
               court or otherwise to return  to  either the Company or
               any Guarantor, or any Custodian acting  in  relation to
               either  the Company or such Guarantor, any amount  paid
               by the Company or such Guarantor to the Trustee or such
               Holder, the  applicable  Subsidiary  Guarantee,  to the
               extent  theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated  in
               full force  and  effect.  Each Guarantor agrees that it
               will not be entitled  to  any  right  of subrogation in
               relation  to the Holders in respect of any  obligations
               guaranteed   hereby   until  payment  in  full  of  all
               obligations guaranteed hereby.

                   Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between such
               Guarantor, on the one hand,  and  the  Holders  and the
               Trustee,  on  the  other  hand, (i) the maturity of the
               Obligations guaranteed hereby  may  be  accelerated  as
               provided  in  Section 6.02  hereof  for the purposes of
               this  Subsidiary Guarantee, notwithstanding  any  stay,
               injunction   or   other   prohibition  preventing  such
               acceleration as to the Company  or any other obligor on
               the  Notes  of the obligations guaranteed  hereby,  and
               (ii) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of
               those obligations  as provided in Section 6.02  hereof,
               those Obligations (whether or not due and payable) will
               forthwith become due  and payable by such Guarantor for
               the purpose of this Subsidiary Guarantee.

               SECTION 10.02.  SUBORDINATION.

                   Each Guarantor, the  Trustee,  and  each  Holder by
               accepting  a Note agrees, that the Obligations of  such
               Guarantor hereunder  shall  be subordinated in right of
               payment  to  the  prior  irrevocable  and  indefeasible
               payment  in  full  of  all Obligations  of  every  type
               whatsoever, contingent or  otherwise  due in respect of
               all  Senior Debt of such Guarantor and of  the  Company
               (whether  outstanding  on  the date hereof or hereafter
               created, incurred, assumed or guaranteed).

               SECTION 10.03.  LIQUIDATION; DISSOLUTION; BANKRUPTCY.

                   Upon any distribution to creditors of any Guarantor
               in a liquidation or dissolution of such Guarantor or in
               a bankruptcy, reorganization,  insolvency, receivership
               or similar proceeding relating to such Guarantor or its
               property, in an assignment for the benefit of creditors
               or  any  marshalling  of  such Guarantor's  assets  and
               liabilities:

                   (1) Holders of Senior Debt  of such Guarantor shall
                be  entitled  to  receive  payment  in   full  of  all
                Obligations due in respect of such Senior Debt of such
                Guarantor  (including  interest after the commencement
                of any such proceeding at  the  rate  specified in the
                applicable Senior Debt of such Guarantor)  before  the
                Trustee or any Holder shall be entitled to receive any
                payment  from  the Guarantor under or pursuant to this
                Subsidiary Guarantee with respect to the Notes; and

                   (2) until all  Obligations  with  respect to Senior
                Debt of such Guarantor (as provided in  subsection (1)
                above) are paid in full, any distribution to which the
                Trustee or any Holder would be entitled but  for  this
                Article  shall  be  made  to holders of Senior Debt of
                such  Guarantor  (except  that   Holders  may  receive
                securities that are subordinated in right and priority
                of  payment  to  at  least  the  same  extent  as  the
                Subsidiary  Guarantee  to  (a)  Senior  Debt  of  such
                Guarantor  and  (b) any securities issued in  exchange
                for Senior Debt of such Guarantor).

               SECTION 10.04.  DEFAULT   ON   SENIOR   DEBT   OF   THE
                               GUARANTOR.

                   No Guarantor shall make any payment or distribution
               to  the Trustee or any Holder upon or in respect of its
               Subsidiary  Guarantee  or  the Notes, or any obligation
               with respect thereto, and no Guarantor shall acquire or
               purchase from the Trustee or  any  Holder any Notes for
               cash  or  property  (other  than  securities  that  are
               subordinated in right and priority  of  payment  to  at
               least  the  same  extent as its Subsidiary Guarantee to
               (a)  Senior  Debt  of   such   Guarantor  and  (b)  any
               securities issued in exchange for  Senior  Debt of such
               Guarantor)  until  all  principal and other obligations
               with respect to the Senior  Debt of such Guarantor have
               been paid in full if:

                   (i) a default in the payment when due, whether upon
                acceleration or otherwise, of  any principal, premium,
                if any, or interest on Designated  Senior Debt of such
                Guarantor   occurs   and  is  continuing  beyond   any
                applicable grace period; or

                   (ii) any other default on Designated Senior Debt of
                such  Guarantor  occurs  and  is  continuing  and  the
                Trustee receives a  notice  of  the  default from such
                Guarantor,  or  the  holders  of  any such  Designated
                Senior  Debt  of  such  Guarantor, stating  that  such
                Guarantor or holders are  invoking  a payment blockage
                under  this  Section 10.04(ii)  (a "GUARANTOR  PAYMENT
                BLOCKAGE NOTICE").  If the Trustee  receives  any such
                notice,  a subsequent notice received within 365  days
                thereafter shall not be effective for purposes of this
                Section.

                   Each Guarantor may and shall resume payments on and
               distributions  in  respect  of its Subsidiary Guarantee
               and  all  obligations  with respect  thereto,  and  may
               acquire obligations for value when:

                   (1) in the case of a  payment  default as described
                in (i) above, upon the date on which  such  default is
                cured or waived, and

                   (2)   in  the  case  of  a  nonpayment  default  as
                described in (ii) above, on the earlier of the date on
                which such  nonpayment  default  is cured or waived or
                179 days after the date on which a  Guarantor  Payment
                Blockage  Notice  is  received unless the maturity  of
                such Designated Senior Debt of such Guarantor has been
                accelerated, and this Article  otherwise  permits  the
                payment at the time of such payment.

               SECTION 10.05.  ACCELERATION OF NOTES.

                   If  payment  of the Notes is accelerated because of
               an  Event of Default,  each  Guarantor  shall  promptly
               notify the Representative of the holders of Senior Debt
               of such Guarantor of the acceleration.

               SECTION 10.06.  WHEN DISTRIBUTION MUST BE PAID OVER.

                   In  the  event  that  the  Trustee  or  any  Holder
               receives   from   a   Guarantor   any  payment  of  any
               Obligations  with  respect to the Notes  or  any  other
               obligation guaranteed hereby at a time when the Trustee
               or such Holder has actual  knowledge  that such payment
               is prohibited by Section 10.03 or Section 10.04 hereof,
               such  payment  shall  be  held by the Trustee  or  such
               Holder, in trust for the benefit  of, and shall be paid
               forthwith over and delivered, upon written request, to,
               the holders of Senior Debt of such  Guarantor  (to  the
               extent  necessary  to pay in full all such Senior Debt,
               whether or not due)  as  their interests may appear, or
               their  Representative  under  the  indenture  or  other
               agreement (if any) pursuant  to  which  Senior  Debt of
               such   Guarantor   may   have  been  issued,  as  their
               respective interests may appear, for application to the
               payment of all Obligations  with respect to Senior Debt
               of  such  Guarantor  remaining  unpaid  to  the  extent
               necessary to pay such Obligations in full in accordance
               with their terms, after giving effect to any concurrent
               payment or distribution to or for the holders of Senior
               Debt of such Guarantor.

                   If a distribution is made to  the  Trustee  or  any
               Holder  that because of this Article 10 should not have
               been made  to  it  at  a  time when the Trustee or such
               Holder  has  actual knowledge  that  such  distribution
               should not have  been  made  to it, the Trustee or such
               Holder who receives the distribution  shall  hold it in
               trust  for  the  benefit of, and, upon written request,
               pay it over to, the  holders  of  Senior  Debt  of such
               Guarantor  as  their  interests  may  appear,  or their
               Representative  under  the indenture or other agreement
               (if  any)  pursuant  to  which   Senior  Debt  of  such
               Guarantor  may  have been issued, as  their  respective
               interests may appear, for application to the payment of
               all Obligations with  respect  to  Senior  Debt of such
               Guarantor  remaining unpaid to the extent necessary  to
               pay such Obligations  in  full in accordance with their
               terms, after giving effect to any concurrent payment or
               distribution to or for the  holders  of  Senior Debt of
               such Guarantor.

                   With respect to the holders of Senior  Debt  of any
               Guarantor, the Trustee undertakes to perform only  such
               obligations   on   the  part  of  the  Trustee  as  are
               specifically set forth  in  this  Article  10,  and  no
               implied  covenants  or  obligations with respect to the
               holders of Senior Debt of  any  such Guarantor shall be
               read  into  this Indenture against  the  Trustee.   The
               Trustee shall  not  be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty
               to the holders of Senior  Debt  of  such Guarantor, and
               shall not be liable to any such holders  if the Trustee
               shall pay over or distribute to or on behalf of Holders
               or the Company or any other Person money or  assets  to
               which  any  holders  of  Senior  Debt of such Guarantor
               shall be entitled by virtue of this  Article 10, except
               if  such  payment  is made as a result of  the  willful
               misconduct or gross negligence of the Trustee.

               SECTION 10.07.  NOTICE BY A GUARANTOR.

                   Each Guarantor shall  promptly  notify  the Trustee
               and  the  Paying  Agent  of  any  facts  known  to such
               Guarantor that would cause a payment of any Obligations
               with  respect  to the Notes or its Subsidiary Guarantee
               to violate this  Article,  but  failure  to  give  such
               notice  shall  not  affect  the  subordination  of  its
               Subsidiary Guarantee or of the Notes to the Senior Debt
               of such Guarantor as provided in this Article.

               SECTION 10.08.  SUBROGATION.

                   With  respect  to  any  Guarantor, after all Senior
               Debt of such Guarantor is paid  in full (whether or not
               due)  and  until the Notes are paid  in  full,  Holders
               shall, without duplication, be subrogated to the rights
               of holders of  Senior Debt of such Guarantor to receive
               distributions  applicable   to   Senior  Debt  of  such
               Guarantor  to  the extent that distributions  otherwise
               payable to the Holders have been applied to the payment
               of Senior Debt of  such Guarantor.  A distribution made
               under this Article to  holders  of  Senior Debt of such
               Guarantor  that  otherwise  would  have  been  made  to
               Holders is not, as between such Guarantor  and Holders,
               a payment by such Guarantor on the Senior Debt  of such
               Guarantor.

               SECTION 10.09.  RELATIVE RIGHTS.

                   This Article defines the relative rights of Holders
               and  holders of Senior Debt of such Guarantor.  Nothing
               in this Indenture shall:

                   (1)impair,  as  between  such  Guarantor  and  the
                Holders,  the  obligation of such Guarantor, which is
                absolute and unconditional,  to  pay principal of and
                interest on the Notes in accordance with their terms;

                   (2)affect  the  relative  rights  of  Holders  and
                creditors of such Guarantor other than  their  rights
                in  relation  to  holders  of  Senior  Debt  of  such
                Guarantor; or

                   (3)prevent   the   Trustee   or  any  Holder  from
                exercising its available remedies  upon  a Default or
                Event of Default, subject to the rights of holders of
                Senior  Debt  of  such Guarantor set forth herein  to
                receive distributions  and payments otherwise payable
                to Holders.

               SECTION 10.10.  SUBORDINATION  MAY  NOT  BE IMPAIRED BY
                               ANY GUARANTOR.

                   With  respect  to  any Guarantor, no right  of  any
               holder of Senior Debt of  such Guarantor to enforce the
               subordination  of  the Subsidiary  Guarantee  shall  be
               impaired by any act or failure to act by such Guarantor
               or any Holder or by  failure  of  such Guarantor or any
               Holder to comply with this Indenture.

               SECTION 10.11.  DISTRIBUTION      OR     NOTICE      TO
                               REPRESENTATIVE.

                   With   respect   to  any  Guarantor,   whenever   a
               distribution is to be made or a notice given to holders
               of Senior Debt of such  Guarantor, the distribution may
               be made and the notice given to their Representative.

                   Upon any payment or distribution of assets referred
               to  in this Article 10, the  Trustee  and  the  Holders
               shall be entitled to rely upon any order or decree made
               by any  court  of  competent  jurisdiction  or upon any
               certificate   of   such   Representative   or   of  the
               liquidating trustee or agent or other Person making any
               distribution   for  the  purpose  of  ascertaining  the
               Persons entitled  to  participate in such distribution,
               the holders of the Senior  Debt  of such Guarantor, the
               amount  thereof  or  payable  thereon,  the  amount  or
               amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts
               pertinent thereto or to this Article 10.

               SECTION 10.12.  RIGHTS OF TRUSTEE AND PAYING AGENT.

                   Notwithstanding the provisions  of  this Article 10
               or any other provision of this Indenture,  the  Trustee
               shall not be charged with knowledge of the existence of
               any facts that would prohibit the making of any payment
               or distribution by the Trustee, and the Trustee and the
               Paying  Agent  may  continue  to  make  payments on the
               Notes,  unless the Trustee shall have received  at  its
               Corporate  Trust  Office  at  least  five Business Days
               prior  to  the date of such payment written  notice  of
               facts that would  cause  the payment of any Obligations
               with  respect to the Subsidiary  Guarantee  to  violate
               this Article.   Only  a  Guarantor,  the  Company,  the
               holder  of  any  Senior  Debt of such Guarantor, or the
               Representative  of  holders  of  Senior  Debt  of  such
               Guarantor may give the notice.  Nothing in this Article
               10 shall impair the claims  of,  or  payments  to,  the
               Trustee under or pursuant to Section 7.07 hereof.

                   With  respect  to any Guarantor, the Trustee in its
               individual or any other  capacity  may hold Senior Debt
               of such Guarantor with the same rights it would have if
               it were not Trustee.

               SECTION 10.13.  AUTHORIZATION TO EFFECT SUBORDINATION.

                   Each  Holder  of a Note by the Holder's  acceptance
               thereof authorizes  and  directs  the  Trustee  on  the
               Holder's behalf to take such action as may be necessary
               or  appropriate  to  effectuate  the  subordination  as
               provided  in  this Article 10, and appoints the Trustee
               the Holder's attorney-in-fact  for  any  and  all  such
               purposes.   If the Trustee does not file a proper proof
               of claim or proof  of  debt in the form required in any
               proceeding relative to any  Guarantor  referred  to  in
               Section  6.09  hereof  at  least  30  days  before  the
               expiration  of the time to file such claim, the holders
               (or  their  Representative)  of  Senior  Debt  of  each
               Guarantor are  hereby authorized to file an appropriate
               claim for and on behalf of the Holders.

               SECTION 10.14.  LIMITATION OF GUARANTOR'S LIABILITY.

                   Each Guarantor  and  by its acceptance hereof, each
               beneficiary  hereof, hereby  confirm  that  it  is  its
               intention  that   the   Subsidiary  Guarantee  by  such
               Guarantor  not  constitute  a  fraudulent  transfer  or
               conveyance for purposes  of  the  Bankruptcy  Law,  the
               Uniform   Fraudulent   Conveyance   Act,   the  Uniform
               Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state
               law   to   the  extent  applicable  to  any  Subsidiary
               Guarantees.   To  effectuate  the  foregoing intention,
               each  such Person hereby irrevocably  agrees  that  the
               obligation  of  such  Guarantor  under  its  Subsidiary
               Guarantee under this Article 10 shall be limited to the
               maximum  amount  as  will, after giving effect to  such
               maximum amount and all  other (contingent or otherwise)
               liabilities of such Guarantor  that  are relevant under
               such laws, and after giving effect to  any  collections
               from,  rights to receive contribution from or  payments
               made by  or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect
               of the obligations  of  such other Guarantor under this
               Article 10, result in the obligations of such Guarantor
               in respect of such maximum  amount  not  constituting a
               fraudulent  conveyance.   Each  beneficiary  under  the
               Subsidiary   Guarantees,   by  accepting  the  benefits
               hereof, confirms its intention  that, in the event of a
               bankruptcy, reorganization or other  similar proceeding
               of  the  Company  or any Guarantor in which  concurrent
               claims are made upon  such  Guarantor hereunder, to the
               extent such claims will not be  fully  satisfied,  each
               such  claimant  with  a valid claim against the Company
               shall be entitled to a ratable share of all payments by
               such Guarantor in respect of such concurrent claims.

               SECTION 10.15.  RELEASES FOLLOWING SALE OF ASSETS.

                   Upon (i) a sale or  other  disposition  of  all  or
               substantially  all  of  the assets of any Guarantor, by
               way of merger, consolidation  or otherwise, (ii) a sale
               or other disposition of all of the capital stock of any
               Guarantor or (iii) a Restricted  Subsidiary becoming an
               Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to  the  provisions of
               this Indenture, then such Guarantor (in the  event of a
               sale  or  other  disposition,  by way of such a merger,
               consolidation or otherwise, of all of the capital stock
               of  such  Guarantor) or the corporation  acquiring  the
               property (in  the  event of a sale or other disposition
               of all or substantially  all  of  the  assets  of  such
               Guarantor)  shall  be  released  and  relieved  of  its
               obligations  under  its  Subsidiary Guarantee; PROVIDED
               that the Net Proceeds of such sale or other disposition
               are applied in accordance with Section 4.10 hereof.

                                      ARTICLE 11
                                    SUBORDINATION

               SECTION 11.01.  SUBORDINATION.

                   The Company agrees, and  each Holder by accepting a
               Note  agrees, that the Indebtedness  evidenced  by  the
               Notes shall  be subordinated in right of payment to the
               prior irrevocable  and  indefeasible payment in full of
               all Obligations of every type whatsoever, contingent or
               otherwise due in respect  of Senior Debt of the Company
               (whether outstanding on the  date  hereof  or hereafter
               created, incurred, assumed or guaranteed).

               SECTION 11.02.  LIQUIDATION; DISSOLUTION; BANKRUPTCY.

                   Upon  any distribution to creditors of the  Company
               in a liquidation  or dissolution of the Company or in a
               bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, receivership or
               similar proceeding  relating  to  the  Company  or  its
               property, an assignment for the benefit of creditors or
               any   marshalling   of   the   Company's   assets   and
               liabilities:

                   (1)  holders of Senior Debt of the Company shall be
                entitled to receive payment in full of all Obligations
                due in respect  of  such  Senior  Debt  of the Company
                (including interest after the commencement of any such
                proceeding  at  the  rate  specified in the applicable
                Senior Debt of the Company)  before  the Holders shall
                be entitled to receive any payment with respect to the
                Notes; and

                   (2)  until all Obligations with respect  to  Senior
                Debt of the  Company  (as  provided  in subsection (1)
                above)  are  paid in full, any distribution  to  which
                Holders would  be  entitled but for this Article shall
                be  made to holders of  Senior  Debt  of  the  Company
                (except  that  Holders may receive securities that are
                subordinated in  right  and  priority of payment to at
                least the same extent as the Notes  to (a) Senior Debt
                of  the  Company  and  (b)  any securities  issued  in
                exchange for any such Senior Debt of the Company).

               SECTION 11.03.  DEFAULT ON SENIOR DEBT.

                   The   Company   may   not  make  any   payment   or
               distribution to the Trustee  or  any  Holder upon or in
               respect  of the Notes, or any Obligation  with  respect
               thereto, and  may  not  acquire  or  purchase  from the
               Trustee  or  any  Holder any Notes for cash or property
               (other than securities  that  are subordinated in right
               and priority of payment to at least  the same extent as
               the Notes to (a) Senior Debt of the Company and (b) any
               securities issued in exchange for Senior  Debt  of  the
               Company) until all principal and other Obligations with
               respect  to  the  Senior  Debt of the Company have been
               paid in full if:

                   (i) a default in the payment when due, whether upon
                acceleration or otherwise,  of any principal, premium,
                if any, or interest on Designated  Senior  Debt of the
                Company occurs and is continuing beyond any applicable
                grace period; or

                   (ii) any other default on Designated Senior Debt of
                the  Company occurs and is continuing and the  Trustee
                receives  a notice of the default from the Company, or
                the holders  of any such Designated Senior Debt of the
                Company, stating  that  it  is  or  such  holders  are
                invoking     a    payment    blockage    under    this
                Section 11.03(ii)  (a  "PAYMENT BLOCKAGE NOTICE").  If
                the Trustee receives any  such  notice,  a  subsequent
                notice  received within 365 days thereafter shall  not
                be effective for purposes of this Section.

                   The Company  may  and  shall resume payments on and
               distributions  in  respect  of   the   Notes,  and  all
               Obligations with respect thereto, and may  acquire them
               when:

                   (1)  in the case of a payment default as  described
                in (i) above,  upon  the date on which such default is
                cured or waived, and

                   (2)  in  the  case  of   a  nonpayment  default  as
                described in (ii) above, on the earlier of the date on
                which such nonpayment default  is  cured  or waived or
                179  days  after  the  date  on  which  the applicable
                Payment  Blockage  Notice  is  received,  unless   the
                maturity  of  any  such  Designated Senior Debt of the
                Company  has  been  accelerated,   and   this  Article
                otherwise  permits  the  payment at the time  of  such
                payment.

               SECTION 11.04.  ACCELERATION OF NOTES.

                   If payment of the Notes  is  accelerated because of
               an Event of Default, the Company shall  promptly notify
               the Representative of the holders of Senior Debt of the
               Company of the acceleration.

               SECTION 11.05.  WHEN DISTRIBUTION MUST BE PAID OVER.

                   In  the  event  that  the  Trustee  or  any  Holder
               receives any payment of any Obligations with respect to
               the Notes at a time when the Trustee or such Holder has
               actual  knowledge  that  such payment is prohibited  by
               Section  11.02 or Section 11.03  hereof,  such  payment
               shall be held  by  the Trustee or such Holder, in trust
               for the benefit of,  and  shall  be paid forthwith over
               and delivered, upon written request, to, the holders of
               Senior Debt of the Company (to the  extent necessary to
               pay in full all such Senior Debt, whether  or  not due)
               as  their interests may appear, or their Representative
               under   the  indenture  or  other  agreement  (if  any)
               pursuant  to  which Senior Debt of the Company may have
               been issued, as  their respective interests may appear,
               for application to  the payment of all Obligations with
               respect to Senior Debt  of the Company remaining unpaid
               to the extent necessary to pay such Obligations in full
               in accordance with their  terms, after giving effect to
               any concurrent payment or distribution  to  or  for the
               holders of Senior Debt of the Company.

                   If  a  distribution  is  made to the Trustee or any
               Holder that because of this Article  11 should not have
               been  made  to  it at a time when the Trustee  or  such
               Holder  has actual  knowledge  that  such  distribution
               should not  have  been  made to it, the Trustee or such
               Holder who receives the distribution  shall  hold it in
               trust  for  the  benefit of, and, upon written request,
               pay it over to, the  holders  of  Senior  Debt  of  the
               Company   as  their  interests  may  appear,  or  their
               Representative  under  the indenture or other agreement
               (if any) pursuant to which  Senior  Debt of the Company
               may have been issued, as their respective interests may
               appear,   for  application  to  the  payment   of   all
               Obligations  with respect to Senior Debt of the Company
               remaining unpaid  to  the  extent necessary to pay such
               Obligations  in full in accordance  with  their  terms,
               after  giving  effect  to  any  concurrent  payment  or
               distribution to  or  for  the holders of Senior Debt of
               the Company.

                   With respect to the holders  of  Senior Debt of the
               Company,  the Trustee undertakes to perform  only  such
               obligations   on   the  part  of  the  Trustee  as  are
               specifically set forth  in  this  Article  11,  and  no
               implied  covenants  or  obligations with respect to the
               holders of Senior Debt of  the  Company  shall  be read
               into  this  Indenture against the Trustee.  The Trustee
               shall not be  deemed  to  owe any fiduciary duty to the
               holders of Senior Debt of the Company, and shall not be
               liable to any such holders  if  the  Trustee  shall pay
               over  or  distribute to or on behalf of Holders or  the
               Company or  any  other  Person money or assets to which
               any holders of Senior Debt  of  the  Company  shall  be
               entitled  by  virtue of this Article 11, except if such
               payment is made  as  a result of the willful misconduct
               or gross negligence of the Trustee.

               SECTION 11.06.  NOTICE BY COMPANY.

                   The Company shall  promptly  notify the Trustee and
               the Paying Agent of any facts known to the Company that
               would cause a payment of any Obligations  with  respect
               to  the  Notes to violate this Article, but failure  to
               give such  notice shall not affect the subordination of
               the Notes to the Senior Debt of the Company as provided
               in this Article.

               SECTION 11.07.  SUBROGATION.

                   After all  Senior  Debt  of  the Company is paid in
               full (whether or not due) and until  the Notes are paid
               in   full,  Holders  shall,  without  duplication,   be
               subrogated  to  the rights of holders of Senior Debt of
               the  Company  to receive  distributions  applicable  to
               Senior  Debt  of   the   Company  to  the  extent  that
               distributions otherwise payable  to  the  Holders  have
               been  applied  to  the  payment  of  Senior Debt of the
               Company.   A  distribution made under this  Article  to
               holders of Senior  Debt  of  the Company that otherwise
               would have been made to Holders  is not, as between the
               Company and Holders, a payment by the Company on Senior
               Debt of the Company.

               SECTION 11.08.  RELATIVE RIGHTS.

                   This Article defines the relative rights of Holders
               and holders of Senior Debt of the  Company.  Nothing in
               this Indenture shall:

                   (1)impair, as between the Company and the Holders,
                the obligation of the Company, which  is absolute and
                unconditional,  to pay principal of and  interest  on
                the Notes in accordance with their terms;

                   (2)affect  the  relative  rights  of  Holders  and
                creditors of the  Company  other than their rights in
                relation to holders of Senior Debt of the Company; or

                   (3)prevent  the  Trustee  or   any   Holder   from
                exercising  its  available remedies upon a Default or
                Event of Default, subject to the rights of holders of
                Senior  Debt  of the  Company  set  forth  herein  to
                receive distributions  and payments otherwise payable
                to Holders.

                   If the Company fails because of this Article to pay
               principal of or interest on a Note on the due date, the
               failure is still a Default or Event of Default.

               SECTION 11.09.  SUBORDINATION  MAY  NOT  BE IMPAIRED BY
                               COMPANY.

                   No  right  of  any  holder  of Senior Debt  of  the
               Company   to   enforce   the   subordination   of   the
               Indebtedness  with  respect  to  the   Notes  shall  be
               impaired by any act or failure to act by the Company or
               any Holder or by failure of the Company  or  any Holder
               to comply with this Indenture.
               SECTION 11.10.  DISTRIBUTION      OR      NOTICE     TO
                               REPRESENTATIVE.

                   Whenever a distribution is to be made or  a  notice
               given  to  holders  of  Senior Debt of the Company, the
               distribution may be made  and the notice given to their
               Representative.

                   Upon any payment or distribution of assets referred
               to  in this Article 11, the  Trustee  and  the  Holders
               shall be entitled to rely upon any order or decree made
               by any  court  of  competent  jurisdiction  or upon any
               certificate   of   such   Representative   or   of  the
               liquidating trustee or agent or other Person making any
               distribution   for  the  purpose  of  ascertaining  the
               Persons entitled  to  participate in such distribution,
               the holders of the Senior  Debt  of  the  Company,  the
               amount  thereof  or  payable  thereon,  the  amount  or
               amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts
               pertinent thereto or to this Article 11.

               SECTION 11.11.  RIGHTS OF TRUSTEE AND PAYING AGENT.

                   Notwithstanding  the  provisions of this Article 11
               or any other provision of this  Indenture,  the Trustee
               shall not be charged with knowledge of the existence of
               any facts that would prohibit the making of any payment
               or distribution by the Trustee, and the Trustee and the
               Paying  Agent  may  continue  to  make payments on  the
               Notes, unless the Trustee shall have  received  at  its
               Corporate  Trust  Office  at  least  five Business Days
               prior  to  the date of such payment written  notice  of
               facts that would  cause  the payment of any Obligations
               with  respect to the Notes  to  violate  this  Article.
               Only the  Company, the holder of any Senior Debt of the
               Company, or  the  Representative  of  holders of Senior
               Debt  of the Company may give the notice.   Nothing  in
               this Article 11 shall impair the claims of, or payments
               to, the  Trustee  under  or  pursuant  to  Section 7.07
               hereof.

                   The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity
               may  hold  Senior  Debt  of  the Company with the  same
               rights it would have if it were not Trustee.

               SECTION 11.12.  AUTHORIZATION TO EFFECT SUBORDINATION.

                   Each  Holder of a Note by the  Holder's  acceptance
               thereof authorizes  and  directs  the  Trustee  on  the
               Holder's behalf to take such action as may be necessary
               or  appropriate  to  effectuate  the  subordination  as
               provided  in  this Article 11, and appoints the Trustee
               the Holder's attorney-in-fact  for  any  and  all  such
               purposes.   If the Trustee does not file a proper proof
               of claim or proof  of  debt in the form required in any
               proceeding referred to in  Section 6.09 hereof at least
               30 days before the expiration  of the time to file such
               claim, the holders (or their Representative)  of Senior
               Debt  of  the Company are hereby authorized to file  an
               appropriate claim for and on behalf of the Holders.


                                      ARTICLE 12
                                    MISCELLANEOUS

               SECTION 12.01.  TRUST INDENTURE ACT CONTROLS.

                   If any  provision  of this Indenture limits, quali-
               fies  or  conflicts  with the  duties  imposed  by  TIA
               Section318(c), the imposed duties shall control.
               SECTION 12.02.  NOTICES.

                   Any notice or communication  by  the  Company,  the
               Guarantors  or  the Trustee to the others is duly given
               if in writing and  delivered  in  Person  or  mailed by
               first  class  mail  (registered  or  certified,  return
               receipt requested), telex, telecopier or overnight  air
               courier  guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others'
               address:

                   If to the Company or any Guarantor:

                      Showboat, Inc.
                      2800 Fremont Street
                      Las Vegas, Nevada  89104
                      Telecopier No.: (702) 385-9678
                      Attention: Chief Financial Officer

                   With a copy to:

                      Kummer Kaempfer Bonner & Renshaw
                      3800 Howard Hughes Pkwy
                      Las Vegas, Nevada  89109
                      Telecopier No.:  (702) 796-7181
                      Attention:  John N. Brewer

                   If to the Trustee:

                      Marine Midland Bank
                      140 Broadway
                      New York, New York  10005-1180
                      Telecopier No.:  (212) 658-6425
                      Attention:  Corporate Trust Department


                   The Company,  the  Guarantors  or  the  Trustee, by
               notice  to  the  others  may  designate  additional  or
               different   addresses   for   subsequent   notices   or
               communications.

                   All  notices  and communications (other than  those
               sent to Holders) shall  be  deemed  to  have  been duly
               given:   at  the  time delivered by hand, if Personally
               delivered; five Business  Days after being deposited in
               the mail, postage prepaid,  if  mailed;  when  answered
               back,   if   telexed;  when  receipt  acknowledged,  if
               telecopied; and  the  next  Business  Day  after timely
               delivery  to  the  courier,  if  sent by overnight  air
               courier guaranteeing next day delivery.
                   Any notice or communication to  a  Holder  shall be
               mailed  by  first  class mail, certified or registered,
               return receipt requested,  or  by overnight air courier
               guaranteeing next day delivery to  its address shown on
               the  register  kept by the Registrar.   Any  notice  or
               communication shall  also  be  so  mailed to any Person
               described in TIA Section 313(c), to the extent required
               by the TIA.  Failure to mail a notice  or communication
               to  a Holder or any defect in it shall not  affect  its
               sufficiency with respect to other Holders.

                   If  a  notice  or  communication  is  mailed in the
               manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is
               duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

                   If the Company or any Guarantor mails a  notice  or
               communication  to  Holders, it shall mail a copy to the
               Trustee and each Agent at the same time.

               SECTION 12.03.  COMMUNICATION  BY HOLDERS OF NOTES WITH
                               OTHER HOLDERS OF NOTES.

                   Holders   may   communicate   pursuant    to    TIA
               Section 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their
               rights under this Indenture or the Notes.  The Company,
               the  Guarantors,  the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone
               else shall have the protection of TIA Section 312(c).

               SECTION 12.04.  CERTIFICATE    AND    OPINION   AS   TO
                               CONDITIONS PRECEDENT.

                   Upon any request or application by  the  Company or
               the Guarantors to the Trustee to take any action  under
               this  Indenture,  the  Company  or the Guarantors shall
               furnish to the Trustee:

                   (a)an Officers' Certificate in  form  and substance
                reasonably  satisfactory  to the Trustee (which  shall
                include  the statements set  forth  in  Section  12.05
                hereof) stating  that,  in the opinion of the signers,
                all conditions precedent  and  covenants, if any, pro-
                vided for in this Indenture relating  to  the proposed
                action have been satisfied; and

                   (b)an  Opinion  of  Counsel  in  form and substance
                reasonably  satisfactory to the Trustee  (which  shall
                include the statements  set  forth  in  Section  12.05
                hereof)  stating that, in the opinion of such counsel,
                all such conditions  precedent and covenants have been
                satisfied.

               SECTION 12.05.  STATEMENTS  REQUIRED  IN CERTIFICATE OR
                               OPINION.

                   Each   certificate  or  opinion  with  respect   to
               compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in
               this  Indenture  (other  than  a  certificate  provided
               pursuant  to  TIA  Section 314(a)(4)) shall comply with
               the provisions of TIA Section 314(e) and shall include:

                   (a)a statement that  the  Person making such certi-
                ficate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

                   (b)a brief statement as to  the nature and scope of
                the  examination  or  investigation   upon  which  the
                statements  or opinions contained in such  certificate
                or opinion are based;

                   (c)a statement that, in the opinion of such Person,
                he or she has  made  such examination or investigation
                as is necessary to enable  him  to express an informed
                opinion  as  to  whether  or  not  such   covenant  or
                condition has been satisfied; and

                   (d)a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion
                of  such Person, such condition or covenant  has  been
                satisfied;  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  that  with respect to
                matters of fact an Opinion of Counsel may  rely  on an
                Officers'   Certificate   or  certificates  of  Public
                Officials.
               SECTION 12.06.RULES BY TRUSTEE AND AGENTS.

                The Trustee may make reasonable  rules for action by or at a
          meeting  of  Holders.   The  Registrar or Paying  Agent  may  make
          reasonable  rules  and  set  reasonable   requirements   for   its
          functions.

          SECTION 12.07. NO   PERSONAL  LIABILITY  OF  DIRECTORS,  OFFICERS,
                         EMPLOYEES AND STOCKHOLDERS.

                No past, present  or  future  director,  officer,  employee,
          incorporator  or  stockholder of the Company or any Guarantor,  or
          any successor Person  as  such,  shall  have any liability for any
          obligations of the Company or any Guarantor  under  the Notes, the
          Subsidiary Guarantees, this Indenture or for any claim  based  on,
          in  respect  of,  or  by  reason  of,  such  obligations  or their
          creation.   Each  Holder  by  accepting  a Note and the Subsidiary
          Guarantees, if any, waives and releases all  such  liability.  The
          waiver and release are part of the consideration for  issuance  of
          the Notes.

          SECTION 12.08. GOVERNING LAW.

                THE  INTERNAL  LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND
          BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS  INDENTURE,  THE NOTES AND THE SUBSIDIARY
          GUARANTEES, IF ANY.

          SECTION 12.09. NO ADVERSE INTERPRETATION OF OTHER AGREEMENTS.

                This  Indenture  may  not  be used to  interpret  any  other
          indenture, loan or debt agreement  of  the Company or its Subsidi-
          aries or of any other Person.  Any such  indenture,  loan  or debt
          agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.

          SECTION 12.10. SUCCESSORS.

                All  agreements  of  the  Company and the Guarantors in this
          Indenture and the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees, as the case
          may be, shall bind their respective successors.  All agreements of
          the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors.

          SECTION 12.11. SEVERABILITY.

                In case any provision in this  Indenture, in the Notes or in
          the Subsidiary Guarantees, if any, shall  be  invalid,  illegal or
          unenforceable,  the validity, legality and enforceability  of  the
          remaining provisions  shall not in any way be affected or impaired
          thereby.

          SECTION 12.12. COUNTERPART ORIGINALS.

                The  parties  may  sign   any   number  of  copies  of  this
          Indenture.  Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them
          together represent the same agreement.

          SECTION 12.13. TABLE OF CONTENTS, HEADINGS, ETC.

                The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and Headings of
          the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for
          convenience of reference only, are not  to be considered a part of
          this Indenture and shall in no way modify  or  restrict any of the
          terms or provisions hereof.

                            [Signatures on following page]



                                      SIGNATURES

          Dated as of August 10, 1994

                            SHOWBOAT, INC.


                            By: /s/ J. Kell Houssels, III
                                 Name: J. Kell Houssels, III
                                  Title:  President  and  Chief   Executive
          Officer

          Attest:


          /s/ John N. Brewer (SEAL)



          Dated as of August 10, 1994

                            MARINE MIDLAND BANK, TRUSTEE


                            By: /s/ Carmela Ehret
                                 Name: Carmela Ehret
                                 Title: Vice President

          Attest:


          /s/ Eillen M. Hughes (SEAL)


                                     Guarantors:

          Dated as of August 10, 1994
                                     OCEAN SHOWBOAT, INC.


                                     By:  /s/ Frank A. Modica
                                        Name: Frank A. Modica
                                        Title:     President    and   Chief
          Executive Officer

          Attest:
          /s/John N. Brewer(SEAL)



          Dated as of August 10, 1994
                                     ATLANTIC CITY SHOWBOAT, INC.


                                     By:  /s/ Mark J. Miller
                                        Name:  Mark J. Miller
                                        Title:     President    and   Chief
          Executive Officer

          Attest:

          /s/ John N. Brewer(SEAL)


          Dated as of August 10, 1994
                                     SHOWBOAT OPERATING COMPANY


                                     By:  /s/ Frank A. Modica
                                        Name:  Frank A. Modica
                                        Title:     President    and   Chief
          Executive Officer
          Attest:

          /s/ John N. Brewer(SEAL)



                                      Exhibit A
                                    (Face of Note)

                        13% Senior Subordinated Note due 2009

             No.                                                $__________

                      SHOWBOAT, INC., or any successor thereto,

             promises to pay to

             or registered assigns,

             the principal sum of

             Dollars on August 1, 2009.

             Interest Payment Dates:  February 1 and August 1

             Record Dates:  January 15 and July 15

             Reference  is  hereby  made to the further provisions of  this
             Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which further provisions
             shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at
             this place.

             IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Showboat,  Inc. has caused this Note to be
             signed  manually  or  by  facsimile  by  its  duly  authorized
             officers and a facsimile of  its  corporate seal to be affixed
             hereto or imprinted hereon.

          Dated: _______________ __, _____

          Trustee's Certificate of Authentication
          This is one of the 13% Senior Subordinated
          Notes due August 1, 2009
          referred to in the
          within-mentioned Indenture:

          Marine Midland Bank,                         Showboat, Inc.
          as Trustee
                                                    Chairman of the Board
          Authorized Signature
                                                    Secretary


                                         A-1

                                  (Back of Security)
                                    SHOWBOAT, INC.
                             13% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTE
                                  DUE AUGUST 1, 2009

                Capitalized terms used herein have the meanings assigned to
          them  in  the  Indenture  (as  defined  below)  unless  otherwise
          indicated.

                1. INTEREST.  Showboat, Inc., a Nevada  corporation (or any
          successor thereto as provided in the Indenture,  the  "Company"),
          promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this  Note at
          the rate and in the manner specified below.

                The  Company shall pay interest on the principal amount  of
          this Note at  the  rate  per  annum of 13%.  The Company will pay
          interest semi-annually on February  1  and August 1 of each year,
          or if any such day is not a Business Day,  on the next succeeding
          Business Day (each an "Interest Payment Date").

                Interest will be computed on the basis  of  a  360-day year
          consisting  of twelve 30-day months.  Interest shall accrue  from
          the most recent  date  to  which interest has been paid or, if no
          interest has been paid, from the date of the original issuance of
          the Notes.  To the extent lawful,  the Company shall pay interest
          on  overdue principal (including post-petition  interest  in  any
          proceeding  under any Bankruptcy Law) at the rate of 1% per annum
          in excess of  the  then applicable interest rate on the Notes; it
          shall pay interest,  (including  post-petition  interest  in  any
          proceeding  under  any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of
          interest (without regard  to any applicable grace periods) at the
          same rate to the extent lawful.

                2. METHOD OF PAYMENT.  The Company will pay interest on the
          Notes  (except  defaulted  interest)   to  the  Persons  who  are
          registered  Holders  of Notes at the close  of  business  on  the
          record date next preceding  the  Interest  Payment  Date, even if
          such Notes are cancelled after such record date and on  or before
          such  Interest  Payment  Date.   The Holder hereof must surrender
          this Note to a Paying Agent to collect  principal  payments.  The
          Company  will pay principal and interest in money of  the  United
          States that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of
          public  and   private  debts.   The  Company,  however,  may  pay
          principal, premium, if any, and interest by check payable in such
          money.  It may  mail  an  interest check to a Holder's registered
          address.

                3. PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR.  Initially, the Trustee will
          act as Paying Agent and Registrar.   The  Company  may change any
          Paying  Agent,  Registrar or co-registrar without notice  to  any
          Holder.  The Company  or  any  Guarantor  may  act  in  any  such
          capacity.

                4. INDENTURE.   The  Company  issued  the  Notes  under  an
          Indenture  dated as of August 10, 1994 (as it may be amended from
          time  to  time,   the   "Indenture")  between  the  Company,  the
          Guarantors and the Trustee.  The terms of the Notes include those
          stated in the Indenture and  those  made part of the Indenture by
          reference  to  the  Trust  Indenture  Act   of   1939   (15  U.S.
          Code Sections 77aaa-77bbbb)  as  in  effect  on  the  date of the
          Indenture.   The Notes are subject to all such terms, certain  of
          which are summarized  herein,  and  Holders  are  referred to the
          Indenture and such act for a statement of such terms.   The terms
          of  the  Indenture  shall govern any inconsistencies between  the
          Indenture and the Notes.  The Notes are unsecured general obliga-
          tions  of  the  Company  limited  to  $150,000,000  in  aggregate
          principal amount,  of  which  $120,000,000 in principal amount of
          Notes will be issued on the Issue  Date,  and up to an additional
          $30,000,000 in principal amount of Notes may  be issued from time
          to time by the Company.  Regardless of the time  of issuance, the
          Notes will constitute a single series or class of  securities for
          all  purposes  under the Indenture, including in connection  with
          any vote or consent.

                5. OPTIONAL  REDEMPTION.   Except  as  set forth below, the
          Company shall not have the option to redeem the Notes pursuant to
          Section 3.07   of  the  Indenture  prior  to  August   1,   2001.
          Thereafter, the  Company  shall  have  the  option  to redeem the
          Notes,  in whole or in part, at the redemption prices  (expressed
          as percentages  of  the  principal  amount) set forth below, plus
          accrued and unpaid interest thereon to  the applicable redemption
          date, if redeemed during the 12 month period  beginning on August
          1 of the years indicated below:
          <TABLE>
                     <C>                      <C>
                    YEAR                     PERCENTAGE
                    2001                     103.900%
                    2002                     102.600%
                    2003                     101.300%
                    2004 and thereafter      100.000%
          </TABLE>
                    6.   MANDATORY REDEMPTION.  The Company  shall  not  be
          required  to  make  mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments
          with respect to the Notes.

                    7.   REDEMPTION  OR  REPURCHASE  AT  OPTION  OF HOLDER.
          Under  certain  circumstances, as provided in the Indenture,  the
          Company may be required  to  make  an  offer to purchase all or a
          portion of the Notes.  Holders of Notes  that  are  subject to an
          offer  to  purchase  will  receive an offer to purchase from  the
          Company prior to any related purchase date, and may elect to have
          such Notes purchased by completing  the  form entitled "Option of
          Holder to Elect Purchase" appearing below.

                    8.   NOTICE OF REDEMPTION.  Notice  of redemption shall
          be mailed at least 30 days but not more than 60  days  before the
          redemption  date  to  each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at  its
          address of record.  Notes  may  be  redeemed  in part but only in
          whole  multiples  of $1,000, unless all of the Notes  held  by  a
          Holder are to be redeemed.   On  and  after  the redemption date,
          interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions of them called for
          redemption.
                    9.   SUBORDINATION.   The  Notes  are  subordinated  to
          Senior Debt (as defined in the Indenture) (whether outstanding on
          the  date  of  the  Indenture  or  thereafter  created, incurred,
          assumed  or  guaranteed) and all Obligations (as defined  in  the
          Indenture) with  respect  thereto.  To the extent provided in the
          Indenture, Senior Debt must be paid before the Notes may be paid.
          The Company agrees, and each  Holder  by accepting a Note agrees,
          to  the  subordination  and authorizes the  Trustee  to  give  it
          effect.

                    10.  TRANSFER  REQUIRED   BY  THE  GAMING  AUTHORITIES.
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Holder,  by accepting a Note,
          agrees that it any Gaming Authority requires that  the  Holder or
          beneficial owner of a Note must be licensed, qualified, or  found
          suitable  under  the Gaming Control Act or other applicable laws,
          and such Holder or beneficial owner fails to apply for a license,
          qualification, or  finding of suitable within 30 days after being
          requested to do so by  the Gaming Authority, or if such Holder or
          beneficial owner is not  so license, qualified or found suitable,
          the Company shall have the  right,  at its option, (i) to require
          such Holder or beneficial owner to dispose  of  such  Holder's or
          beneficial owner's Notes within 30 days of receipt of such notice
          of  such  finding  by  the  applicable Gaming Authority, or  such
          earlier date as may be ordered  by such Gaming Authority, or (ii)
          to  call  for  the redemption of the  Notes  of  such  Holder  or
          beneficial owner  at  the lesser of the principal amount thereof,
          or the price at which such  Holder  beneficial owner acquired the
          Notes,  together with, in either case  accrued  interest  to  the
          earlier of  the  date of redemption of the date of the finding of
          unsuitability or disqualification by such Gaming Authority, which
          may be less than 30  days  following the notice of redemption, if
          so ordered by such Gaming Authority,  Commencing on the date such
          Gaming Authority serves notice upon the  Company  that any Holder
          or beneficial owner is unsuitable or disqualified,  it  shall  be
          unlawful  for  any  such  unsuitable  or  disqualified  Holder or
          beneficial  owner: (i) to receive any dividends or interest  upon
          this Note; (ii)  to  exercise, directly or through any trustee or
          nominee, any right conferred  by  this  Note; or (iii) to receive
          any  remuneration  in  any  form  from the Company  for  services
          rendered or otherwise.  The Company  shall  notify the Trustee in
          writing  of  any such redemption or finding or  unsuitability  or
          disqualification  as  soon  as practicable, and the Trustee shall
          rely  on  such notice until it  receives  instructions  from  the
          Company to the contrary.  The Holder or beneficial owner applying
          for a license, qualification or a finding of suitability must pay
          all costs of  the  licensure or investigation for such finding of
          suitability or qualification.

                    11.  DENOMINATIONS,  TRANSFER, EXCHANGE.  The Notes are
          in registered form without coupons in denominations of $1,000 and
          integral  multiples of $1,000.  The  transfer  of  Notes  may  be
          registered  and  Notes  may  be  exchanged  as  provided  in  the
          Indenture.   The  Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder,
          among  other things,  to  furnish  appropriate  endorsements  and
          transfer  documents and to pay any taxes and fees required by law
          or permitted  by  the Indenture.  The Registrar need not exchange
          or register the transfer  of  any  Note  or portion of a Note se-
          lected for redemption.  Also, it need not  exchange  or  register
          the  transfer  of  any  Notes  for  a  period of 15 days before a
          selection of Notes to be redeemed, during  the  period  between a
          record date and the corresponding Interest Payment Date.
                    12.  PERSONS  DEEMED  OWNERS.  Prior to due presentment
          to the Trustee for registration of the transfer of this Note, the
          Trustee, any Agent, the Company and  the  Guarantors may deem and
          treat  the Person in whose name this Note is  registered  as  its
          absolute  owner for the purpose of receiving payment of principal
          of  and  interest  on  this  Note  and  for  all  other  purposes
          whatsoever,  whether or not this Note is overdue, and neither the
          Trustee, any Agent,  the  Company  nor  any  Guarantor  shall  be
          affected  by  notice to the contrary.  The registered holder of a
          Note shall be treated as its owner for all purposes.

                    13.  UNCLAIMED  MONEY.  If the money for the payment of
          principal  or  interest remains  unclaimed  for  two  years,  the
          Trustee and the  Paying  Agent  shall  pay  the money back to the
          Company at its written request.  After that, Holders of the Notes
          entitled to the money must look to the Company for payment unless
          an  abandoned  property law designates another  Person,  and  all
          liability of the  Trustee  and  such Paying Agent with respect to
          such money shall cease.

                    14.  AMENDMENTS  AND  WAIVERS.    Subject   to  certain
          exceptions,  the  Indenture or the Notes may be amended with  the
          consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount
          of the then outstanding  Notes  (including  consents  obtained in
          connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for Notes),  and
          any  existing  default  or  compliance  with any provision of the
          Indenture  or the Notes may be waived with  the  consent  of  the
          Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding
          Notes (including  consents  obtained  in connection with a tender
          offer  or  exchange  offer for the Notes)  however,  without  the
          consent of each Holder  affected,  an amendment or waiver may not
          (with respect to any Notes held at the  time of such consent by a
          non-consenting Holder):

                    (a)  reduce the principal amount  of  the  Notes  whose
               Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

                    (b)  reduce  the  principal  of  or  change  the  fixed
               maturity of any Note or alter or waive any of the provisions
               with respect to the redemption of the Notes;

                    (c)  reduce  the rate of or change the time for payment
                         of interest,  including  default  interest, on any
                         Note;

                    (d)  waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment
               of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes
               (except  a  rescission of acceleration of the Notes  by  the
               Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount
               of the then outstanding  Notes  and  a waiver of the payment
               default that resulted from such acceleration);

                    (e)  make  any Note payable in money  other  than  that
               stated in the Notes;

                    (f)  make  any   change   in  the  provisions  of  this
               Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights
               of Holders of Notes to receive payments  of  principal of or
               premium, if any, or interest on the Notes;

                    (g)  waive  a  redemption payment with respect  to  any
               Note;

                    (h)  make any change to the subordination provisions of
               Section 10.02 or Article  11 of the Indenture that adversely
               affects Holders;

                    (i)  make any change in  Section  6.07 of the Indenture
               or in the foregoing amendment and waiver provisions.

                    The right of any Holder to participate  in  any consent
          required  or  sought  pursuant  to any provision of the Indenture
          (and the obligations of the Company  to  obtain  any such consent
          otherwise  required  from  such  Holder)  may be subject  to  the
          requirements  that  such  Holder shall have been  the  Holder  of
          record  of  any  Notes with respect  to  which  such  consent  is
          required to be sought as of a date identified by the Trustee in a
          notice furnished to  Holders  in accordance with the terms of the
          Indenture.  Without the consent  of  any Holder, the Indenture or
          the  Notes  may  be  amended  to  cure any ambiguity,  defect  or
          inconsistency, to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to
          or in place of certificated Notes,  to  provide for assumption of
          the Company's obligations to Holders in the  case  of a merger or
          consolidation  or  to  make  any  change  that would provide  any
          additional rights or benefits to the Holders (including providing
          for  Subsidiary  Guarantees  pursuant  to  Section 4.13   of  the
          Indenture)  or  that does not adversely affect the rights of  any
          Holder under the  Indenture or to comply with the requirements of
          the SEC in order to  effect  or maintain the qualification of the
          Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act.

                    15.  DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES.   Events of Default include
          (as  more  fully  described,  and  subject  to,   the  terms  and
          conditions of the Indenture):  default for 30 days in the payment
          when  due of interest on the Notes (whether or not prohibited  by
          the subordination  provisions of the Indenture) by the Company or
          the Guarantors; default  in  payment  when due of principal of or
          premium, if any, on the Notes (whether  or  not prohibited by the
          subordination provisions of the Indenture) by  the Company or the
          Guarantors; failure by the Company or the Guarantors  for 30 days
          after notice to comply with Sections 4.07, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12
          or  4.15  of  the  Indenture;  failure  by  the  Company  or  the
          Guarantors  for  60  days  after notice to comply with any of its
          other agreements in the Indenture or the Notes; default under any
          mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued
          or by which there may be secured  or  evidenced  any Indebtedness
          for  money  borrowed by the Company or any Guarantor  or  any  of
          their respective Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which
          is guaranteed  by  the  Company  or any Guarantor or any of their
          respective Restricted Subsidiaries)  whether such Indebtedness or
          Guarantee now exists, or is created after  the  Issue Date, which
          default  (a) is  caused  by  a  failure  to pay principal  of  or
          premium, if any, or interest on such Indebtedness  prior  to  the
          expiration  of  the grace period provided in such Indebtedness (a
          "Payment Default")  or  (b) results  in  the acceleration of such
          Indebtedness prior to its express maturity and, in each case, the
          principal  amount  of any such Indebtedness,  together  with  the
          principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there
          has been a Payment Default  or  the maturity of which has been so
          accelerated, aggregates $10.0 million  or  more;  failure  by the
          Company  or  any  Guarantor or any of their respective Restricted
          Subsidiaries to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $5.0
          million, which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a
          period of 60 days;  except  as  permitted  by  the Indenture, any
          Subsidiary Guarantee shall be held in any judicial  proceeding to
          be unenforceable or invalid or shall cease for any reason  to  be
          in  full  force and effect or any Guarantor, or any Person acting
          on  behalf  of   any  Guarantor,  shall  deny  or  disaffirm  its
          obligations or shall  fail  to  comply with any obligations under
          its Subsidiary Guarantee; and certain  events  of  bankruptcy  or
          insolvency  with  respect to the Company, any Guarantor or any of
          their  respective  Restricted  Subsidiaries.   If  any  Event  of
          Default occurs and is  continuing,  the Trustee or the Holders of
          at least 25% in principal amount of the  then  outstanding  Notes
          may  declare  all  the  Notes  to be due and payable immediately,
          except  that  in the case of an Event  of  Default  arising  from
          certain events  of  bankruptcy or insolvency, with respect to the
          Company or any of its  Restricted  Subsidiaries  or any Guarantor
          which  individually  or  as  a  group  constitutes  a Significant
          Subsidiary,  all  outstanding  Notes will become due and  payable
          without further action or notice.   Holders  may  not enforce the
          Indenture  or  the  Notes  except  as  provided in the Indenture.
          Subject  to  certain  limitations,  Holders   of  a  majority  in
          principal  amount of the then outstanding Notes  may  direct  the
          Trustee in its  exercise  of any trust or power.  The Trustee may
          withhold from Holders notice  of  any continuing Default or Event
          of Default (except a Default or Event  of Default relating to the
          payment  of  principal  or  interest)  if  it   determines   that
          withholding notice is in their interest. The Company must furnish
          an annual compliance certificate to the Trustee.

                    16.  RESTRICTIVE   COVENANTS.   The  Indenture  imposes
          certain  limitations  on  the ability  of  the  Company  and  its
          Subsidiaries   to,   among   other   things,   incur   additional
          Indebtedness, make payments in respect of Capital Stock, merge or
          consolidate with or into any Person  or  sell,  lease,  transfer,
          convey  or  otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of  its
          properties or  assets,  and  engage  in certain transactions with
          Affiliates.  The limitations are subject to a number of important
          qualifications and exceptions.

                    17.  GUARANTEES.   Payment of  principal  and  interest
          (including interest on overdue principal and overdue interest, if
          lawful)  on  the  Notes  is  unconditionally  guaranteed  by  the
          Guarantors pursuant to Article 10 of the Indenture.

                    18.  TRUSTEE DEALINGS  WITH COMPANY.  The Trustee under
          the Indenture, in its individual or  any other capacity, may make
          loans  to,  accept deposits from, and perform  services  for  the
          Company, any  Guarantor  or  their respective Affiliates, and may
          otherwise  deal  with  the  Company,   any   Guarantor  or  their
          respective Affiliates, as if it were not Trustee.

                    19.  NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS.  No  past,  present or
          future  director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder,
          as such,  of  the Company, any Guarantor, as such, shall have any
          liability for any  obligations  of  the  Company or any Guarantor
          under the Notes, the Subsidiary Guarantees  or  the  Indenture or
          for  any  claim  based  on,  in  respect of or by reason of  such
          obligations or their creation.  Each  Holder  by accepting a Note
          and  the Subsidiary Guarantees, if any, waives and  releases  all
          such  liability.    The  waiver  and  release  are  part  of  the
          consideration for the issuance of the Notes.

                    20.  AUTHENTICATION.   This  Note  shall  not  be valid
          until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee  or an
          authenticating agent.

                    21.  ABBREVIATIONS.   Customary  abbreviations  may  be
          used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as:  TEN COM (=
          tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN
          (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in
          common),  CUST  (=  Custodian),  and  U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to
          Minors Act).

                    22.  CUSIP  NUMBERS.   Pursuant   to  a  recommendation
          promulgated  by the Committee on Uniform Security  Identification
          Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on
          the Notes and  has  directed  the Trustee to use CUSIP numbers in
          notices  of  redemption  as  a  convenience   to   Holders.    No
          representation  is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either
          as  printed on the  Notes  or  as  contained  in  any  notice  of
          redemption   and  reliance  may  be  placed  only  on  the  other
          identification numbers placed thereon.

                    23.  GOVERNING  LAW.   THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF
          NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED  TO CONSTRUE THE INDENTURE, THE
          NOTES AND THE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES, IF ANY.

                    The Company will furnish to  any  Holder  upon  written
          request and without charge a copy of the Indenture.  Request  may
          be made to:

                         Showboat, Inc.
                         2800 Fremont Street
                         Las Vegas, Nevada  89104
                         Telecopier No.: (702) 385-9678
                         Attention: Chief Financial Officer

                                         A-2
                                   Assignment Form


               To  assign  this  Note,  fill in the form below: (I) or (we)
               assign and transfer this Note to

          _________________________________________________________________
            (Insert assignee's social security or tax identification no.)

          _______________________________________________________________

          ___________________________________________________________________

          __________________________________________________________________

          ____________________________________________________________________

                (Print or type assignee's name, address and zip code)

          and                                                   irrevocably
          appoint______________________________________________________
          agent  to  transfer  this Note on the books of the Company.   The
          agent may substitute another to act for him.

          Date: ______________________

                                                                       Your
          Signature:_________________________
                                         (Sign exactly as your name appears
          on the face of this Note)

          Signature Guarantee:
                                         A-3
                          Option of Holder to Elect Purchase

                If you want to elect to have  this  Note  purchased  by the
          Company  pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.15 of the Indenture, check
          the box below:

                | | Section 4.10   | | Section 4.15

                If you  want  to  elect  to  have  only  part  of  the Note
          purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or Section 4.15
          of  the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased: 
          $___________


          Date:___________________   Your Signature:_____________________
                                     (Sign  exactly as your name appears on
          the Note)

                                     Tax Identification No.:________


          Signature Guarantee.




                                      EXHIBIT B

             Form of Supplemental Indenture to Be Delivered by Guarantors



                Supplemental  Indenture  (this  "SUPPLEMENTAL  INDENTURE"),
          dated  as  of ________________, between  __________________  (the
          "GUARANTOR"),  a subsidiary of Showboat, Inc. (or its successor),
          a Nevada corporation  (the "COMPANY"), and Marine Midland Bank, a
          New York corporation, as  trustee under the indenture referred to
          below (the "Trustee").

                                 W I T N E S S E T H

                WHEREAS,  Showboat,  Inc.,   a   Nevada   corporation   has
          heretofore  executed  and  delivered  to the Trustee an indenture
          (the "INDENTURE"), dated as of August 10, 1994, providing for the
          issuance of an aggregate principal amount  of $150,000,000 of 13%
          Senior Subordinated Notes due 2009 (the "NOTES");

                WHEREAS, Section 4.13 of the Indenture  provides that under
          certain  circumstances  the  Company  is  required to  cause  the
          Guarantor  to execute and deliver to the Trustee  a  supplemental
          indenture pursuant  to  which the Guarantor shall unconditionally
          guarantee  all  of  the Company's  obligations  under  the  Notes
          pursuant to a Subsidiary  Guarantee  on  the terms and conditions
          set forth herein; and
                WHEREAS,  pursuant to Section 9.01 of  the  Indenture,  the
          Trustee is authorized  to  execute  and deliver this Supplemental
          Indenture.

                NOW THEREFORE, in consideration  of  the  foregoing and for
          other good and valuable consideration, the receipt  of  which  is
          hereby  acknowledged,  the  Guarantor  and  the  Trustee mutually
          covenant  and  agree  for  the equal and ratable benefit  of  the
          Holders as follows:

             1. Capitalized Terms.  Capitalized  terms  used herein without
          definition  shall  have  the  meanings assigned to  them  in  the
          Indenture.

             2. Agreement to Guarantee.   The  Guarantor hereby agrees that
          its obligations to the Holder and the  Trustee  pursuant  to this
          Subsidiary  Guarantee  shall be as expressly set forth in Article
          10 of the Indenture and in such other provisions of the Indenture
          as are applicable to Guarantors,  and  reference  is  made to the
          Indenture  for  the precise terms of this Supplemental Indenture.
          The  terms  of  Article  10  of  the  Indenture  and  such  other
          provisions of the  Indenture  as are applicable to Guarantors are
          incorporated herein by reference.

             3. Execution and Delivery of Subsidiary Guarantees.

                (a)To evidence its Subsidiary  Guarantee  set forth in this
             Supplemental  Indenture,  the Guarantor hereby agrees  that  a
             notation of such Subsidiary  Guarantee  substantially  in  the
             form  of  Exhibit C  to  the Indenture shall be endorsed by an
             Officer  of such Guarantor  on  each  Note  authenticated  and
             delivered by the Trustee after the date hereof.

                (b)Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the  Guarantor  hereby
             agrees  that  its  Subsidiary Guarantee set forth herein shall
             remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to
             endorse on each Note a notation of such Subsidiary Guarantee.

                (c)If an Officer  whose  signature  is on this Supplemental
             Indenture or on the Subsidiary Guarantee  no longer holds that
             office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note on which
             a  Subsidiary Guarantee is endorsed, the Subsidiary  Guarantee
             shall be valid nevertheless.

                (d)The  delivery  of  any  Note  by  the Trustee, after the
             authentication thereof under the Indenture,  shall  constitute
             due  delivery  of  the Subsidiary Guarantee set forth in  this
             Supplemental Indenture on behalf of the Guarantor.

             4.  No Recourse Against  Others.   No  past, present or future
          director,  officer, employee, incorporator,  stockholder  of  the
          Guarantor, as  such, shall have any liability for any obligations
          of the Company or  any  Guarantor under the Notes, any Subsidiary
          Guarantees, the Indenture  or  this Supplemental Indenture or for
          any  claim  based  on,  in respect of,  or  by  reason  of,  such
          obligations or their creation.   Each  Holder  of  the  Notes  by
          accepting  a  Note  waives  and releases all such liability.  The
          waiver and release are part of  the consideration for issuance of
          the Notes.

             5. New York Law to Govern.  The  internal  law of the State of
          New  York shall govern and be used to construe this  Supplemental
          Indenture and the Subsidiary Guarantee.

             6. Counterparts   The parties may sign any number of copies of
          this  Supplemental Indenture.   Each  signed  copy  shall  be  an
          original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

             7. Effect  of  Headings.   The Section headings herein are for
          convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.



                IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties  hereto  have  caused  this
          Supplemental  Indenture  to be duly executed and attested, all as
          of the date first above written.


          Dated:  ____________ ___, ____[Guarantor]



                                     By:   ___________________________
                                        Name:
                                        Title:


          Dated:  ____________ ___, ____ Marine Midland Bank,
                                     as Trustee



                                     By:   ___________________________
                                        Name:
                                        Title:

                                         A-4
                                      EXHIBIT C
                    [FORM OF NOTATION ON SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTE
                          RELATING TO SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEE]

                Each of the Guarantors  listed  below (hereinafter referred
          to  as  the "Guarantors", which term includes  any  successor  or
          assign  under  the  indenture  (the  "Indenture")),  jointly  and
          severally  unconditionally  guarantees  that (i) the principal of
          and interest on the 13% Senior Subordinated  Notes  due August 1,
          2009 (the "Notes") will be paid in full when due, whether  at the
          maturity  or  interest  payment  or mandatory redemption date, by
          acceleration, call for redemption  or  otherwise, and interest on
          the overdue principal of and interest, if  any,  on the Notes and
          all  other  obligations  of  the  Company to the Holders  or  the
          Trustee under the indenture or the Notes will be promptly paid in
          full when due or performed, all in  accordance  with the terms of
          the Indenture and the Notes and (ii) in case of any  extension of
          time  of  payment  or  renewal of any Notes or any of such  other
          obligations, that the same will be promptly paid in full when due
          or performed in accordance  with  the  terms  of the extension or
          renewal, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise.

                The obligations of each Guarantor to the  Holder and to the
          Trustee  pursuant  to  this  Guaranty  and the Indenture  are  as
          expressly set forth in Article 10 of the  Indenture  and  in such
          other   provisions   of   the  Indenture  as  are  applicable  to
          Guarantors, and reference is  hereby  made  to such Indenture for
          the precise terms of this Guaranty.

                This  is a continuing guarantee and shall  remain  in  full
          force and effect and shall be binding upon each Guarantor and its
          successors and assigns until full and final payment of all of the
          Company's obligations under the Notes and the Indenture and shall
          inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Trustee
          and the Holders  and,  in the event of any transfer or assignment
          of rights by any Holder or the Trustee, the rights and privileges
          herein conferred upon that  party  shall  automatically extend to
          and be vested in such transferee or assignee,  all subject to the
          terms and conditions hereof.  This is a guarantee  of payment and
          not a guarantee of collection.

                This  Guaranty  shall  not be valid or obligatory  for  any
          purpose until the certificate  of authentication on the Note upon
          which this Guaranty is noted shall  have  been  executed  by  the
          Trustee under the Indenture by the manual signature of one of its
          authorized officers.

                THE  TERMS  OF  ARTICLE  10  OF  THE  INDENTURE  AND  OTHER
          PROVISIONS  OF  THE INDENTURE AS ARE APPLICABLE TO THE GUARANTORS
          ARE INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE.

                Capitalized  terms used herein have the same meanings given
          in the Indenture unless otherwise indicated.



                                      EXHIBIT D

                               FORM OF ESCROW AGREEMENT



             This  ESCROW  AGREEMENT   (the   "AGREEMENT"),   dated  as  of
          August 10,  1994, by and among National Westminster Bank  of  New
          Jersey (the "ESCROW  AGENT"), Marine Midland Bank, as trustee for
          the benefit of the Holders  of the Notes under the Indenture (the
          "Trustee")  and  Showboat,  Inc.,   a   Nevada  corporation  (the
          "COMPANY").

                                       RECITALS

             (a)Pursuant to that certain Indenture  dated  as of August 10,
          1994,   by   and   between  the  Company  and  the  Trustee  (the
          "INDENTURE"),  the  Company  has  issued  $120,000,000  aggregate
          principal amount of its  13%  Senior  Subordinated Notes due 2009
          (the "NOTES").

             (b)The Indenture requires the Company  to deposit $100 million
          of the net proceeds from the offering of the  Notes in the Escrow
          Account   in  order  for  the  Company  to  meet  its  investment
          obligations  with  respect  to  Sydney  Harbour  Casino  Holdings
          Limited ("SHCL").

             (c)The  parties have entered into this Agreement to set  forth
          the conditions upon which, and the manner in which, funds will be
          disbursed from  the Escrow Account to permit, among other things,
          the Company to fund  its  investment  obligations with respect to
          SHCL.

                                      AGREEMENT

             NOW  THEREFORE,  for  good  and  valuable  consideration,  the
          receipt  and sufficiency of which are  hereby  acknowledged,  the
          parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

             1. DEFINED  TERMS.   Capitalized  terms  used  herein  but not
          otherwise  defined  shall  have  the meaning given to them in the
          Indenture.  In addition to any other  defined  terms used herein,
          the following terms shall constitute defined terms  for  purposes
          of this Agreement and shall have the meanings set forth below:

             "ACCEPTABLE  REPLACEMENT  ESCROW  AGENT"  means  a corporation
          organized and doing business under the laws of the United  States
          of America or of any state thereof authorized under such laws  to
          exercise  corporate  trustee  power,  subject  to  supervision or
          examination  by  federal  or state authority and having  combined
          capital and surplus of at least  $100 million as set forth in its
          most recent published annual report of condition.

             "ELIGIBLE INSTITUTION" means a  commercial banking institution
          (which  may include Escrow Agent and  its  affiliates)  that  has
          combined capital and surplus of not less than $500 million or its
          equivalent  in  foreign  currency,  whose  debt  is rated "A" (or
          higher)  according  to  Standard & Poor's Corporation  ("S&P)  or
          Moody's Investors Service,  Inc.  ("Moody's)  at  the  time as of
          which any investment or rollover therein is made.

             "ESCROW ACCOUNT" means the escrow account established pursuant
          to Section 2(b) hereof.

             "GOVERNMENT  SECURITIES"  means  direct  obligations  of,   or
          obligations  guaranteed  by, the United States of America for the
          payment of which guarantee  or  obligations  the  full  faith and
          credit of the United States is pledged.

             "MARKETABLE   SECURITIES"   means  (i) Government  Securities,
          (ii) any certificate of deposit  maturing  not more than 270 days
          after the date of acquisition issued by, or  time  deposit of, an
          Eligible  Institution, (iii) commercial paper maturing  not  more
          than  270  days  after  the  date  of  acquisition  issued  by  a
          corporation  (other  than  an  affiliate  of  the Company) with a
          rating, at the time as of which any investment  therein  is made,
          of  "A-1"  (or  higher)  according  to  S&P  or "P-1" (or higher)
          according  to  Moody's,  (iv) any banker's acceptances  or  money
          market  deposit  accounts  issued   or  offered  by  an  Eligible
          Institution,   and   (v) any   fund  investing   exclusively   in
          investments of the types described  in  clauses  (i) through (iv)
          above.

             "OFFERING" means the public offering of the Notes.

             "PROSPECTUS"  means the prospectus in the form first  used  to
          confirm sales of the Notes.

             2. ESCROW ACCOUNT; ESCROW AGENT

             (a)APPOINTMENT  OF  ESCROW AGENT.  The Company hereby appoints
          Escrow Agent, and Escrow  Agent  hereby  accepts  appointment, as
          escrow agent under the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

             (b)ESTABLISHMENT  OF  ESCROW ACCOUNT.  Concurrently  with  the
          execution and delivery hereof,  Escrow  Agent shall establish the
          Escrow Account at its office at 2 Montgomery Street, Jersey City,
          NJ 07302.  Immediately upon receipt, the  Company  shall  deliver
          $100  million  of  the  proceeds  of the offering of the Notes to
          Escrow Agent for deposit into the Escrow  Account.   Escrow Agent
          shall  issue  a  receipt,  or  an  initial  account statement  as
          described  in  Section 2(g), evidencing and acknowledging  Escrow
          Agent's receipt  of  the Deposit.  Subject to the other terms and
          conditions of this Agreement,  the  Deposit shall be held for the
          benefit of the Company in the Escrow  Account  until disbursed in
          accordance with the terms hereof.

             (c)ESCROW AGENT COMPENSATION.  Escrow Agent and any Acceptable
          Replacement  Escrow  Agent  shall  be compensated pursuant  to  a
          separate agreement between the Company  and  Escrow Agent or such
          Acceptable Replacement Escrow Agent.  Such compensation shall not
          be chargeable against the Escrow Account.

             (d)INVESTMENT OF THE DEPOSIT.  The Deposit  shall  be invested
          and reinvested upon the following terms and conditions:


                    (i)  ACCEPTABLE  INVESTMENTS.   The  Deposit  shall  be
          invested  and  reinvested  in Marketable Securities in accordance
          with the Company's written instructions  to Escrow Agent.  Escrow
          Agent   shall   invest  the  Deposit  in  Marketable   Securities
          designated by the Company from time to time.  All such Marketable
          Securities shall  be assigned to Escrow Agent, for the benefit of
          the Company.

                   (ii)  INTEREST.   All  interest  earned  on  the Deposit
          invested  in  such  Marketable  Securities  shall be paid to  the
          Company.

               (e)  LIMITATION ON ESCROW AGENT'S RESPONSIBILITIES

                    (i)  Escrow  Agent's duties and responsibilities  shall
          be limited to those expressly set froth in this Agreement and are
          purely ministerial in nature.   Escrow Agent shall not be subject
          to, or obligated to recognize, any  other  agreement to which the
          Company,  the  Trustee,  or  either  of  them  may  be  a  party.
          References  in  this  Agreement  to  any such agreement  are  for
          identification and definitional purposes only.

                   (ii)  Escrow Agent shall have no obligation with respect
          to   the   Escrow   Account  other  than  to  follow   faithfully
          instructions contained  in  this  Agreement  or deliver to Escrow
          Agent in accordance with this Agreement.  Escrow  Agent  may rely
          and act upon any written notice, instruction, direction, request,
          waiver,  consent,  receipt,  or  other  paper  or  document  (the
          "Instructions") which it believes in good faith to be genuine and
          what it purports to be.  Escrow Agent shall not be subject to any
          liability with respect to the form, execution, or validity of any
          such  Instruction.   The  Escrow  Agent  shall  not be liable for
          verifying the accuracy of any certifications made  by the Company
          in connection with this Agreement.

                  (iii)  Escrow Agent shall not be liable for  any error of
          judgment, or for any act done or step taken or omitted  by  it in
          good  faith,  or  for  any  mistake  of fact or law, or for doing
          anything which, in good faith, it may do or refrain from doing in
          connection with the Escrow Account, except  in  each  case in the
          event of Escrow Agent's gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

               (f)  SUBSTITUTION OF ESCROW AGENT

                    (i)  The  Company shall have the right to cause  Escrow
          Agent to be relieved  of  its  duties  hereunder  and to select a
          substitute  escrow  agent  to  serve  hereunder  (provided   such
          substitute  escrow  agent  is  an  Acceptable  Replacement Escrow
          Agent),  upon  the  expiration of 30 days following  delivery  of
          written notice of substitution  to  Escrow Agent and the Trustee.
          Upon selection of such substitute escrow  agent,  such substitute
          escrow  agent  and the parties hereto other than the  substituted
          escrow  agent  shall   enter   into  an  agreement  substantially
          identical to this Agreement and,  thereafter,  Escrow Agent shall
          be  relieved of its duties and obligations to perform  hereunder,
          except  that Escrow Agent shall transfer to the substitute escrow
          agent upon  request  therefor all funds and marketable Securities
          maintained by Escrow Agent  hereunder  and  copies  of all books,
          records,  plans and other documents in Escrow Agent's  possession
          relating  to   such   funds  or  Marketable  Securities  or  this
          Agreement.

                   (ii)  Escrow Agent,  or any substitute escrow agent, may
          at  any  time  resign  and  be  discharged   of  its  duties  and
          obligations  under  this Agreement by giving at  least  30  days'
          notice to the Company and the Trustee.  The Company shall appoint
          an Acceptable Replacement Escrow Agent as substitute escrow agent
          within such thirty day period.

                  (iii)  If the  Company  fails  to  appoint  a  substitute
          escrow agent as required under paragraph (ii) above, Escrow Agent
          shall  deliver  all  assets  held  in  the  Escrow  Account to an
          Acceptable Replacement Escrow Agent of either its choosing  or as
          appointed by a court upon application therefor.

                   (iv)  Escrow  Agent shall be discharged from any further
          duties under this Agreement  upon its transfer of the assets held
          in the Escrow Account to an Acceptable Replacement Escrow Agent.

               (g)  ESCROW ACCOUNT STATEMENT.   Upon receipt of the initial
          escrow funds and upon the request of the  Company  from  time  to
          time  thereafter  (but  not less frequently than monthly), Escrow
          Agent shall deliver to the Company a statement setting forth with
          reasonable particularity  the balance of funds then in the Escrow
          Account (including all investments)  and the manner in which such
          funds  are  invested.   The parties hereto  irrevocably  instruct
          Escrow Agent that on the first date upon which the balance in the
          Escrow  Account  (including   the   holdings  of  all  Marketable
          Securities) is reduced to zero, Escrow Agent shall deliver to the
          Trustee a notice that the balance in  the Escrow Account has been
          reduced to zero.

               (h)  OTHER POWERS OF ESCROW AGENT

                    (i)  Escrow Agent may register  any investments held by
          the  Escrow  Account  in  its  nominee name without  increase  or
          decrease of liability.

                   (ii)  Escrow Agent may  consult  with  and obtain advice
          from legal counsel in the event of any dispute or  question as to
          the  construction  of any of the provisions of this Agreement  or
          any of Escrow Agent's  duties  under  this  Agreement, and Escrow
          Agent  shall  incur  no  liability  in  acting in good  faith  in
          accordance with the advice of such counsel.

               (i)  INCUMBENCY CERTIFICATE.  The Company  and  the  Trustee
          each  shall  provide  a  certificate  to  Escrow  Agent as to the
          incumbency  and  signatures  of  those individuals authorized  to
          provide instructions relating to the Escrow Account or to execute
          documents to be provided to Escrow  Agent.   The  Company and the
          Trustee also shall promptly notify Escrow Agent of any changes to
          such  a  certificate.  Escrow Agent may rely on the accuracy  and
          completeness  of  any  such  certificate  unless and until it has
          received an acceptable replacement certificate.  All certificates
          provided  under  this  Section  2(i)  shall  be executed  by  the
          applicable party's corporate secretary or assistant secretary or,
          if  the  party does not have a corporate secretary  or  assistant
          secretary, by a comparable officer.

               3.   DISBURSEMENTS

               (a)  FUNDING   OF   INVESTMENT   IN  SHCL.   Upon  receiving
          certification  from the Company that SHCL,  or  a  Subsidiary  of
          SHCL, has received  Australian  Gaming  Approval  and  Management
          Contract Approval, Escrow Agent shall release the Deposit and any
          interest  accrued thereon to the Company, or any other Subsidiary
          or Affiliate of the Company, as the Company may direct; provided,
          however, that the Company may use the Deposit released to it only
          to make its  investment  in SHCL, or as otherwise provided by the
          terms of the Indenture.  Such  certification  from the Company to
          Escrow Agent shall contain a certification by a  duly elected and
          authorized  officer of the Company to the effect that  Australian
          Gaming Approval and Management Contract Approval have occurred, a
          copy of notification  to  that  effect  from  the New South Wales
          Casino Control Authority (if such notification  is  in  writing),
          and  a  representation  by  the  Company  that  the Deposit being
          released  to  it  is being used to fund the Company's  investment
          obligations with respect to SHCL.

               (b)  OFFERS TO PURCHASE.  In the event that Escrow Agent has
          not  received  notification   from  the  Company  in  the  manner
          specified above that Australian  Gaming  Approval  and Management
          Contract  Approval  have  occurred  on  or  prior  to  the  first
          anniversary of the offering of the Notes, then, subsequent to the
          Company's  offer to Holders to purchase the Notes as required  by
          the Indenture, Escrow Agent shall release the funds in the Escrow
          Account in an  amount  and  in  a  manner as specified in a joint
          written notice to Escrow Agent from  the Company and the Trustee.
          Such  joint  notice  shall  be executed by  a  duly  elected  and
          authorized officer of each of the Company and the Trustee.

               (c)  Any funds remaining  in  the  Escrow  Account after the
          release of the Deposit in accordance with Sections  3(a)  and (b)
          hereof  shall be released to the Company upon request and may  be
          used for general corporate purposes.

               (d)  Any funds in the Escrow Account to be released pursuant
          to the terms  of  this Section 3 shall only be released if Escrow
          Agent shall not have received any notice from the Trustee that as
          a result of an Event  of Default, the indebtedness represented by
          the Notes has been accelerated and has become due and payable.

               4.   INDEMNITY.  The  Company shall indemnify, hold harmless
          and defend Escrow Agent and  its  respective directors, officers,
          agents  and  employees,  from and against  any  and  all  claims,
          actions,  obligations,  liabilities   and   expenses,   including
          reasonable   defense   costs,   investigative   fees  and  costs,
          reasonable  legal  fees,  and  claims  for damages, arising  from
          Escrow Agent's performance under this Agreement,  except  to  the
          extent   that  such  liability,  expense  or  claim  is  directly
          attributable to the gross negligence or wilful misconduct of such
          indemnified  person.   In  connection  with  any  claim,  action,
          obligation,  liability  or  expense for which indemnification  is
          sought by Escrow Agent hereunder,  Escrow Agent shall be entitled
          to  recover its costs as incurred from  funds  available  in  the
          Escrow Account.

               5.   TERMINATION.     This    Agreement    shall   terminate
          automatically  following disbursement of all funds  remaining  in
          the Escrow Account,  unless sooner terminated by agreement of the
          parties hereto.

               6.   MISCELLANEOUS

               (a)  WAIVER.  Any  party  hereto  may specifically waive any
          breach of this Agreement by any other party,  but  no such waiver
          shall  be  deemed  to  have been given unless such waiver  is  in
          writing, signed by the waiving party and specifically designating
          the  breach  waived,  nor shall  any  such  waiver  constitute  a
          continuing waiver of similar or other breaches.

               (b)  INVALIDITY.   If, for any reason whatsoever, any one or
          more of the provisions of  this Agreement shall be held or deemed
          to be inoperative, unenforceable  or invalid in a particular case
          or in all cases, such circumstances  shall not have the effect of
          rendering  any  of  the  other  provisions   of   this  Agreement
          inoperative,  unenforceable  or  invalid,  and  the  inoperative,
          unenforceable or invalid provision shall be construed  as  if  it
          were written so as to effectuate, to the maximum extent possible,
          the parties' intent.

               (c)  ASSIGNMENT.   This Agreement is personal to the parties
          hereto, and the rights and  duties  of  any party hereunder shall
          not be assignable except with the prior written  consent  of  the
          other  parties.   In any event, this Agreement shall inure to the
          benefit of and be binding  upon  the parties and their respective
          successors and permitted assigns.

               (d)  BENEFIT.  The parties hereto,  the Holders of the Notes
          and their respective permitted assigns, but  no  others, shall be
          bound hereby and entitled to the benefits hereof.

               (e)  TIME.  Time is of the essence of each provision of this
          Agreement.

               (f)  CHOICE OF LAW.  The existence, validity,  construction,
          operation and effect of any and all terms and provisions  of this
          Agreement shall be determined in accordance with and governed  by
          the laws of the State of New York.

               (g)  ENTIRE  AGREEMENT; AMENDMENTS.  This Agreement contains
          the entire agreement  among  the  parties  with  respect  to  the
          subject   matter   hereof   and  supersedes  any  and  all  prior
          agreements,  understandings  and  commitments,  whether  oral  or
          written.  This Agreement may be  amended only by a writing signed
          by duly authorized representatives of all parties.

               (h)  NOTICES.  All notices and other communications required
          or permitted to be given or made under this Agreement shall be in
          writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given and received,
          regardless of when and whether received,  either:  (a) on the day
          of hand delivery; or (b) three business days  following  the  day
          sent,  when  sent  by  United  States certified mail, postage and
          certification fee prepaid, return receipt requested, addressed as
          follows:

                    To Escrow Agent:

                         National Westminster Bank of New Jersey
                         2 Montgomery Street
                         Jersey City, NJ  07302
                         Attention:  Francine Asselta

                    To the Trustee:

                         Marine Midland Bank
                         140 Broadway
                         New York, NY  10005-1180
                         Telecopier No:  212/658-6425
                         Attention:  Eileen M. Hughes

                    To the Company:

                         Showboat, Inc.
                         2800 Fremont Street
                         Las Vegas, NV  89104
                         Telecopier No:  702/385-9678
                         Attention:  Leann Schneider


          or at such other address as the  specified  entity  most recently
          may have designated in writing in accordance with this section to
          the others.

               (ii) COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be executed in one or
          more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original  but
          all   of  which  together  shall  constitute  one  and  the  same
          instrument.

               (iii)CAPTIONS.    Captions   in   this   Agreement  are  for
          convenience only and shall not be considered or  referred  to  in
          resolving questions of interpretation of this Agreement


                                         A-5
               IN  WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed and delivered
          this Escrow Agreement as of the day first above written.

          ESCROW AGENT:               NATIONAL   WESTMINSTER  BANK  OF  NEW
          JERSEY



                                      By:
          ___________________________________
                                          Name:
                                          Title:


          TRUSTEE:                    MARINE MIDLAND BANK



                                      By:
          ___________________________________
                                          Name:
                                          Title:


          COMPANY:                    SHOWBOAT, INC.



                                      By:
          ___________________________________
                                          Name:
                                          Title:

          Acknowledged:

          OCEAN SHOWBOAT, INC.



          By: _________________________________
              Name:
              Title:


          ATLANTIC CITY SHOWBOAT, INC.



          By: _________________________________
              Name:
              Title:

          SHOWBOAT OPERATING COMPANY



          By: _________________________________
              Name:
              Title:

                                         A-6


                                         A-7



                                                             Execution Copy


















                                  WARRANT AGREEMENT


                               Dated as of May 6, 1994

                                    by and between

                                    SHOWBOAT, INC.

                                         and

                               DLJ BRIDGE FINANCE, INC.
















                                         A-8
                                   WARRANT AGREEMENT

                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS
          <TABLE>
          <CAPTION>
                                                                       Page
            <C>                                                         <C>
            SECTION 1.  Warrant Certificates............................1

            SECTION 2.  Execution of Warrant Certificates...............1

            SECTION 3.  Registration....................................2

            SECTION 4.  Registration of Transfers and Exchanges.........2

            SECTION 5.  Terms of Warrants; Exercise of Warrants.........3

            SECTION 6.  Payment of Taxes................................4

            SECTION 7.  Mutilated or Missing Warrant Certificates.......4

            SECTION 8.  Reservation of Warrant Shares...................5

            SECTION 9.  Obtaining Stock Exchange Listings...............5

            SECTION 10.  Adjustment of Exercise Price and
                         Number of Warrant Shares Issuable..............  5
            </TABLE>
            <TABLE>
                 <C>     <C>                                            <C>
                 (a)     ADJUSTMENT FOR CHANGE IN CAPITAL STOCK.........5
                 (b)     ADJUSTMENT FOR RIGHTS ISSUE....................6
                 (c)     ADJUSTMENT FOR OTHER DISTRIBUTIONS.............7
                 (d)     ADJUSTMENT FOR COMMON STOCK ISSUE..............7
                 (e)     ADJUSTMENT FOR CONVERTIBLE SECURITIES ISSUE....9
                 (f)     CURRENT MARKET PRICE...........................10
                 (g)     CONSIDERATION RECEIVED.........................10
                 (h)     WHEN DE MINIMIS ADJUSTMENT MAY BE DEFERRED.....11
                 (i)     WHEN NO ADJUSTMENT REQUIRED....................11
                 (j)     NOTICE OF ADJUSTMENT...........................11
                 (k)     VOLUNTARY REDUCTION............................11
                 (l)     NOTICE OF CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS.................12
                 (m)     REORGANIZATION OF SHOWBOAT.....................12
                 (n)     SHOWBOAT DETERMINATION FINAL...................12
                 (o)     WHEN ISSUANCE OR PAYMENT MAY BE DEFERRED.......12
                 (p)     ADJUSTMENT IN NUMBER OF SHARES.................13
                 (q)     FORM OF WARRANTS...............................13
            </TABLE>
            <TABLE>
            <S>     <C>                                                 <C>
            SECTION 11.  Fractional Interests...........................13

            SECTION 12.  Notices to Warrant Holders.....................13

            SECTION 13.  Registration...................................15

            SECTION 14.  Regulatory Redemption of Warrants..............24

            SECTION 15.  Representations and Warranties of Showboat.....25

            SECTION 16.  Notices to Showboat and Warrant Holder.........26

            SECTION 17.  Supplements and Amendments.....................27

            SECTION 18.  Successors.....................................27

            SECTION 19.  Termination....................................27

            SECTION 20.  Governing Law..................................27

            SECTION 21.  Benefits of This Agreement.....................27

            SECTION 22.  Counterparts...................................27
            </TABLE>

            EXHIBIT A

            EXHIBIT B

            *This  Table  of  Contents  does  not constitute a part of this
            Agreement or have any bearing upon the interpretation of any of
            its terms or provisions.


                                         A-9
                         WARRANT AGREEMENT (the  "Agreement")  dated  as of
            May 6,  1994  between  Showboat,  Inc.,  a  Nevada  corporation
            ("Showboat"),   and   DLJ  Bridge  Finance,  Inc.,  a  Delaware
            corporation ("DLJ Bridge").   (DLJ  Bridge  and  any subsequent
            assignee  or  transferee  of  any  or  all  of the Warrants  is
            sometimes referred to herein as the Warrant holder(s).)

                         WHEREAS, Showboat has executed a commitment letter
            along  with  an  attached Summary of Terms and Conditions  (the
            "Bridge Commitment Letter") dated as of April 20, 1994 with DLJ
            Bridge whereby DLJ  Bridge  has  committed to purchase, subject
            expressly to the execution of certain  definitive documentation
            satisfactory  to  DLJ  Bridge, up to $60,000,000  in  aggregate
            amount of senior increasing  rate  preferred stock (the "Senior
            Bridge  Preferred") to be issued by Showboat  for  purposes  of
            financing  in  part  the  development  of  the exclusive casino
            gaming  establishment to be located in Sydney,  Australia  (the
            "Sydney Casino")  by  Sydney  Harbor  Casino  Holdings  Limited
            ("SHCL"),  an  Australian  Corporation  owned  collectively  by
            Showboat  Australia  Pty  Limited,  a  wholly-owned  Australian
            subsidiary  of  Showboat,  Leighton Properties Pty Limited,  an
            Australian  subsidiary  of  Leighton   Holdings   Limited,   an
            Australian corporation, and certain institutional investors.

                         WHEREAS,  Showboat  has  agreed,  pursuant  to the
            Bridge  Commitment  Letter, that upon the granting of preferred
            applicant status to develop the Sydney Casino to SHCL or any of
            Showboat's other affiliates  by the Casino Control Authority of
            New South Wales, Australia, Showboat  will  issue to DLJ Bridge
            common stock purchase warrants, as hereinafter  described  (the
            "Warrants")  to  purchase  150,000  shares of common stock, par
            value  $1.00 per share (the "Common Stock")  of  Showboat  (the
            Common  Stock  issuable  on  exercise  of  the  Warrants  being
            referred  to  herein  as  the "Warrant Shares"), at an exercise
            price per share equal to the  lesser  of  (i) $15.50 (which was
            the closing share price of the Company's common  stock  on  the
            New  York  Stock  Exchange on the date of the Bridge Commitment
            Letter) or (ii) the exercise price of the Takedown Warrants (as
            defined  in  the  Bridge   Commitment  Letter)  (the  "Exercise
            Price"), and such preferred  applicant  status  was  granted to
            Showboat on May 6, 1994;

                         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in consideration of the premises
            and the mutual agreements herein  set forth, the parties hereto
            agree as follows:

                         SECTION     1.  Warrant     Certificates.      The
            certificates    evidencing    the   Warrants   (the    "Warrant
            Certificates") to be delivered pursuant to this Agreement shall
            be in registered form only and  shall  be  substantially in the
            form set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto.   With  respect to
            any  Warrant  Shares issued upon the exercise of such Warrants,
            such Warrant Certificates  and  certificates  representing such
            Warrant  Shares shall bear the legend set forth  in  Exhibit  B
            attached hereto.

                         SECTION  2.  Execution  of  Warrant  Certificates.
            Warrant  Certificates shall be signed on behalf of Showboat  by
            its Chairman  of  the  Board,  Chief  Executive  Officer, Chief
            Financial  Officer,  Chief  Operating Officer or President  and
            Secretary or an Assistant Secretary.   Each such signature upon
            the  Warrant  Certificates may be in the form  of  a  facsimile
            signature of the  present  or any future Chairman of the Board,
            Chief  Executive  Officer,  Chief   Financial   Officer,  Chief
            Operating  Officer  or  President  and  Secretary  or Assistant
            Secretary and may be imprinted or otherwise reproduced  on  the
            Warrant  Certificates  and  for that purpose Showboat may adopt
            and use the facsimile signature  of  any  person who shall have
            been  Chairman  of  the Board, Chief Executive  Officer,  Chief
            Financial  Officer,  Chief  Operating  Officer,  President  and
            Secretary or Assistant Secretary, notwithstanding the fact that
            at the time the Warrant  Certificates  shall  be  delivered  or
            disposed of he shall have ceased to hold such office.  The seal
            of  Showboat  may be in the form of a facsimile thereof and may
            be impressed, affixed, imprinted or otherwise reproduced on the
            Warrant Certificates.

                         In  case  any  officer  of Showboat who shall have
            signed any of the Warrant Certificates  shall  cease to be such
            officer  before the Warrant Certificates so signed  shall  have
            been  disposed   of  by  Showboat,  such  Warrant  Certificates
            nevertheless may be  disposed  of as though such person had not
            ceased  to  be  such  officer  of  Showboat;  and  any  Warrant
            Certificate may be signed on behalf  of  Showboat by any person
            who,  at  the  actual  date  of the execution of  such  Warrant
            Certificate, shall be a proper officer of Showboat to sign such
            Warrant Certificate, although  at  the date of the execution of
            this Agreement any such person was not  such  officer.  Warrant
            Certificates shall be dated the date of signature by an officer
            of Showboat.

                         SECTION 3.  Registration.  Showboat  shall  number
            and register the Warrant Certificates in a register as they are
            issued.   Showboat  may deem and treat the registered holder(s)
            of the Warrant Certificates  as  the  absolute owner(s) thereof
            (notwithstanding  any notation of ownership  or  other  writing
            thereon made by anyone),  for  all  purposes,  and shall not be
            affected by any notice to the contrary, except as  provided  in
            Section 4 hereof.

                         Showboat  shall,  upon written instructions of its
            Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial
            Officer, Chief Operating Officer, or President and Secretary or
            Assistant  Secretary,  initially  sign   and  deliver  Warrants
            entitling the holders thereof to purchase  not  more  than  the
            number  of  Warrant  Shares  referred  to  above  in the second
            recital hereof and shall sign and deliver Warrants as otherwise
            provided in this Agreement.

                         SECTION   4.  Registration   of   Transfers    and
            Exchanges.   Showboat  shall  from  time  to  time register the
            transfer of any outstanding Warrant Certificates  in  a Warrant
            register  to  be  maintained  by  it  for  that  purpose,  upon
            surrender  thereof  accompanied  by  a  written  instrument  or
            instruments  of transfer in form satisfactory to Showboat, duly
            executed by the  registered holder or holders thereof or by the
            duly  appointed legal  representative  thereof  or  by  a  duly
            authorized attorney.  Upon any such registration of transfer, a
            new Warrant  Certificate  shall  be issued to the transferee(s)
            and the surrendered Warrant Certificate  shall  be cancelled by
            Showboat.   Cancelled Warrant Certificates shall thereafter  be
            disposed of by Showboat in accordance with applicable law.

                         The  Warrant  holders  agree  that  prior  to  any
            proposed  transfer of the Warrants or of the Warrant Shares, if
            such transfer is not made pursuant to an effective Registration
            Statement under  the  Securities  Act  of 1933, as amended (the
            "Act"),  or an opinion of counsel, reasonably  satisfactory  in
            form and substance  to  Showboat,  that the Warrants or Warrant
            Shares may be sold publicly without registration under the Act,
            the Warrant holder will deliver to Showboat:

                         (1)    an    investment    covenant     reasonably
                 satisfactory   to   Showboat   signed   by   the  proposed
                 transferee;

                         (2)    an  agreement  by  such transferee  to  the
                 impression of the restrictive investment  legend set forth
                 below on the Warrants or the Warrant Shares;

                         (3)    an   agreement  by  such  transferee   that
                 Showboat  may place a  notation  in  the  stock  books  of
                 Showboat or  a  "stop  transfer  order"  with any transfer
                 agent or registrar with respect to the Warrant Shares;

                         (4)    an agreement by such transferee to be bound
                 by  the  provisions  of  this  Section 4 relating  to  the
                 transfer of such Warrants or Warrant Shares; and

                         (5)    an opinion of counsel that such transfer is
                 being made pursuant to an exemption from the Act.

                         Notwithstanding  the  foregoing   paragraph,   DLJ
            Bridge  may transfer any Warrants to (i) one or more affiliates
            (as that  term  is  defined in the Act) of DLJ Bridge, (ii) any
            managing  director,  general   partner,   director,  individual
            limited  partner,  officer or employee of Donaldson,  Lufkin  &
            Jenrette, Inc. or any  of  their  affiliates (collectively, the
            "DLJ Associates"), (iii) the heirs,  executors, administrators,
            testamentary trustees, legatees, custodians or beneficiaries of
            any  DLJ  Associates  and  (iv) a trust, the  beneficiaries  of
            which,  or a corporation or partnership,  the  stockholders  or
            general or  limited  partners  of  which,  include only the DLJ
            Associates, their spouses or their lineal descendants.

                         The  Warrant holders agree that  each  certificate
            representing Warrant  Shares  will bear the legend set forth in
            Exhibit B.  Additional legends  may  be  added  as  required by
            Nevada  and  New  Jersey  gaming  authorities  or  other gaming
            authorities having jurisdiction over the Company.

                         Warrant  Certificates  may  be  exchanged  at  the
            option  of  the holder(s) thereof, when surrendered to Showboat
            at its office  for another Warrant Certificate or other Warrant
            Certificates of  like tenor and representing in the aggregate a
            like number of Warrants.   Warrant Certificates surrendered for
            exchange  shall  be  cancelled  by  Showboat.   Such  cancelled
            Warrant certificates shall  then  be disposed of by Showboat in
            accordance with applicable law.

                         No service charge shall  be  made for any transfer
            or exchange of Warrant Certificates or any  issuance of Warrant
            Certificates,  but  Showboat  may  require  payment  of  a  sum
            sufficient to cover any stamp or other governmental  charge  or
            tax that may be imposed in connection with any such transfer or
            exchange.

                         SECTION   5.  Terms   of   Warrants;  Exercise  of
            Warrants.  Subject to the terms of this Agreement, each Warrant
            holder shall have the right, which may be  exercised commencing
            at the opening of business on May 6, 1994 and  until 5:00 p.m.,
            New York City time on May 6, 1999, to receive from Showboat the
            number of fully paid and nonassessable Warrant Shares which the
            holder  may at the time be entitled to receive on  exercise  of
            such Warrants  and payment of the Exercise Price then in effect
            for such Warrant  Shares.   In  the  alternative,  each Warrant
            holder  may exercise its right, during the Exercise Period,  to
            receive Warrant  Shares  on a net basis, such that, without the
            exchange of any funds, the  Warrant holder receives that number
            of Warrant Shares otherwise issuable (or payable) upon exercise
            of its Warrants less that number  of  Warrant  Shares having an
            aggregate Quoted Price (as defined in Section 10(f)  hereof) at
            the time of exercise equal to the aggregate Exercise Price that
            would  otherwise  have  been  paid by the holder of the Warrant
            Shares.  Each Warrant not exercised  prior  to  5:00  p.m., New
            York City time, on May 6, 1999 shall become void and all rights
            thereunder  and  all  rights  in  respect  thereof  under  this
            Agreement  shall  cease as of such time.  Except as provided in
            Section 10 hereof, no adjustments will be made upon exercise of
            the Warrants with respect  to  any dividends declared as of any
            record date prior to the exercise of the Warrants.

                         A  Warrant  may  be exercised  upon  surrender  to
            Showboat  at its office designated  for  such  purpose  of  the
            certificate  or  certificates  evidencing  the  Warrants  to be
            exercised  with the form of election to purchase on the reverse
            thereof duly  filled  in  and  signed, which signature shall be
            guaranteed  by  a bank or trust company  having  an  office  or
            correspondent in  the United States or a broker or dealer which
            is a member of a registered securities exchange or the National
            Association of Securities  Dealers,  Inc.  and  upon payment to
            Showboat of the Exercise Price, as adjusted as herein provided,
            for  the  number  of  Warrant  Shares in respect of which  such
            Warrants are then exercised.  Payment of the aggregate Exercise
            Price  shall  be  made (i) in cash  or  (ii)  by  certified  or
            official bank check  payable  to the order of Showboat or (iii)
            through the surrender of debt or preferred equity securities of
            Showboat having a principal amount  or  liquidation preference,
            as the case may be, equal to the aggregate Exercise Price to be
            paid (Showboat will pay the accrued interest  or  dividends  on
            such surrendered debt or preferred equity securities in cash at
            the   time   of  surrender  notwithstanding  the  stated  terms
            thereof).

                         Subject  to  the  provisions  of Section 6 hereof,
            upon  such surrender of Warrants and payment  of  the  Exercise
            Price,  Showboat shall issue and cause to be delivered with all
            reasonable  dispatch to or upon the written order of the holder
            and in such name  or names as the Warrant holder may designate,
            a certificate or certificates  for  the  number of full Warrant
            Shares  issuable  upon the exercise of such  Warrants  together
            with cash as provided  in Section 11 hereof; PROVIDED, HOWEVER,
            that if any consolidation, merger or lease or sale of assets is
            proposed to be effected  by Showboat as described in subsection
            (m) of Section 10 hereof,  or  a  tender  offer  or an exchange
            offer  for  shares of Common Stock of Showboat shall  be  made,
            upon such surrender  of  Warrants  and  payment of the Exercise
            Price as aforesaid, Showboat shall, as soon as possible, but in
            any  event not later than two business days  thereafter,  issue
            and cause  to  be  delivered  the full number of Warrant Shares
            issuable  upon  the exercise of such  Warrants  in  the  manner
            described in this  sentence  together  with cash as provided in
            Section 11 hereof.  Such certificate or  certificates  shall be
            deemed to have been issued and any person so designated  to  be
            named therein shall be deemed to have become a holder of record
            of  such Warrant Shares as of the date of the surrender of such
            Warrants  and  payment  of  the  Exercise Price.  No fractional
            shares  shall  be  issued  upon exercise  of  any  Warrants  in
            accordance with Section 11 hereof.

                         The Warrants shall be exercisable, at the election
            of the holders thereof, either  in full or from time to time in
            part (in whole shares) and, in the  event  that  a  certificate
            evidencing Warrants is exercised in respect of fewer  than  all
            of  the  Warrant  Shares  issuable on such exercise at any time
            prior  to  the  date  of expiration  of  the  Warrants,  a  new
            certificate evidencing  the  remaining Warrant or Warrants will
            be issued and delivered in accordance  with  the  terms of this
            Agreement.

                         All Warrant Certificates surrendered upon exercise
            of Warrants shall be cancelled by Showboat and disposed  of  in
            accordance with applicable law.

                         SECTION  6.  Payment  of Taxes.  Showboat will pay
            all  documentary  stamp  taxes  attributable   to  the  initial
            issuance  of  Warrant  Shares  upon  the exercise of  Warrants;
            PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that Showboat shall  not  be required to pay
            any  tax  or  taxes  which  may  be payable in respect  of  any
            transfer involved in the issue of  any  Warrant Certificates or
            any certificates for Warrant Shares in a  name  other than that
            of  the registered holder of a Warrant Certificate  surrendered
            upon  the  exercise  of  a  Warrant,  and Showboat shall not be
            required to issue or deliver such Warrant  Certificates  unless
            or  until the person or persons requesting the issuance thereof
            shall  have  paid  to  Showboat the amount of such tax or shall
            have established to the  satisfaction of Showboat that such tax
            has been paid.

                         SECTION   7.  Mutilated    or    Missing   Warrant
            Certificates.   If  any  of the Warrant Certificates  shall  be
            mutilated,  lost, stolen or  destroyed,  Showboat  may  in  its
            discretion issue  in  exchange  and  substitution  for and upon
            cancellation of the mutilated Warrant Certificate, or  in  lieu
            of and substitution for the Warrant Certificate lost, stolen or
            destroyed,   a  new  Warrant  Certificate  of  like  tenor  and
            representing an  equivalent  number  of Warrants, but only upon
            receipt  of  evidence satisfactory to Showboat  of  such  loss,
            theft or destruction  of such Warrant Certificate and indemnity
            therefor, if requested,  also  satisfactory  to it.  Applicants
            for such substitute Warrant Certificates shall also comply with
            such other reasonable regulations and pay such other reasonable
            charges as Showboat may prescribe.

                         SECTION   8.  Reservation   of   Warrant   Shares.
            Showboat  will  at  all times reserve and keep available,  free
            from preemptive rights,  out of the aggregate of its authorized
            but unissued Common Stock  or  its authorized and issued Common
            Stock held in its treasury, for  the  purpose of enabling it to
            satisfy any obligation to issue Warrant Shares upon exercise of
            Warrants, the maximum number of shares  of  Common  Stock which
            may  then  be  deliverable upon the exercise of all outstanding
            Warrants.

                         Showboat  or, if appointed, the transfer agent for
            the Common Stock (the "Transfer  Agent")  and  every subsequent
            transfer  agent  for  any  shares  of Showboat's capital  stock
            issuable upon the exercise of any of  the  rights  of  purchase
            aforesaid  will  be irrevocably authorized and directed at  all
            times to reserve such  number  of authorized shares as shall be
            required for such purpose. Showboat  will  keep  a copy of this
            Agreement  on  file  with  the  Transfer  Agent and with  every
            subsequent transfer agent for any shares of  Showboat's capital
            stock  issuable  upon  the exercise of the rights  of  purchase
            represented  by  the  Warrants.   Showboat  will  furnish  such
            Transfer  Agent  a  copy of  all  notices  of  adjustments  and
            certificates  related   thereto,  transmitted  to  each  holder
            pursuant to Section 16 hereof.

                         Before taking  any  action  which  would  cause an
            adjustment pursuant to Section 10 hereof to reduce the Exercise
            Price  below the then par value (if any) of the Warrant Shares,
            Showboat  will  take  any  corporate  action  which may, in the
            opinion  of  its  counsel  (which  may  be counsel employed  by
            Showboat), be necessary in order that Showboat  may validly and
            legally  issue fully paid and nonassessable Warrant  Shares  at
            the Exercise Price as so adjusted.

                         Showboat  covenants  that all Warrant Shares which
            may be issued upon exercise of Warrants  will,  upon  issue, be
            fully  paid, nonassessable, free of preemptive rights and  free
            from all  taxes,  liens,  charges  and  security interests with
            respect to the issue thereof.

                         SECTION  9.  Obtaining  Stock  Exchange  Listings.
            Showboat will from time to time take all  action  which  may be
            necessary  so  that  the Warrant Shares, immediately upon their
            issuance upon the exercise  of  the Warrants, will be listed on
            the  principal  securities exchanges  and  markets  within  the
            United States of  America,  if  any,  on  which other shares of
            Common Stock are then listed.

                         SECTION  10.  Adjustment  of  Exercise  Price  and
            Number of Warrant Shares Issuable.  The Exercise  Price and the
            number  of  Warrant Shares issuable upon the exercise  of  each
            Warrant are subject  to  adjustment  from time to time upon the
            occurrence of the events enumerated in  this  Section  10.  For
            purposes of this Section 10, "Common Stock" means shares now or
            hereafter  authorized  of any class of common stock of Showboat
            and any other stock of Showboat,  however  designated, that has
            the right (subject to any prior rights of any  class  or series
            of preferred stock) to participate in any distribution  of  the
            assets  or  earnings  of Showboat without limit as to per share
            amount.

                         (a)    ADJUSTMENT FOR CHANGE IN CAPITAL STOCK.

                         If Showboat:

                           (1)  pays  a dividend or makes a distribution on
                 its Common Stock in shares of its Common Stock;

                           (2)  subdivides its outstanding shares of Common
                 Stock into a greater number of shares;

                           (3)  combines  its  outstanding shares of Common
                 Stock into a smaller number of shares;

                           (4)  makes a distribution on its Common Stock in
                 shares of its capital stock other than Common Stock; or

                           (5)  issues by reclassification  of  its  Common
                 Stock any shares of its capital stock;

            then  the  Exercise  Price  in effect immediately prior to such
            action shall be proportionately  adjusted so that the holder of
            any  Warrant  thereafter exercised may  receive  the  aggregate
            number and kind of shares of capital stock of Showboat which he
            would have owned  immediately  following  such  action  if such
            Warrant had been exercised immediately prior to such action.

                         The  adjustment shall become effective immediately
            after the record date in the case of a dividend or distribution
            and immediately after  the  effective  date  in  the  case of a
            subdivision, combination or reclassification.

                         If after an adjustment a holder of a Warrant  upon
            exercise  of  such  Warrant  may  receive shares of two or more
            classes of capital stock of Showboat,  the  allocation  of  the
            adjusted  Exercise  Price  between the classes of capital stock
            shall be determined pro rata  among  such classes in accordance
            with  the  fair  market  value  of  the respective  classes  as
            determined in reasonable good faith by  the  board of directors
            of Showboat.  After such allocation, the exercise privilege and
            the  Exercise  Price  of  each  class  of  capital stock  shall
            thereafter  be  subject  to adjustment on terms  comparable  to
            those applicable to Common Stock in this Section 10.

                         Such  adjustment   shall   be   made  successively
            whenever any event listed above shall occur.

                         (b)    ADJUSTMENT FOR RIGHTS ISSUE.

                         If  Showboat  distributes any rights,  options  or
            warrants to all holders of its  Common  Stock entitling them to
            purchase shares of Common Stock at a price  per share less than
            the  current  market price per share on that record  date,  the
            Exercise  Price  shall  be  adjusted  in  accordance  with  the
            formula:


                                                O  + N x P
                                                ___________
                                   E' =  E  x          M
                                                ___________
                                                  O  + N

             where:

              E' = the adjusted Exercise Price.

              E  = the current Exercise Price.

              O  = the  number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on the
            record date.

              N  = the number of additional shares of Common Stock offered.

              P  = the offering price per share of the additional shares.

              M  = the current  market  price  per share of Common Stock on
            the record date.

                  The  adjustment shall be made successively  whenever  any
            such rights,  options  or  warrants are issued and shall become
            effective  immediately  after   the   record   date   for   the
            determination  of  stockholders entitled to receive the rights,
            options or warrants.   If at the end of the period during which
            such  rights, options or  warrants  are  exercisable,  not  all
            rights,  options  or  warrants  shall  have been exercised, the
            Exercise Price shall be immediately readjusted to what it would
            have been if "N" in the above formula had  been  the  number of
            shares actually issued.

                  (c) ADJUSTMENT FOR OTHER DISTRIBUTIONS.

                  If  Showboat  distributes  to  all  holders of its Common
            Stock any of its assets (including but not  limited  to  cash),
            debt securities, preferred stock, or any rights or warrants  to
            purchase  debt  securities,  preferred  stock,  assets or other
            securities of Showboat, the Exercise Price shall be adjusted in
            accordance with the formula:


                                 E' = E  x  M - F
                                            ______
                                               M
            where:

               E' = the adjusted Exercise Price.

               E  = the current Exercise Price.

               M  = the current market price per share of Common  Stock  on
                    the record date mentioned below.

               F  = the fair market value on the record date of the assets,
                    securities,  rights or warrants applicable to one share
                    of  Common  Stock.    The   Board  of  Directors  shall
                    determine the fair market value.

                  The  adjustment shall be made successively  whenever  any
            such  distribution   is   made   and   shall  become  effective
            immediately  after  the  record date for the  determination  of
            stockholders entitled to receive the distribution.

                  This subsection (c)  does not apply to rights, options or
            warrants referred to in subsection  (b)  of  this  Section  10.
            This  subsection  (c)  does not apply to cash dividends or cash
            distributions  paid out of  consolidated  current  or  retained
            earnings  as  shown  on  the  books  of  Showboat  prepared  in
            accordance with  generally accepted accounting principles other
            than any Extraordinary  Cash  Dividend  (as defined below).  An
            "Extraordinary Cash Dividend" shall be that portion, if any, of
            the aggregate amount of all cash dividends  paid  in any fiscal
            year which exceeds Showboat's net income for such fiscal  year.
            In  all cases, Showboat shall give the Warrant holders at least
            30 days notice of a record date for any dividend payment on the
            Common Shares.

                  (d) ADJUSTMENT FOR COMMON STOCK ISSUE.

                  If   Showboat   issues  shares  of  Common  Stock  for  a
            consideration per share  less than the current market price per
            share on the date Showboat  fixes  the  offering  price of such
            additional  shares,  the  Exercise  Price shall be adjusted  in
            accordance with the formula:

                                             P
                                            ______
                                 E' = E  x  O + M
                                            ______
                                              A

            where:

               E' = the adjusted Exercise Price.

               E  = the then current Exercise Price.

               O  = the number of shares outstanding  immediately  prior to
                    the issuance of such additional shares.

               P  = the  aggregate  consideration received for the issuance
                    of such additional shares.

               M  = the current market  price  per  share  on  the  date of
                    issuance of such additional shares.

               A  = the number of shares outstanding immediately after  the
                    issuance of such additional shares.

                  The  adjustment  shall  be made successively whenever any
            such issuance is made, and shall  become  effective immediately
            after such issuance.

                  This subsection (d) does not apply to:

                      (1) any of the transactions described  in subsections
              (b),  (c) or (e) of this Section 10 or any shares  of  Common
              Stock issuable  pursuant  to  an  option,  right,  warrant or
              security described thereunder,

                      (2)  the  exercise of Warrants, or the conversion  or
              exchange of other securities  convertible or exchangeable for
              Common Stock,

                      (3) Common Stock issued to Showboat's employees under
              bona  fide  employee  benefit plans  or  stock  option  plans
              adopted by the Board of Directors and approved by the holders
              of Common Stock when required by law, and Common Stock issued
              to the non-employee directors  of  Showboat upon the exercise
              of  options granted to such persons,  if  such  Common  Stock
              would  otherwise  be covered by this subsection (d) (but only
              to the extent that  the  aggregate  number of shares excluded
              hereby and issued after the date of this  Agreement shall not
              exceed 20% of the Common Stock outstanding at the time of the
              adoption   of  each  such  plan,  exclusive  of  antidilution
              adjustments thereunder),

                      (4) Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of rights
              or warrants issued to the holders of Common Stock,

                      (5) Common Stock issued to shareholders of any person
              which merges  into  Showboat  in  proportion  to  their stock
              holdings  of  such  person  immediately prior to such merger,
              upon such merger,

                      (6)  Common  Stock  issued  in  a  bona  fide  public
              offering pursuant to a firm commitment underwriting, or

                      (7)  Common  Stock issued  in  a  bona  fide  private
              placement through a placement agent which is a member firm of
              the National Association  of Securities Dealers, Inc. (except
              to the extent that any discount from the current market price
              attributable to restrictions on transferability of the Common
              Stock, as determined in good  faith by the Board of Directors
              and described in a Board resolution  which  shall be provided
              to the Warrant holder(s), shall exceed 20%).

                  (e) ADJUSTMENT FOR CONVERTIBLE SECURITIES ISSUE.

                  If  Showboat issues any securities, options  or  warrants
            convertible  into,  exchangeable  for or exercisable for Common
            Stock ("Convertible Securities") (other  than securities issued
            in transactions described in subsections (b)  and  (c)  of this
            Section  10)  for  a  consideration  per  share of Common Stock
            initially  deliverable  upon  conversion  or exchange  of  such
            securities less than the current market price  per share on the
            date of issuance of such securities, the Exercise  Price  shall
            be adjusted in accordance with this formula:

                                                P
                                               ___
                                 E' = E  x  O + M
                                            ______
                                            O + D

            where:

               E' = the adjusted Exercise Price.

               E  = the then current Exercise Price.

               O  = the  number of shares outstanding immediately prior  to
                    the issuance of such Convertible Securities.

               P  = the aggregate  consideration  received for the issuance
                    of such Convertible Securities.

               M  = the  current  market price per share  on  the  date  of
                    issuance of such Convertible Securities.
               D  = the  maximum  number   of   shares   deliverable   upon
                    conversion   or   in   exchange  for  such  Convertible
                    Securities at the initial conversion or exchange rate.

                  The adjustment shall be made  successively  whenever  any
            such  issuance  is made, and shall become effective immediately
            after such issuance.

                  If all of the Common Stock deliverable upon conversion or
            exchange of such  Convertible  Securities  has  not been issued
            when  such  Convertible  Securities  are no longer outstanding,
            then the Exercise Price shall promptly  be  readjusted  to  the
            Exercise Price which would then be in effect had the adjustment
            upon  the  issuance of such Convertible Securities been made on
            the basis of the actual number of shares of Common Stock issued
            upon conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.

                  This subsection (e) does not apply to:

                      (1) Convertible  Securities issued to shareholders of
              any person which merges into  Showboat,  or with a subsidiary
              of Showboat, in proportion to their stock  holdings  of  such
              person immediately prior to such merger, upon such merger,

                      (2) Convertible  Securities  issued  in  a  bona fide
              public  offering  pursuant to a firm commitment underwriting,
              or

                      (3) Convertible  Securities  issued  in  a  bona fide
              private placement through a placement agent which is a member
              firm of the National Association of Securities Dealers,  Inc.
              (except  to  the  extent  that  any discount from the current
              market price attributable to restrictions  on transferability
              of  Common Stock issuable upon conversion, as  determined  in
              good faith by the Board of Directors and described in a Board
              resolution  which  shall  be  filed  with  the Trustee, shall
              exceed 20% of the then current market price).

                  (f) CURRENT MARKET PRICE.

                  In subsections (b), (c), (d) and (e) of  this  Section 10
            the current market price per share of Common Stock on  any date
            is the average of the Quoted Prices of the Common Stock  for 30
            consecutive trading days commencing 45 trading days before  the
            date  in  question.   The "Quoted Price" of the Common Stock is
            the last reported sales  price  of the Common Stock as reported
            by  the New York Stock Exchange, or  if  the  Common  Stock  is
            listed  on another securities exchange, the last reported sales
            price of  the  Common Stock on such exchange which shall be for
            consolidated trading  if  applicable  to  such  exchange, or as
            reported  by NASDAQ, National Market System, or if  neither  so
            reported or  listed,  the last reported bid price of the Common
            Stock.  In the absence  of  one  or  more  such quotations, the
            Board  of  Directors  of Showboat shall determine  the  current
            market  price  on  the  basis  of  such  quotations  as  it  in
            reasonable good faith considers appropriate.

                  (g) CONSIDERATION RECEIVED.

                  For purposes of any  computation respecting consideration
            received pursuant to subsections  (d)  and  (e) of this Section
            10, the following shall apply:

                      (1) in the case of the issuance of  shares  of Common
              Stock for cash, the consideration shall be the amount of such
              cash,  provided  that in no case shall any deduction be  made
              for any commissions,  discounts or other expenses incurred by
              Showboat for any underwriting  of  the  issue or otherwise in
              connection therewith;

                      (2) in the case of the issuance of  shares  of Common
              Stock  for  a  consideration  in  whole or in part other than
              cash, the consideration other than cash shall be deemed to be
              the fair market value thereof as determined  in good faith by
              the  Board  of  Directors  (irrespective  of  the  accounting
              treatment  thereof), whose determination shall be conclusive,
              and described  in  a Board resolution which shall be provided
              to the Warrant holder(s); and

                      (3) in  the  case   of  the  issuance  of  securities
              convertible into or exchangeable  for  shares,  the aggregate
              consideration  received  therefor shall be deemed to  be  the
              consideration received by  Showboat  for the issuance of such
              securities plus the additional minimum consideration, if any,
              to  be received by Showboat upon the conversion  or  exchange
              thereof  (the  consideration in each case to be determined in
              the same manner  as  provided  in clauses (1) and (2) of this
              subsection).

                  (h) WHEN DE MINIMIS ADJUSTMENT MAY BE DEFERRED.

                  No adjustment in the Exercise  Price  need be made unless
            the  adjustment  would  require an increase or decrease  of  at
            least 1% in the Exercise  Price.   Any adjustments that are not
            made shall be carried forward and taken  into  account  in  any
            subsequent adjustment.

                  All  calculations  under this Section 10 shall be made to
            the nearest cent or to the  nearest  1/100th of a share, as the
            case may be.

                  (i) WHEN NO ADJUSTMENT REQUIRED.

                  No adjustment need be made for a  transaction referred to
            in subsections (a), (b), (c), (d) or (e)  of this Section 10 if
            Warrant holders agree to participate in the  transaction  on  a
            basis and with notice that the Board of Directors determines to
            be  fair  and  appropriate  in light of the basis and notice on
            which holders of Common Stock participate in the transaction.

                  No adjustment need be made  for rights to purchase Common
            Stock pursuant to a Showboat plan for reinvestment of dividends
            or interest.

                  No adjustment need be made for  a change in the par value
            or no par value of the Common Stock.

                  To the extent the Warrants become  convertible into cash,
            no adjustment need be made thereafter as to  the cash. Interest
            will not accrue on the cash.

                  (j) NOTICE OF ADJUSTMENT.

                  Whenever the Exercise Price is adjusted,  Showboat  shall
            provide the notices required by Section 16 hereof.

                  (k) VOLUNTARY REDUCTION.

                  Showboat  from time to time may reduce the Exercise Price
            by any amount for  any period of time if the period is at least
            20 days and if the reduction  is irrevocable during the period;
            PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that in no event  may  the Exercise Price be
            less than the par value of a share of Common Stock.

                  Whenever  the Exercise Price is reduced,  Showboat  shall
            mail to Warrant holders  a  notice  of the reduction.  Showboat
            shall  mail the notice at least 15 days  before  the  date  the
            reduced  Exercise  Price  takes effect.  The notice shall state
            the reduced Exercise Price and the period it will be in effect.

                  A reduction of the Exercise  Price  does  not  change  or
            adjust  the  Exercise Price otherwise in effect for purposes of
            subsections (a), (b), (c), (d) and (e) of this Section 10.

                  (l) NOTICE OF CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS.

                  If:

                      (1) Showboat  takes  any action that would require an
              adjustment in the Exercise Price pursuant to subsections (a),
              (b), (c), (d) or (e) of this Section  10 and if Showboat does
              not  arrange for Warrant holders to participate  pursuant  to
              subsection (i) of this Section 10;

                      (2) Showboat  takes  any  action that would require a
              supplemental Warrant Agreement pursuant  to subsection (m) of
              this Section 10; or

                      (3) there   is   a  liquidation  or  dissolution   of
              Showboat,

            Showboat shall mail to Warrant  holders  a  notice  stating the
            proposed  record  date  for  a dividend or distribution or  the
            proposed   effective   date  of  a  subdivision,   combination,
            reclassification,  consolidation,   merger,   transfer,  lease,
            liquidation or dissolution.  Showboat shall mail  the notice at
            least 15 days before such date.  Failure to mail the  notice or
            any  defect  in  it  shall  not  affect  the  validity  of  the
            transaction.

                  (m) REORGANIZATION OF SHOWBOAT.

                  If  Showboat  consolidates  or  merges  with  or into, or
            transfers or leases all or substantially all its assets to, any
            person,  upon  consummation  of  such  transaction the Warrants
            shall automatically become exercisable for  the kind and amount
            of  securities,  cash  or other assets which the  holder  of  a
            Warrant would have owned  immediately  after the consolidation,
            merger,  transfer  or  lease if the holder  had  exercised  the
            Warrant  immediately  before   the   effective   date   of  the
            transaction.    Concurrently  with  the  consummation  of  such
            transaction, the  corporation  formed  by or surviving any such
            consolidation or merger if other than Showboat,  or  the person
            to  which  such sale or conveyance shall have been made,  shall
            enter into a  supplemental  Warrant  Agreement so providing and
            further  providing for adjustments which  shall  be  as  nearly
            equivalent  as may be practical to the adjustments provided for
            in this Section  10.   The  successor  shall  mail  to  Warrant
            holders a notice describing the supplemental Warrant Agreement.

                  If the issuer of securities deliverable upon exercise  of
            Warrants   under  the  supplemental  Warrant  Agreement  is  an
            affiliate  of  the  formed,  surviving,  transferee  or  lessee
            corporation, that issuer shall join in the supplemental Warrant
            Agreement.

                  If this  subsection  (m)  applies,  subsections (a), (b),
            (c), (d) and (e) of this Section 10 do not apply.

                  (n) SHOWBOAT DETERMINATION FINAL.

                  Any determination that Showboat or the Board of Directors
            must make pursuant to subsection (a), (c),  (d),  (e), (f), (g)
            or (i) of this Section 10 is conclusive.

                  (o) WHEN ISSUANCE OR PAYMENT MAY BE DEFERRED.

                  In  any case in which this Section 10 shall require  that
            an adjustment  in  the Exercise Price be made effective as of a
            record date for a specified  event, Showboat may elect to defer
            until the occurrence of such event (i) issuing to the holder of
            any Warrant exercised after such record date the Warrant Shares
            and other capital stock of Showboat, if any, issuable upon such
            exercise over and above the Warrant  Shares  and  other capital
            stock of Showboat, if any, issuable upon such exercise  on  the
            basis  of the Exercise Price and (ii) paying to such holder any
            amount in  cash  in  lieu  of  a  fractional  share pursuant to
            Section  11  hereof;  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  that Showboat  shall
            deliver  to  such  holder  a  due  bill  or  other  appropriate
            instrument  evidencing  such  holder's  right  to receive  such
            additional  Warrant Shares, other capital stock and  cash  upon
            the occurrence of the event requiring such adjustment.

                  (p) ADJUSTMENT IN NUMBER OF SHARES.

                  Upon each  adjustment  of  the Exercise Price pursuant to
            this Section 10, each Warrant outstanding  prior  to the making
            of  the  adjustment  in  the  Exercise  Price  shall thereafter
            evidence  the  right  to  receive upon payment of the  adjusted
            Exercise  Price  that  number   of   shares   of  Common  Stock
            (calculated  to  the  nearest  hundredth)  obtained   from  the
            following formula:

                                        N'= N  x   E
                                                   ___
                                                   E'

            where:

               N' = the  adjusted  number  of Warrant Shares issuable  upon
                    exercise  of  a  Warrant by  payment  of  the  adjusted
                    Exercise Price.

               N  = the number of Warrant  Shares  previously issuable upon
                    exercise of a Warrant by payment  of the Exercise Price
                    prior to adjustment.

               E' = the adjusted Exercise Price (prior  to  rounding to the
                    nearest  cent  as  provided in the second paragraph  of
                    subsection (h)).

               E  = the Exercise Price prior to adjustment.

                  (q) FORM OF WARRANTS.

                  Irrespective of any adjustments  in the Exercise Price or
            the number or kind of shares purchasable  upon  the exercise of
            the  Warrants,  Warrants theretofore or thereafter  issued  may
            continue to express  the  same  price  and  number  and kind of
            shares  as  are  stated  in  the  Warrants  initially  issuable
            pursuant to this Agreement.

                  SECTION 11.  Fractional Interests.  Showboat shall not be
            required to issue fractional Warrant Shares on the exercise  of
            Warrants.   If  more  than  one  Warrant shall be presented for
            exercise  in full at the same time  by  the  same  holder,  the
            number of full  Warrant Shares which shall be issuable upon the
            exercise  thereof  shall  be  computed  on  the  basis  of  the
            aggregate number  of  Warrant Shares purchasable on exercise of
            the Warrants so presented.   If any fraction of a Warrant Share
            would,  except  for  the provisions  of  this  Section  11,  be
            issuable on the exercise  of any Warrants (or specified portion
            thereof), Showboat shall pay to the Warrant holder an amount in
            cash  equal  to  the Exercise  Price  on  the  day  immediately
            preceding the date  the  Warrant  is  presented  for  exercise,
            multiplied by such fraction.

                  SECTION   12.  Notices  to  Warrant  Holders.   Upon  any
            adjustment of the Exercise Price pursuant to Section 10 hereof,
            Showboat shall promptly  thereafter  (i) cause to be filed with
            Showboat  a  certificate  of  a  firm  of  independent   public
            accountants  of  recognized  standing  selected by the Board of
            Directors  of  Showboat  (who  may be the regular  auditors  of
            Showboat)  setting  forth  the  Exercise   Price   after   such
            adjustment and setting forth in reasonable detail the method of
            calculation  and  the  facts  upon  which such calculations are
            based  and  setting  forth  the number of  Warrant  Shares  (or
            portion thereof) issuable after such adjustment in the Exercise
            Price, upon exercise of a Warrant  and  payment of the adjusted
            Exercise Price, which certificate shall be  conclusive evidence
            of the correctness of the matters set forth therein,  and  (ii)
            cause  to  be  given  to  each of the registered holders of the
            Warrant Certificates at his  address  appearing  on the Warrant
            register  written  notice  of  such  adjustments by first-class
            mail, postage prepaid.  Where appropriate,  such  notice may be
            given in advance and included as a part of the notice  required
            to be mailed under the other provisions of this Section 12.

                  In case:

                  (a) Showboat  shall authorize the issuance to all holders
            of shares of Common Stock  of  rights,  options  or warrants to
            subscribe  for  or  purchase shares of Common Stock or  of  any
            other subscription rights or warrants; or

                  (b) Showboat shall  authorize  the  distribution  to  all
            holders   of  shares  of  Common  Stock  of  evidences  of  its
            indebtedness  or  assets  (other  than  cash  dividends or cash
            distributions  payable out of consolidated earnings  or  earned
            surplus or dividends  payable  in  shares  of  Common  Stock or
            distributions  referred  to  in  subsection  (a)  of Section 10
            hereof); or

                  (c) of any consolidation or merger to which Showboat is a
            party and for which approval of any shareholders of Showboat is
            required,  or  of  the conveyance or transfer of the properties
            and assets of Showboat  substantially as an entirety, or of any
            reclassification  or  change  of  Common  Stock  issuable  upon
            exercise of the Warrants  (other than a change in par value, or
            from par value to no par value,  or  from  no  par value to par
            value,  or as a result of a subdivision or combination),  or  a
            tender offer or exchange offer for shares of Common Stock; or

                  (d) of   the   voluntary   or   involuntary  dissolution,
            liquidation or winding up of Showboat; or

                  (e) Showboat  proposes  to take any  action  (other  than
            actions  of the character described  in  Section  10(a))  which
            would require  an  adjustment of the Exercise Price pursuant to
            Section 10;

            then Showboat shall cause to be given to each of the registered
            holders of the Warrant Certificates at his address appearing on
            the Warrant register,  at least 20 days (or 10 days in any case
            specified in clauses (a)  or (b) above) prior to the applicable
            record date hereinafter specified,  or  promptly in the case of
            events for which there is no record date,  by first-class mail,
            postage prepaid, a written notice stating (i)  the  date  as of
            which  the  holders  of  record of shares of Common Stock to be
            entitled  to  receive any such  rights,  options,  warrants  or
            distribution  are   to  be  determined,  or  (ii)  the  initial
            expiration date set forth in any tender offer or exchange offer
            for shares of Common Stock, or (iii) the date on which any such
            consolidation,  merger,   conveyance,   transfer,  dissolution,
            liquidation or winding up is expected to  become  effective  or
            consummated,  and  the  date  as  of  which it is expected that
            holders of record of shares of Common Stock  shall  be entitled
            to  exchange  such shares for securities or other property,  if
            any, deliverable  upon  such  reclassification,  consolidation,
            merger,  conveyance,  transfer,  dissolution,  liquidation   or
            winding  up.   The  failure to give the notice required by this
            Section 12 or any defect  therein shall not affect the legality
            or  validity  of  any  distribution,  right,  option,  warrant,
            consolidation,  merger,  conveyance,   transfer,   dissolution,
            liquidation or winding up, or the vote upon any action.

                  Nothing  contained  in  this Agreement or in any  of  the
            Warrant Certificates shall be construed  as conferring upon the
            holders thereof the right to vote or to consent  or  to receive
            notice   as   shareholders   in  respect  of  the  meetings  of
            shareholders or the election of  Directors  of  Showboat or any
            other  matter,  or  any  rights  whatsoever as shareholders  of
            Showboat.

                  SECTION 13.  Registration.

                  (a) SHELF REGISTRATION OF WARRANTS  AND  WARRANT  SHARES.
            Showboat shall cause to be filed pursuant to Rule 415 under the
            Securities  Act  of  1933,  as  amended  (the  "Act"),  a shelf
            registration   statement   on   Form S-3  (the  "Warrant  Shelf
            Registration Statement") covering  the  issuance of the Warrant
            Shares and any resale of the Warrants and  Warrant  Shares (the
            Warrants  and  Warrant  Shares  included  in  the Warrant Shelf
            Registration Statement, and any shares registered  pursuant  to
            any   Piggy-Back   Registration  ((as  defined  below)),  shall
            collectively  be  referred   to   herein   as  the  "Registered
            Securities")  and  shall  use its best efforts  to  cause  such
            Warrant Shelf Registration Statement to become effective within
            30 days of the execution of this Agreement.  Showboat shall use
            its  best  efforts  to  keep such  Warrant  Shelf  Registration
            Statement  continuously  effective  until  30  days  after  the
            expiration of the Warrants.

                  (b)  PIGGY-BACK REGISTRATION.

                  (i) If Showboat proposes to file a registration statement
            under  the  Securities  Act with  respect  to  an  offering  by
            Showboat for its own account  or  for the account of any of its
            security holders of any class of equity  security (other than a
            registration statement on Form S-4 or S-8  (or  any  substitute
            form  that  may  be  adopted  by  the  Commission),  any  shelf
            registration,  or  offering  of securities solely to Showboat's
            existing  security holders, and  other  than  the  offering  of
            3,100,000  shares   of   Common   Stock   contemplated  by  the
            Registration Statement filed on form S-3 with the Commission on
            June 28, 1994), then the Company shall give  written  notice of
            such proposed filing to the holders of the Warrants as  soon as
            practicable  (but  in  no  event  less than ten days before the
            anticipated  filing date), and such  notice  shall  offer  such
            holders the opportunity  to  register such amount of Registered
            Securities  as  each such holder  may  request  (a  "Piggy-Back
            Registration") (For  purposes  of  this  agreement, the Warrant
            Shelf  Registration  Statement  and any registration  statement
            pursuant  to  which shares in any Piggy-Back  Registration  are
            registered, shall  be  collectively  referred  to  herein  as a
            "Registration Statement.");

                  (ii)   Showboat  shall  use its best efforts to cause the
            managing underwriter or underwriters of a proposed underwritten
            offering to permit the Registered  Securities  requested  to be
            included in the registration statement for such offering to  be
            included  on  the  same  terms  and  conditions  as any similar
            securities  of  Showboat  or  of  such  other  security holders
            included  therein.   Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,   if  the
            managing underwriter or underwriters of such offering deliver a
            written  opinion  to  the holders of such Registered Securities
            that either (i) the kind or combination of securities which the
            holders, Showboat and any  other  persons or entities intend to
            include in such offering or (ii) the size of the offering which
            the holders, Showboat and such other persons or entities intend
            to make, are such that the success  of  the  offering  would be
            materially   and   adversely   affected  by  inclusion  of  the
            Registered  Securities requested  to  be  included, then (a) in
            the event that the size of the offering is  the  basis  of such
            managing underwriter's or underwriters' opinion, the amount  of
            securities  to  be  offered  for the accounts of holders of the
            Warrant shall be reduced pro rata  (according to the Registered
            Securities proposed for registration)  to  the extent necessary
            to reduce the total amount of securities to be included in such
            offering to the amount recommended by such managing underwriter
            or underwriters; provided that if securities  are being offered
            for  the  account  of  other  persons  or entities as  well  as
            Showboat,  then  with  respect  to  the  Registered  Securities
            intended to be offered by holders, the proportion  by which the
            amount  of  such class of securities intended to be offered  by
            holders is reduced shall not exceed the proportion by which the
            amount of such  class  of  securities intended to be offered by
            such other persons or entities is reduced; and (b) in the event
            that the kind (or combination)  of  securities to be offered is
            the  basis  of  such  managing underwriter's  or  underwriters'
            opinion, (x) the Registered  Securities  to be included in such
            offering  shall  be reduced as described in  clause  (a)  above
            (subject to the proviso  in  clause (a)) or, (y) if the actions
            described in clause (x) would,  in the judgment of the managing
            underwriter or underwriters, be insufficient  to  substantially
            eliminate  the adverse effect that inclusion of the  Registered
            Securities  requested   to  be  included  would  have  on  such
            offering, such Registered Securities will be excluded from such
            offering.

                  (c) WARRANT SHELF REGISTRATION  STATEMENT.  In connection
            with   the  Warrant  Shelf  Registration  Statement   and   any
            Prospectus  required  by  this  Agreement to permit the sale or
            resale of Registered Securities, Showboat shall:

                      (i)  use its best efforts  to keep such Warrant Shelf
              Registration Statement continuously  effective  until 30 days
              after the expiration of the Warrants; upon the occurrence  of
              any   event   that   would   cause  any  such  Warrant  Shelf
              Registration Statement or the  Prospectus  (which  means  the
              prospectus  first  filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule
              424(b) under the Act  or,  if no prospectus is required to be
              filed  pursuant to said Rule  424(b),  such  term  means  the
              prospectus   included   in  the  Warrant  Shelf  Registration
              Statement, as amended when  it  is or was declared effective)
              (A) to contain a material misstatement or omission or (B) not
              to be effective and usable for sale  or  resale of Registered
              Securities  during  the  period  required by this  Agreement;
              Showboat shall file promptly an appropriate amendment to such
              Warrant Shelf Registration Statement,  in  the case of clause
              (A),  correcting any such misstatement or omission,  and,  in
              the case of either clause (A) or (B), use its best efforts to
              cause such  amendment  to  be  declared  effective  and  such
              Warrant   Shelf   Registration   Statement  and  the  related
              Prospectus to become usable for their  intended purpose(s) as
              soon as practicable thereafter;

                      (ii)   prepare  and  file  with  the  Securities  and
              Exchange  Commission (the "Commission") such  amendments  and
              post-effective  amendments  to the Warrant Shelf Registration
              Statement  as may be necessary  to  keep  the  Warrant  Shelf
              Registration  Statement  effective  and  usable  for purposes
              stated in Section 13(a) until 30 days after the expiration of
              the Warrants; cause the Prospectus to be supplemented  by any
              required Prospectus supplement, and as so supplemented to  be
              filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the Act, and to comply fully
              with  the  applicable  provisions of Rules 424 and 430A under
              the Act in a timely manner; and comply with the provisions of
              the Act with respect to  the  disposition  of  all securities
              covered  by such Warrant Shelf Registration Statement  during
              the applicable  period in accordance with the intended method
              or methods of distribution  by  the sellers thereof set forth
              in such Warrant Shelf Registration Statement or supplement to
              the Prospectus;

                      (iii)  advise the holders of the Warrants and selling
              holders, if any, promptly and, if  requested by such persons,
              to confirm such advice in writing, (A) when the Prospectus or
              any  Prospectus  supplement or post-effective  amendment  has
              been  filed,  and,  with   respect   to   any  Warrant  Shelf
              Registration   Statement  or  any  post-effective   amendment
              thereto, when the  same  has  become  effective,  (B) of  any
              request by the Commission for amendments to the Warrant Shelf
              Registration  Statement  or  amendments or supplements to the
              Prospectus  or for additional information  relating  thereto,
              (C) of the issuance  by  the  Commission  of  any  stop order
              suspending   the   effectiveness   of   the   Warrant   Shelf
              Registration Statement under the Act or of the suspension  by
              any  state  securities commission of the qualification of the
              Registered  Securities   for   offering   or   sale   in  any
              jurisdiction, or the initiation of any proceeding for any  of
              the  preceding  purposes, (D) of the existence of any fact or
              the happening of  any  event  that  makes  any statement of a
              material   fact   made  in  the  Warrant  Shelf  Registration
              Statement,  the  Prospectus,   any  amendment  or  supplement
              thereto, or any document incorporated  by  reference  therein
              untrue,  or  that requires the making of any additions to  or
              changes in the  Warrant  Shelf  Registration Statement or the
              Prospectus  in  order  to  make  the statements  therein  not
              misleading.  If at any time the Commission  shall  issue  any
              stop  order suspending the effectiveness of the Warrant Shelf
              Registration Statement, or any state securities commission or
              other regulatory  authority  shall  issue an order suspending
              the  qualification  or  exemption from qualification  of  the
              Registered Securities under  state  securities  or  Blue  Sky
              laws,  Showboat  shall  use  its  best  efforts to obtain the
              withdrawal or lifting of such order at the  earliest possible
              time;

                      (iv)  furnish to each of the selling  holders  before
              filing  with  the  Commission,  copies  of  any Warrant Shelf
              Registration Statement or any Prospectus included  therein or
              any  amendments  or  supplements  to  any  such Warrant Shelf
              Registration Statement or Prospectus (including all documents
              incorporated by reference after the initial  filing  of  such
              Warrant  Shelf  Registration Statement), which documents will
              be subject to the  review  of such holders for a period of at
              least five business days, and Showboat will not file any such
              Warrant Shelf Registration Statement  or  Prospectus  or  any
              amendment   or   supplement   to   any   such  Warrant  Shelf
              Registration  Statement  or  Prospectus (including  all  such
              documents  incorporated  by reference)  to  which  a  selling
              holder of Registered Securities covered by such Warrant Shelf
              Registration Statement shall  reasonably  object  within five
              business  days  after the receipt thereof.  A selling  holder
              shall be deemed to have reasonably objected to such filing if
              such  Warrant  Shelf   Registration   Statement,   amendment,
              Prospectus  or supplement, as applicable, as proposed  to  be
              filed, contains a material misstatement or omission;

                      (v)  promptly  provide,  prior  to  the filing of any
              document  that  is  to  be incorporated by reference  into  a
              Warrant Shelf Registration Statement or Prospectus, copies of
              such  document to the selling  holders  and  make  Showboat's
              representatives available for discussion of such document and
              other customary  due  diligence  matters,  and  include  such
              information  in  such document prior to the filing thereof as
              such selling holders reasonably may request;

                      (vi)  make   available   at   reasonable   times  for
              inspection  by  the  selling  holders  and  any  attorney  or
              accountant  retained  by  such selling holders, all financial
              and  other  records,  pertinent   corporate   documents   and
              properties   of   Showboat  and  cause  Showboat's  officers,
              directors and employees  to supply all information reasonably
              requested  by  any such holder,  attorney  or  accountant  in
              connection with  such  Warrant  Shelf  Registration Statement
              subsequent   to   the  filing  thereof  and  prior   to   its
              effectiveness;

                      (vii)  if requested  by  any selling holders promptly
              incorporate  in any Warrant Shelf Registration  Statement  or
              Prospectus,  pursuant   to  a  supplement  or  post-effective
              amendment  if necessary, such  information  as  such  selling
              holders may  reasonably  request  to  have  included therein,
              including,  without limitation, information relating  to  the
              "Plan of Distribution" of the Registered Securities; and make
              all  required   filings  of  such  Prospectus  supplement  or
              post-effective  amendment   as   soon  as  practicable  after
              Showboat is notified of the matters  to  be  incorporated  in
              such Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment;

                      (viii)  upon  request,  furnish  to  each  holder  of
              Warrants  and  selling  holder,  without charge, at least one
              copy of the Warrant Shelf Registration  Statement,  as  first
              filed  with  the  Commission,  and of each amendment thereto,
              including all documents incorporated by reference therein and
              all  exhibits  (including exhibits  incorporated  therein  by
              reference);

                      (ix)  deliver  to each holder of Warrants and selling
              holder, without charge,  as  many  copies  of  the Prospectus
              (including each preliminary prospectus) and any  amendment or
              supplement  thereto  as such persons reasonably may  request;
              Showboat hereby consents to the use of the Prospectus and any
              amendment  or supplement  thereto  by  each  of  the  selling
              holders in connection  with  the  offering  and  the  sale or
              resale of the Registered Securities covered by the Prospectus
              or any amendment or supplement thereto;

                      (x)  enter   into  such  agreements,  and  make  such
              representations  and warranties,  and  take  all  such  other
              actions in connection  therewith  in  order  to  expedite  or
              facilitate  the  disposition  of  the  Registered  Securities
              pursuant to the Warrant Shelf Registration Statement,  all to
              such  extent  as  may  be reasonably requested by any selling
              holder of Registered Securities  in  connection with any sale
              or   resale  pursuant  to  the  Warrant  Shelf   Registration
              Statement; and Showboat shall:

                      (A)   upon request, furnish to each selling holder in
                  such substance  and  scope as they reasonably may request
                  and as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in
                  primary underwritten offerings,  upon  the  date  of  the
                  effectiveness   of   the   Warrant   Shelf   Registration
                  Statement, as amended:

                          (1)    a   certificate,   dated   the   date   of
                      effectiveness   of  the  Warrant  Shelf  Registration
                      Statement, signed  by  (y)  the President or any Vice
                      President and (z) a principal financial or accounting
                      officer  of  Showboat  confirming,  as  of  the  date
                      thereof  any  matters  as such  selling  holders  may
                      reasonably request;

                          (2)  an opinion, dated  the date of effectiveness
                      of  the  Warrant  Shelf  Registration   Statement  as
                      amended,  of  counsel  for  Showboat,  covering  such
                      matters   as  such  selling  holders  may  reasonably
                      request, and  in  any  event including a statement to
                      the  effect  that such counsel  has  participated  in
                      conferences with  officers  and other representatives
                      of Showboat, and representatives  of  the independent
                      public  accountants  for Showboat in connection  with
                      the preparation of such  Warrant  Shelf  Registration
                      Statement   and   the  related  Prospectus  and  have
                      considered the matters  required to be stated therein
                      and the statements contained  therein,  although such
                      counsel has not independently verified the  accuracy,
                      completeness or fairness of such statements; and that
                      such  counsel  advises  that,  on  the  basis  of the
                      foregoing  (relying  as  to  materiality  to  a large
                      extent   upon  facts  provided  to  such  counsel  by
                      officers  and   other   representatives  of  Showboat
                      without independent check  or verification), no facts
                      came  to such counsel's attention  that  caused  such
                      counsel   to   believe   that   the   Warrant   Shelf
                      Registration  Statement,  at  the  time  such Warrant
                      Shelf  Registration  Statement  or any post-effective
                      amendment  thereto  became  effective,  contained  an
                      untrue statement of a material  fact  or  omitted  to
                      state  a  material fact required to be stated therein
                      or necessary  to  make  the  statements  therein  not
                      misleading,  or that the Prospectus contained in such
                      Warrant Shelf  Registration  Statement as of its date
                      contained an untrue statement  of  a material fact or
                      omitted to state a material fact necessary  in  order
                      to  make  the  statements  therein,  in  light of the
                      circumstances   under  which  they  were  made,   not
                      misleading.  Without  limiting  the  foregoing,  such
                      counsel  may  state further that such counsel assumes
                      no responsibility  for,  and  has  not  independently
                      verified,  the accuracy, completeness or fairness  of
                      the financial  statements,  notes  and  schedules and
                      other financial or statistical data included  in  any
                      Warrant  Shelf  Registration Statement or the related
                      Prospectus; and

                          (3)  a customary  comfort letter, dated as of the
                      date   of   effectiveness  of   the   Warrant   Shelf
                      Registration  Statement  from  Showboat's independent
                      accountants,  in  the  customary  form  and  covering
                      matters  of the type customarily covered  in  comfort
                      letters by  underwriters  in  connection with primary
                      underwritten offerings;

                      (B)  deliver such other documents and certificates as
                  may  be reasonably requested by the  selling  holders  to
                  evidence  compliance  with  clause (A) above and with any
                  customary conditions contained  in  any agreement entered
                  into by Showboat pursuant to this clause (x). 

                  The provisions of this clause (x) shall  be applicable at
              each closing of a resale transaction, and if at  any time the
              representations  and  warranties of Showboat contemplated  in
              (A)(1) above cease to be  true and correct, Showboat shall so
              advise the selling holders  promptly and if requested by such
              persons, shall confirm such advice in writing;

                      (xi)  prior to any public  offering of the Registered
              Securities,  cooperate  with the selling  holders  and  their
              counsel in connection with the registration and qualification
              of the Registered Securities under the securities or Blue Sky
              laws of such jurisdictions as the selling holders may request
              and  do  any  and  all other  acts  or  things  necessary  or
              advisable to enable  the disposition in such jurisdictions of
              the  Registered  Securities  covered  by  the  Warrant  Shelf
              Registration  Statement;  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  that  Showboat
              shall not be required  to  register  or  qualify as a foreign
              corporation where it is not now so qualified  or  to take any
              action  that  would  subject it to the service of process  in
              suits  or  to  taxation,   other   than  as  to  matters  and
              transactions  relating  to  the  Warrant  Shelf  Registration
              Statement,  in  any  jurisdiction where  it  is  not  now  so
              subject;

                      (xii)  cooperate with the holders of the Warrants and
              the selling holders to  facilitate the timely preparation and
              delivery   of  certificates   representing   the   Registered
              Securities  to  be  sold  and  not  bearing  any  restrictive
              legends; and  enable such Registered Securities to be in such
              denominations and  registered  in  such names as such holders
              may request at least two business days  prior  to any sale or
              resale of the Registered Securities;

                      (xiii)  use its best efforts to cause the  Registered
              Securities   covered   by   the  Warrant  Shelf  Registration
              Statement to be registered with  or  approved  by  such other
              governmental  agencies or authorities as may be necessary  to
              enable the selling  holders  to consummate the disposition of
              such Registered Securities, subject  to the proviso contained
              in clause (xi) above;

                      (xiv)  if  any fact or event contemplated  by  clause
              (b)(iii)(D) above shall  exist  or  have  occurred, prepare a
              supplement or post-effective amendment to the  Warrant  Shelf
              Registration  Statement or related Prospectus or any document
              incorporated therein  by reference or file any other required
              document so that, as thereafter  delivered  to the purchasers
              of Registered Securities, the Prospectus will  not contain an
              untrue  statement  of  a  material fact or omit to state  any
              material fact necessary to  make  the  statements therein not
              misleading;

                      (xv)  provide a CUSIP number for  all  Warrant Shares
              not  later  than  the  effective  date  of the Warrant  Shelf
              Registration Statement and provide the Warrant  holders  with
              printed  certificates  for  the Warrant Shares which are in a
              form eligible for deposit with the Depositary Trust Company;

                      (xvi)  cooperate and  assist  in any filings required
              to be made with the NASD and in the performance  of  any  due
              diligence   investigation   by  any  selling  holder  or  any
              "qualified independent underwriter"  that  is  required to be
              retained in accordance with the rules and regulations  of the
              NASD,  and  use  its  reasonable  best  efforts to cause such
              Warrant Shelf Registration Statement to become  effective and
              approved by such governmental agencies or authorities  as may
              be necessary to enable the consummation of the disposition of
              such Registered Securities;

                      (xvii)  otherwise use its best efforts to comply with
              all  applicable rules and regulations of the Commission,  and
              make generally  available to its security holders, as soon as
              practicable, a consolidated  earnings  statement  meeting the
              requirements of Rule 158 (which need not be audited)  for the
              twelve-month   period  beginning  with  the  first  month  of
              Showboat's  first   fiscal   quarter   commencing  after  the
              effective date of the Warrant Shelf Registration Statement;

                      (xviii)  provide promptly to each holder upon request
              each  document  filed  with the Commission  pursuant  to  the
              requirements of Section  13  and  Section  15 of the Exchange
              Act.

                  Each selling holder agrees by acquisition of a Registered
            Security that, upon receipt of any notice from  Showboat of the
            existence  of  any  fact  of  the  kind  described  in  Section
            13(b)(iii)(D),   such   holder   will   forthwith   discontinue
            disposition of Registered Securities pursuant to the applicable
            Warrant   Shelf  Registration  Statement  until  such  holder's
            receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus
            contemplated  by  Section 13(b)(xiv), or until it is advised in
            writing  (the  "Advice")  by  Showboat  that  the  use  of  the
            Prospectus may be  resumed,  and  has  received  copies  of any
            additional  or  supplemental  filings  that are incorporated by
            reference in the Prospectus.  If so directed  by Showboat, each
            such  holder  will deliver to Showboat (at Showboat's  expense)
            all copies, other  than  permanent  file  copies  then  in such
            holder's possession, of the Prospectus covering such Registered
            Securities  that  was  current  at  the time of receipt of such
            notice.   If  Showboat  shall give any such  notice,  the  time
            period  regarding  the  effectiveness  of  such  Warrant  Shelf
            Registration Statement set forth above shall be extended by the
            number of days during the period from and including the date of
            the giving of such notice  pursuant to Section 13(b)(iii)(D) to
            and including the date when each selling holder covered by such
            Warrant Shelf Registration Statement  shall  have  received the
            copies  of  the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated
            by Section 13(b)(xiv) or shall have received the Advice.

                  (d)  REGISTRATION EXPENSES.

                  All expenses  incident  to  Showboat's  performance of or
            compliance  with  this  Agreement  will  be borne by  Showboat,
            regardless   of   whether  a  Registration  Statement   becomes
            effective, including  without  limitation: (i) all registration
            and filing fees and expenses (including  filings,  if any, made
            with the NASD (including, if applicable, the fees and  expenses
            of any "qualified independent underwriter" and its counsel,  as
            may  be  required  by  the rules and regulations of the NASD));
            (ii)  all  fees  and  expenses   of   compliance  with  federal
            securities  and state Blue Sky or securities  laws;  (iii)  all
            expenses of printing  (including  printing certificates for the
            Warrants,  Warrant  Shares  and  printing   of   Prospectuses),
            messenger and delivery services and telephone calls;  (iv)  all
            fees  and disbursements of counsel for Showboat and the selling
            holders  of  Registered  Securities (which, in the case of such
            selling holders, shall be  limited  to  one firm of attorneys);
            (v) all application and filing fees in connection  with listing
            Warrants   or   Warrant  Shares  on  the  principal  securities
            exchanges and markets  within  the United States of America, if
            any,  on which other shares of Common  Stock  are  then  listed
            pursuant   to  the  requirements  hereof;  (vi)  all  fees  and
            disbursements  of  independent  certified public accountants of
            Showboat  (including the expenses  of  any  special  audit  and
            comfort letters  required  by  or incident to such performance)
            and  (vii) Showboat's  internal  expenses  (including,  without
            limitation, all salaries and expenses  of  their  officers  and
            employees  performing legal or accounting duties), the expenses
            of any annual  audit,  rating  agency  fees  and  the  fees and
            expenses of any person, including special experts, retained  by
            Showboat.

                  (e)  INDEMNIFICATION.

                  (i) Showboat  shall  indemnify  and  hold  harmless  each
            selling  holder,  its  directors, officers, and each person, if
            any, who controls such selling  holder  within  the  meaning of
            Section  15  of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act,  and
            each such person's  officers  and directors against any losses,
            claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which each
            such person may become subject  under the Act, the Exchange Act
            or otherwise, insofar as any such  losses,  claims,  damages or
            liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are
            based upon:

                  (1)  any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement  of
              any   material   fact   contained  in  (A)  any  Registration
              Statement,  or  any  amendment  thereto  or  any  preliminary
              prospectus or the Prospectus  or  any amendment or supplement
              thereto  or  (B) any application or other  document,  or  any
              amendment or supplement  thereto, executed by or on behalf of
              Showboat or based upon information  furnished by or on behalf
              of Showboat by its counsel or counsel to such selling holders
              specifically  for the purpose of having  same  filed  in  any
              jurisdiction in  order  to  qualify the Registered Securities
              under the securities or "Blue Sky" laws thereof or filed with
              any securities association or  securities  exchange  (each an
              "Application"); or

                  (2)   the  omission or alleged omission to state, in  any
              Registration  Statement   or   any   amendment  thereto,  any
              preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus  or any amendment or
              supplement  thereto,  or  any  Application,  a material  fact
              required  to  be  stated  therein  or necessary to  make  the
              statements therein not misleading,

            and will reimburse, as incurred, such  selling  holder and each
            such other person for any reasonable legal or other  reasonable
            expenses  incurred  by  such  selling holder or such person  in
            connection with investigating,  defending  against or appearing
            as  a  third-party witness in connection with  any  such  loss,
            claim, damage, liability or action; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, Showboat
            will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such
            loss, claim,  damage,  or  liability  arises out of or is based
            upon  any  untrue  statement  or  alleged untrue  statement  or
            omission or alleged omission made in any Registration Statement
            or  any amendment thereto, any preliminary  prospectus  or  the
            Prospectus  or  any  amendment  or  supplement  thereto, or any
            Application  in  reliance  upon and in conformity with  written
            information  furnished  to  Showboat   by  the  selling  holder
            specifically for use therein; and PROVIDED,  FURTHER,  that the
            indemnity  agreement  contained  in  this  Section  13(d)  with
            respect  to  any  preliminary prospectus shall not inure to the
            selling holder's benefit  or  to  the benefit of any such other
            person  in  respect  of any loss, claim,  damage  or  liability
            asserted by a person who  purchased  the  Registered Securities
            from  the  selling holder if a copy of the Prospectus  (as  the
            same may be  amended  or supplemented) was not sent or given to
            such person with or prior  to  written confirmation of the sale
            to  such  person and if the untrue  statement  or  omission  or
            alleged  untrue  statement  or  omission  of  a  material  fact
            contained  in  such preliminary prospectus was corrected in the
            Prospectus (as the same may be amended or supplemented prior to
            such sale) and if the selling holder would not have been liable
            had a copy of the  Prospectus  (as  the  same may be amended or
            supplemented prior to such sale) been so sent  or given, unless
            such  failure  to  send or give the Prospectus is a  result  of
            non-compliance by Showboat with Section 13(b)(ix) hereof.  This
            indemnity agreement  will  be in addition to any liability that
            Showboat  may  otherwise  have   to  the  indemnified  parties.
            Showboat will not, without the prior  written  consent  of  the
            selling  holders,  settle or compromise or consent to the entry
            of any judgment in any  pending  or  threatened  claim, action,
            suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification  by  the
            selling  holders  may  be  sought hereunder (whether or not the
            selling holder or any person  who  controls the selling holders
            within the meaning of Section 15 of  the  Act  or Section 20 of
            the  Exchange  Act  is a party to such claim, action,  suit  or
            proceeding), unless such  settlement,  compromise or consent to
            the entry of any judgment includes an unconditional  release of
            the  selling  holders  and  each  such  other  person  from all
            liability   arising   out   of  such  claim,  action,  suit  or
            proceeding.

                  (ii)Each selling holder  will  severally  and not jointly
            indemnify and hold harmless Showboat and each of  its directors
            and officers who signed any Registration Statement each person,
            if any, who controls Showboat within the meaning of  Section 15
            of  the  Act  or  Section  20  of  the Exchange Act against any
            losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which Showboat or any
            such director, officer or controlling person may become subject
            under the Act, the Exchange Act, or  otherwise, insofar as such
            losses, claims, damages or liabilities  (or  actions in respect
            thereof)  arise  out  of  or  are  based  upon  (i) any  untrue
            statement  or  alleged  untrue  statement of any material  fact
            contained  in  any  Registration  Statement  or  any  amendment
            thereto, any preliminary prospectus  or  the  Prospectus or any
            amendment or supplement thereto, or any Application or (ii) the
            omission  or the alleged omission to state therein  a  material
            fact required to be stated in any Registration Statement or any
            amendment thereto, any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus
            or any amendment  or supplement thereto, or any Application, or
            necessary to make the  statements  therein  not  misleading, in
            each  case  to  the  extent, but only to the extent, that  such
            untrue statement or alleged  untrue  statement  or  omission or
            alleged  omission  was  made in reliance upon and in conformity
            with written information  furnished to Showboat by such selling
            holder  specifically  for use  therein;  and,  subject  to  the
            limitation set forth immediately  preceding  this  clause, will
            reimburse,   as   incurred,   any  reasonable  legal  or  other
            reasonable expenses incurred by  Showboat or any such director,
            officer or controlling person in connection  with investigating
            or defending against or appearing as a third-party  witness  in
            connection  with  any  such  loss,  claim, damage, liability or
            action in respect thereof.  This indemnity agreement will be in
            addition  to  any liability that the such  selling  holder  may
            otherwise have to the indemnified parties.  Such selling holder
            shall not be liable under this Section 13(d) for any settlement
            of any claim or  action  effected  without  its  consent, which
            shall  not  be  unreasonably  withheld.  In no event shall  the
            liability of any selling holder  hereunder be greater in amount
            than the dollar amount of the proceeds  received by such holder
            upon the sale of the Registered Securities  giving rise to such
            indemnification obligation.

                  (iii)Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under
            this Section 13(d) of notice of the commencement of any action,
            such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect  thereof  is
            to  be  made  against the indemnifying party under this Section
            13(d),  notify  the  indemnifying  party  of  the  commencement
            thereof; but the  omission  so to notify the indemnifying party
            (1) will not relieve it from  any liability under paragraph (i)
            or (ii) above unless it did not  otherwise learn of such action
            and only if and to the extent that  such failure results in the
            forfeiture by the indemnifying party  of substantial rights and
            defenses and (2) will not, in any event,  relieve  the indemni-
            fying party from any obligations to any indemnified party other
            than the indemnification obligation provided in paragraphs  (i)
            and (ii) above.  In case any such action is brought against any
            indemnified  party,  and  it notifies the indemnifying party of
            the commencement thereof, the  indemnifying party will be enti-
            tled to participate therein and, to assume the defense thereof,
            with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party;
            PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if (1) the use of counsel chosen by the
            indemnifying party to represent  the  indemnified  party  would
            present  such  counsel  with  a  conflict  of interest, (2) the
            parties in any such action include both the  indemnified  party
            and the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have
            been  advised  by  counsel  that there may be one or more legal
            defenses available to it and/or  other indemnified parties that
            are  different from or additional to  those  available  to  the
            indemnifying  party,  or  (3)  the indemnifying party shall not
            have   employed   counsel  reasonably   satisfactory   to   the
            indemnified party to  represent  the indemnified party within a
            reasonable time after notice of the institution of such action,
            then, in each such case, the indemnifying  party shall not have
            the  right to direct the defense of such action  on  behalf  of
            such indemnified party or parties and such indemnified party or
            parties  shall  have  the  right  to select separate counsel to
            defend such action on behalf of such  indemnified party or par-
            ties at the cost and expense of the indemnifying  party.  After
            notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of
            its  election so to assume the defense thereof and approval  by
            such indemnified  party  of  counsel  appointed  to defend such
            action,  the  indemnifying  party  will not be liable  to  such
            indemnified party under this Section  13(d)  for  any  legal or
            other  expenses,  other than reasonable costs of investigation,
            subsequently incurred  by  such indemnified party in connection
            with  the defense thereof, unless  (1)  the  indemnified  party
            shall have  employed  separate  counsel  in accordance with the
            proviso  to  the  immediately  preceding  sentence   (it  being
            understood,  however,  that in connection with such action  the
            indemnifying party shall not be liable for the expenses of more
            than one separate counsel (in addition to local counsel) in any
            one action or separate but substantially similar actions in the
            same jurisdiction arising  out  of the same general allegations
            or circumstances, designated by the selling holders in the case
            of paragraph (i) of this Section  13(d) or Showboat in the case
            of  paragraph  (ii)  of  this Section 13(d),  representing  the
            indemnified parties under such paragraph (i) or paragraph (ii),
            as the case may be, who are  parties to such action or actions)
            or (2) the indemnifying party  has  authorized  in  writing the
            employment of counsel for the indemnified party at the  expense
            of   the  indemnifying  party.   After  such  notice  from  the
            indemnifying  party to such indemnified party, the indemnifying
            party will not  be  liable  for  the  costs and expenses of any
            settlement  of such action effected by such  indemnified  party
            without the consent  of  the  indemnifying party, which consent
            shall not be unreasonably withheld.

                  (iv)In  circumstances in which  the  indemnity  agreement
            provided for in  the preceding paragraphs of this Section 13(d)
            is unavailable or  insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified
            party in respect of  any losses, claims, damages or liabilities
            (or actions in respect  thereof),  each  indemnifying party, in
            order  to  provide  for just and equitable contribution,  shall
            contribute to the amount  paid  or  payable by such indemnified
            party as a result of such losses, claims,  damages  or liabili-
            ties (or actions in respect thereof) in such proportion  as  is
            appropriate  to  reflect  (i) the relative benefits received by
            the indemnifying party or parties  on  the  one  hand  and  the
            indemnified  party  on  the  other  from  the  offering  of the
            Registered Securities or (ii) if the allocation provided by the
            foregoing  clause  (i)  is not permitted by applicable law, not
            only such relative benefits  but also the relative fault of the
            indemnifying  party  or  parties   on  the  one  hand  and  the
            indemnified  party  on  the  other  in  connection   with   the
            statements or omissions or alleged statements or omissions that
            resulted  in  such  losses,  claims, damages or liabilities (or
            actions in respect thereof).  The relative fault of the parties
            shall  be  determined  by reference  to,  among  other  things,
            whether the untrue or alleged  untrue  statement  of a material
            fact  or  the omission or alleged omission to state a  material
            fact relates  to  information  supplied  by Showboat on the one
            hand, or any selling holder on the other, the parties' relative
            intent,  knowledge,  access to information and  opportunity  to
            correct or prevent such  statement  or  omission, and any other
            equitable  considerations  appropriate  in  the  circumstances.
            Showboat  and the selling holders agree that it  would  not  be
            equitable if the amount of such contribution were determined by
            pro rata or  per capita allocation (even if the selling holders
            were treated as  one  entity  for such purpose) or by any other
            method  of  allocation that does  not  take  into  account  the
            equitable considerations  referred  to in the first sentence of
            this paragraph (iv).  Notwithstanding  any  other  provision of
            this  paragraph  (iv),  none  of  the selling holders shall  be
            obligated to make contributions hereunder that in the aggregate
            exceed the net proceeds received by such holder with respect to
            such holder's Registered Securities,  less the aggregate amount
            of any damages that such holder has otherwise  been required to
            pay by reason of the untrue or alleged untrue statements or the
            omissions or alleged omissions to state a material fact, and no
            person  guilty  of  fraudulent  misrepresentation  (within  the
            meaning  of  Section  11(f)  of  the Act) shall be entitled  to
            contribution  from  any  person  who was  not  guilty  of  such
            fraudulent misrepresentation.  For  purposes  of this paragraph
            (iv),  each  person,  if  any, who controls any selling  holder
            within the meaning of Section  15  of  the Act or Section 20 of
            the Exchange Act shall have the same rights  to contribution as
            each  selling  holder,  and  each  director  of Showboat,  each
            officer of Showboat who signed any Registration  Statement each
            person,  if  any,  who controls Showboat within the meaning  of
            Section 15 of the Act  or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, shall
            have the same rights to contribution as Showboat.

                  SECTION 14.  Regulatory Redemption of Warrants.

                  (a)  Notwithstanding  any other provision of this Warrant
            Agreement, each holder, by accepting  the  Warrants,  shall  be
            deemed  to  have  agreed (to the extent permitted by applicable
            law)  that  if  the  Nevada   Gaming   Authorities   or  Gaming
            Authorities  of  any other jurisdiction into which Showboat  or
            any of its subsidiaries  may  in  the  future expand (except as
            provided below in (e)) require that a person who is a holder or
            a beneficial owner of any of the Warrants  must  be licensed or
            found suitable under applicable gaming laws, such  holder shall
            apply  for  a  license  or a finding of suitability within  the
            required time period.  The  applicant  for a license or finding
            of suitability must pay all costs of licensure or investigation
            for such finding of suitability.  If such holder fails to apply
            or  become  licensed  or is found unsuitable  (a  "Disqualified
            Holder"), Showboat has the right, at its option, (i) to require
            such holder to dispose  of  its Warrants or beneficial interest
            therein  within  30 days of receipt  of  notice  of  Showboat's
            election or such earlier  date as may be ordered by such Gaming
            Authorities  or  (ii) to redeem  that  holder's  Warrants  (the
            "Redemption").  The  terms  and  conditions  of such Redemption
            shall be as follows:

                  (i) the redemption price (the "Redemption  Price") of the
              Warrants to be redeemed shall be determined as of  a date not
              more than 10 days prior to the Commencement Date (as  defined
              below) in accordance with subsection (c) below;

                  (ii) Showboat shall give notice (the "Redemption Notice")
              on a date (the "Commencement Date") that is at least 30  days
              (or  such  shorter  period  of time as may be required by the
              appropriate gaming authority) and not more than 60 days prior
              to the date of the Redemption (the "Redemption Date");

                  (iii)  Showboat shall provide  the  Warrant  holder  with
              notice  of  the  Redemption  at  least  10  days  before  the
              Commencement Date; and

                  (iv) Showboat  shall  send, by first class mail, a notice
              of Redemption to each Disqualified Holder (as defined below),
              stating:

                       (A)that the Redemption  is  being  made  pursuant to
                          Section 14 of the Warrant Agreement;

                       (B)the  number of Warrants held by such Disqualified
                          Holder  to  be redeemed, the Redemption Price and
                          the Redemption Date;

                       (C)that the Disqualified  Holder  whose Warrants are
                          to be redeemed pursuant to the Redemption will be
                          required to surrender such Warrants  to  Showboat
                          at the principal office of Showboat specified  in
                          the  notice  in  order  to be paid the Redemption
                          Price therefor; and

                       (D)that, on the Redemption Date  and  payment of the
                          Redemption  Price  by  Showboat  as  provided  in
                          paragraph (b) of this Section 14, the Warrants of
                          the Disqualified Holder to be redeemed  shall  be
                          cancelled  and  thereafter  the holder shall have
                          none  of  the  rights  afforded  to   holders  of
                          Warrants.
                  (b) On  or  prior to the Redemption Date, Showboat,  upon
            receipt of the Warrant  Certificates  for  the  Warrants  to be
            redeemed  from  a  Disqualified  Holder, shall promptly mail or
            deliver to such Disqualified Holder  a check in an amount equal
            to the aggregate Redemption Price of the  Warrants  redeemed by
            Showboat from such holder.  Such Warrants shall be cancelled by
            Showboat and may not be reissued.

                  (c) Except  as  may  otherwise  be  required  by a Gaming
            Authority  (as  defined  below), the Redemption Price for  each
            Warrant to be redeemed shall  be  the  Current Market Price (as
            defined below) of the Warrant Shares into which such Warrant is
            exercisable,  less  the  Exercise Price.  The  "Current  Market
            Price" of a Warrant Share  on  any  date  is the average of the
            Quoted  Prices  of the Common Stock for 30 consecutive  trading
            days commencing 45  trading  days  before the date in question.
            The "Quoted Price" of the Common Stock  is  the  last  reported
            sales  price of the Common Stock as reported by NASDAQ National
            Market System, or if the Common Stock is listed on a securities
            exchange,  the last reported sales price of the Common Stock on
            such exchange  which  shall  be  for  consolidated  trading  if
            applicable  to  such  exchange,  or  if  neither so reported or
            listed, the last reported bid price of the  Common  Stock.   In
            the  absence of one or more such quotations, the Current Market
            Price  shall  be the fair market value of each Warrant Share on
            the  date  in question  as  determined  in  good  faith  by  an
            investment banking firm of national standing.

                  (d) "Gaming Authority" shall mean any agency of Nevada or
            any other jurisdiction  that  has, or may at any time after the
            date of this Warrant Agreement have, jurisdiction over all or a
            portion of the gaming activities  of  Showboat  or  any  of its
            subsidiaries,  direct  or  indirect,  or  any successor to such
            authority.

                      "Gaming  License"  shall  mean any material  license,
            material franchise or other material  approval or authorization
            on the date hereof or hereafter required to own, lease, operate
            or otherwise conduct gaming in the State of Nevada or any other
            jurisdiction in which Showboat or its subsidiaries,  direct  or
            indirect,  conducts  or  proposes  in  good  faith  to  conduct
            material  gaming  business,  including  any  applicable  liquor
            licenses.

                  (e) Showboat  shall  have  no  redemption  rights whether
            under  this  Section  14  or  otherwise  with  respect  to  the
            Warrants, in the event that Showboat or any of its subsidiaries
            enters  into  a jurisdiction, other than Nevada, which requires
            holders or beneficial  owners  of equity securities such as the
            Warrants  generally to be licensed  or  found  suitable.   This
            subsection (e) shall not effect the right of Showboat to effect
            a Redemption  where  such  Redemption  is  triggered  by Nevada
            licensing   or   suitability   requirements,  as  described  in
            subsection (a) of this Section 14.

                  SECTION 15.  Representations  and Warranties of Showboat.
            Showboat represents and warrants exclusively to DLJ Bridge that
            the statements contained in this Section  15  are true, correct
            and complete as of the date of this Agreement:
                  (1)   Each  of  Showboat  and  its  subsidiaries   is   a
              corporation  duly  organized,  validly  existing  and in good
              standing   under   the   laws  of  the  jurisdiction  of  its
              incorporation;

                  (2)   Each  of Showboat  and  its  subsidiaries  is  duly
              authorized to conduct  business and is in good standing under
              the laws of each jurisdiction  where  such  qualification  is
              required;

                  (3)   Showboat  has full corporate power and authority to
              execute and deliver each  of  this Agreement and any Warrants
              and Warrant Shares issued pursuant  to  this Agreement and to
              perform its obligations thereunder.  This  Agreement  and any
              Warrants   issued   pursuant   to  this  Agreement  are  duly
              authorized   and  constitute  valid   and   legally   binding
              obligations of Showboat, enforceable in accordance with their
              terms and conditions.   Upon payment of the Exercise Price in
              accordance with the terms  of  this  Agreement,  the  Warrant
              Shares  will  be  duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid
              and nonassessable.

                  (4)   Showboat  will   at  all  times  reserve  and  keep
              available, free from preemptive  rights, out of the aggregate
              of its authorized but unissued Common Stock or its authorized
              and issued Common Stock held in its treasury, for the purpose
              of  enabling it to satisfy any obligation  to  issue  Warrant
              Shares  upon  exercise  of  Warrants,  the  maximum number of
              shares of Common Stock which may then be deliverable upon the
              exercise of all outstanding Warrants;

                  (5)  DLJ Bridge, upon receipt of this Agreement, will not
              be required to be licensed, qualify, or file any applications
              for  suitability  in  any jurisdiction in which  Showboat  is
              currently,  or  may at any  time  in  the  future  be,  doing
              business, as the  result  of  being  the owner of any Warrant
              Shares.

                  SECTION 16.  Notices to Showboat and  Warrant Holder. Any
            notice or demand authorized by this Agreement  to  be  given or
            made by the registered holder of any Warrant Certificate  to or
            on  Showboat  shall  be  sufficiently given or made when and if
            deposited  in  the mail, first  class  or  registered,  postage
            prepaid,  addressed   to   the  office  of  Showboat  expressly
            designated  by Showboat as its  office  for  purposes  of  this
            Agreement (until  the Warrant holders are otherwise notified in
            accordance with this Section by Showboat), as follows:

                          Showboat, Inc.
                          2800 Fremont Street
                          Las Vegas, Nevada 89104
                          Attention:  Corporate Secretary
                          Telephone:  (702) 385-9141
                          Telecopier:  (702) 385-9163

                  with a copy to:

                          Kummer Kaempfer Bonner & Renshaw
                          3800 Howard Hughes Parkway, 7th Fl.
                          Las Vegas, Nevada 89109
                          Attention:  John N. Brewer, Esq.
                          Telephone:  (702) 792-7000
                          Telecopier:  (702) 796-7181

                  Any notice pursuant  to  this  Agreement  to  be given by
            Showboat to the registered holder(s) of any Warrant Certificate
            shall  be  sufficiently given or made when and if deposited  in
            the mail, first-class or registered, postage prepaid, addressed
            (until Showboat  is  otherwise notified in accordance with this
            Section by such holder) to such holder at the address appearing
            on the Warrant register of the Company:

                  Notice may also  be  given  by  either party by facsimile
            transmission (effective when receipt is  acknowledged), by hand
            (effective  at the time of delivery) or by  overnight  delivery
            service (effective the next business day).

                  SECTION  17.  Supplements  and  Amendments.  Showboat may
            from  time to time supplement or amend this  Agreement  without
            the approval of any holders of Warrant Certificates in order to
            cure any  ambiguity  or  to correct or supplement any provision
            contained herein which may  be  defective  or inconsistent with
            any other provision herein, or to make any other  provisions in
            regard to matters or questions arising hereunder which Showboat
            may deem necessary or desirable and which shall not  in any way
            adversely  affect  the  interests  of  the  holders  of Warrant
            Certificates.

                  SECTION 18.  Successors.  All covenants and provisions of
            this  Agreement  by  or  for  the  benefit  of Showboat and any
            Warrant holder(s) shall bind and inure to the  benefit  of  its
            respective  successors  and  assigns,  including any subsequent
            holder of any Warrant, hereunder.

                  SECTION 19.  Termination.  This Agreement shall terminate
            at   5:00   p.m.,   New  York  City  time  on  May   6,   1999.
            Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement will terminate on
            any earlier date on which all Warrants have been exercised.

                  SECTION 20.  Governing  Law.   THIS  AGREEMENT  AND  EACH
            WARRANT  CERTIFICATE  ISSUED  HEREUNDER SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE A
            CONTRACT MADE UNDER THE LAWS OF  THE  STATE OF NEW YORK AND FOR
            ALL PURPOSES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED  IN  ACCORDANCE
            WITH  THE  INTERNAL  LAWS  OF  SAID  STATE  EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE
            REQUIRED BY MANDATORY PROVISIONS OF NEVADA OR  NEW  JERSEY LAW,
            INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE NEVADA GAMING CONTROL ACT AND
            THE   NEW  JERSEY  CASINO  CONTROL  ACT,  AND  THE  REGULATIONS
            PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.

                  SECTION 21.  Benefits of This Agreement.  Nothing in this
            Agreement   shall  be  construed  to  give  to  any  person  or
            corporation other  than  Showboat and the registered holders of
            the Warrant Certificates any  legal  or equitable right, remedy
            or claim under this Agreement; but this  Agreement shall be for
            the sole and exclusive benefit of Showboat  and  the registered
            holders of the Warrant Certificates.

                  SECTION   22.  Counterparts.    This  Agreement  may   be
            executed  in  any  number  of counterparts  and  each  of  such
            counterparts  shall  for  all  purposes  be  deemed  to  be  an
            original, and all such counterparts  shall  together constitute
            but one and the same instrument.
                                         A-10

                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto  have  caused this
            Agreement  to  be  duly executed, as of the day and year  first
            above written.

                                          DLJ Bridge Finance, Inc.


                                          By: /s/ Robert Grien
                                          Name:  Robert Grien
                                          Title: Vice President








            Showboat, Inc.


            By:/s/ J. Kell Houssels, III
            Name: J. Kell Houssels, III
            Title:  President and Chief Executive Officer
                                         A-11
                                                                  EXHIBIT A

                              Form of Warrant Certificate

                                         [Face]
            No. _____                                              Warrants
                                  Warrant Certificate

                                     SHOWBOAT, INC.

                  This  Warrant  Certificate   certifies  that  DLJ  Bridge
            Finance,  Inc., or its registered assigns,  is  the  registered
            holder of 150,000  Warrants  (the  "Warrants")  expiring May 6,
            1999  to purchase shares of Common Stock, par value  $1.00  per
            share  (the  "Common  Stock"),  of  Showboat,  Inc.,  a  Nevada
            corporation  (the "Company").  Each Warrant entitles the holder
            upon exercise  to  receive  from  the Company on or before 5:00
            p.m.  New York City time on May 6, 1994,  one  fully  paid  and
            nonassessable  share of Common Stock (a "Warrant Share") at the
            initial exercise price (the "Exercise Price") of $15.50 payable
            in lawful money  of the United States of America upon surrender
            of this Warrant Certificate  and  payment of the Exercise Price
            at the office of the Company designated  for  such purpose, but
            only  subject  to the conditions set forth herein  and  in  the
            Warrant Agreement  referred  to  on  the  reverse  hereof.  The
            Exercise  Price  and  number  of  Warrant Shares issuable  upon
            exercise of the Warrants are subject  to  adjustment  upon  the
            occurrence   of   certain  events  set  forth  in  the  Warrant
            Agreement.

                  No Warrant may  be  exercised  after  5:00 p.m., New York
            City  time on May 6, 1999, and to the extent not  exercised  by
            such time, such Warrants shall become void.

                  Reference  is  hereby  made  to the further provisions of
            this Warrant Certificate set forth on  the  reverse  hereof and
            such  further  provisions shall for all purposes have the  same
            effect as though fully set forth at this place.

                  This Warrant  Certificate shall be governed and construed
            in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York.

                  EXERCISABLE ON OR BEFORE May 6, 1999

                                         A-12
                  IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  Showboat,  Inc.  has  caused  this
            Warrant Certificate  to  be  signed by its President and by its
            Secretary, each by a facsimile of his signature, and has caused
            a facsimile of its corporate seal  to  be  affixed  hereunto or
            imprinted hereon.

            Dated:  __________ ___, 1994.

                                          Showboat, Inc.


                                          By:
                                                      President


                                          By:
                                                      Secretary

                                              (seal)


            Countersigned:

            DLJ Bridge Finance, Inc.



            By:
            Its:
                                         A-13
                              Form of Warrant Certificate

                                       [Reverse]

                  The  Warrants  evidenced by this Warrant Certificate  are
            part of a duly authorized  issue  of  Warrants  expiring May 6,
            1999  entitling  the  holder on exercise to receive  shares  of
            Common  Stock of the Company  (the  "Common  Stock"),  and  are
            issued or to be issued pursuant to a Warrant Agreement dated as
            of May 6,  1994  (the  "Warrant  Agreement"), duly executed and
            delivered  by the Company, which Warrant  Agreement  is  hereby
            incorporated by reference in and made a part of this instrument
            and is hereby  referred  to  for  a  description of the rights,
            limitation  of  rights,  obligations,  duties   and  immunities
            thereunder of the Company and the holders (the words  "holders"
            or  "holder"  meaning  the  registered  holders  or  registered
            holder)  of the Warrants.  A copy of the Warrant Agreement  may
            be obtained  by  the  holder hereof upon written request to the
            Company.

                  Warrants may be exercised at any time on or before May 6,
            1999.   The  holder  of  Warrants  evidenced  by  this  Warrant
            Certificate  may exercise them  by  surrendering  this  Warrant
            Certificate, with  the  form  of election to purchase set forth
            hereon properly completed and executed,  together  with payment
            of the Exercise Price in lawful money of the United  States  of
            America  at  the  office  of  the  Company  designated for such
            purpose.   In  the  event  that upon any exercise  of  Warrants
            evidenced hereby the number of Warrants exercised shall be less
            than the total number of Warrants evidenced hereby, there shall
            be issued to the holder hereof  or  his  assignee a new Warrant
            Certificate  evidencing the number of Warrants  not  exercised.
            No adjustment  shall  be  made  for any dividends on any Common
            Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant.

                  The Warrant Agreement provides  that  upon the occurrence
            of  certain  events the Exercise Price set forth  on  the  face
            hereof may, subject to certain conditions, be adjusted.  If the
            Exercise Price is adjusted, the Warrant Agreement provides that
            the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise
            of each Warrant  shall be adjusted.  No fractions of a share of
            Common Stock will  be  issued upon the exercise of any Warrant,
            but the Company will pay  the  cash value thereof determined as
            provided in the Warrant Agreement.

                  The  holders  of the Warrants  are  entitled  to  certain
            registration  rights  with   respect   to   the   Common  Stock
            purchasable  upon  exercise thereof.  Said registration  rights
            are set forth in full in the Warrant Agreement.

                  Warrant Certificates,  when  surrendered at the office of
            the Company by the registered holder  thereof  in  person or by
            legal  representative  or attorney duly authorized in  writing,
            may be exchanged, in the  manner and subject to the limitations
            provided in the Warrant Agreement,  but  without payment of any
            service  charge,  for  another Warrant Certificate  or  Warrant
            Certificates of like tenor  evidencing  in the aggregate a like
            number of Warrants.

                  Upon  due presentation for registration  of  transfer  of
            this Warrant  Certificate  at  the  office of the Company a new
            Warrant Certificate or Warrant Certificates  of  like tenor and
            evidencing in the aggregate a like number of Warrants  shall be
            issued  to  the  transferee(s)  in  exchange  for  this Warrant
            Certificate, subject to the limitations provided in the Warrant
            Agreement,   without   charge  except  for  any  tax  or  other
            governmental charge imposed in connection therewith.

                  The Company may deem  and  treat the registered holder(s)
            thereof as the absolute owner(s) of  this  Warrant  Certificate
            (notwithstanding  any  notation  of  ownership or other writing
            hereon made by anyone), for the purpose of any exercise hereof,
            of any distribution to the holder(s) hereof,  and for all other
            purposes, and the Company shall not be affected  by  any notice
            to  the  contrary.   Neither  the  Warrants  nor  this  Warrant
            Certificate  entitles  any  holder  hereof  to  any rights of a
            stockholder of the Company.

                                         A-14
                              Form of Election to Purchase

                       (To Be Executed Upon Exercise Of Warrant)

                  The undersigned hereby irrevocably elects to exercise the
            right,  represented  by  this  Warrant Certificate, to  receive
            __________ shares of Common Stock  and herewith tenders payment
            for  such  shares  (in lawful money of  the  United  States  of
            America) to the order of Showboat, Inc. in the amount of $_____
            in accordance with the  terms  hereof. The undersigned requests
            that a certificate for such shares be registered in the name of
            ___________________________,       whose       address       is
            ______________________________________, and that such shares be
            delivered   to  _______________________,   whose   address   is
            _____________________________________.    If   said  number  of
            shares  is  less  than  all  of  the  shares  of  Common  Stock
            purchasable  hereunder,  the  undersigned requests that  a  new
            Warrant Certificate representing  the remaining balance of such
            shares be registered in the name of __________________________,
            whose  address  is  _______________________________,  and  that
            such     Warrant     Certificate      be      delivered      to
            ________________________________,      whose     address     is
            __________________________________________.


                                          ____________________________
                                          Signature:

            Date:  ____________________


                                          _____________________________
                                          Signature Guaranteed:

                                       EXHIBIT B

                          THIS SECURITY (OR ITS PREDECESSOR)  HAS  NOT BEEN
                  REGISTERED  UNDER  THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED
                  (THE "SECURITIES ACT"),  AND IT MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD,
                  PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED  EXCEPT  (1) PURSUANT TO
                  AN  EXEMPTION FROM, OR IN A TRANSACTION NOT  SUBJECT  TO,
                  THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR
                  (2) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER
                  THE SECURITIES  ACT,  IN EACH CASE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY
                  APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS  OF  ANY  STATE  OF THE UNITED
                  STATES.

                  THE   ARTICLES  OF  INCORPORATION  OF  THE  COMPANY   AND
                  PROVISIONS  OF  THE  NEVADA  GAMING  CONTROL ACT, THE NEW
                  JERSEY   CASINO   CONTROL  ACT  AND  OTHER  STATUTES   IN
                  JURISDICTIONS IN WHICH  THE COMPANY IS DOING BUSINESS AND
                  THE REGULATIONS PROMULGATED  THEREUNDER,  IMPOSE  CERTAIN
                  RESTRICTIONS ON REPORTING OR APPLICATION RESPONSIBILITIES
                  ON  THE  OWNERS  OF  FIVE  PERCENT OR MORE OF THE CAPITAL
                  STOCK OF THE COMPANY AND EMPOWER  THE  BOARD OF DIRECTORS
                  TO REDEEM CAPITAL STOCK UNDER CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES.  THE
                  COMPANY  WILL  FURNISH ANY SHAREHOLDER UPON  REQUEST  AND
                  WITHOUT CHARGE,  A  COPY OF THE ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
                  AND A FULL STATEMENT  OF  THE  DESIGNATIONS, PREFERENCES,
                  LIMITATIONS, AND RELATIVE RIGHTS  OF  THE  SHARES OF EACH
                  CLASS OR SERIES AUTHORIZED TO BE ISSUED, SO  FAR  AS THEY
                  HAVE  BEEN DETERMINED, AND THE AUTHORITY OF THE BOARD  TO
                  DETERMINE   THE   RELATIVE   RIGHTS  AND  PREFERENCES  OF
                  SUBSEQUENT CLASSES OR SERIES.

                  THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY  THIS  CERTIFICATE  AND ANY
                  SHARES  OF  COMMON STOCK ISSUED UPON EXERCISE HEREOF  ARE
                  SUBJECT  TO  THE   NEVADA  GAMING  CONTROL  ACT  AND  THE
                  REGULATIONS OF THE NEVADA  GAMING  COMMISSION,   THE  NEW
                  JERSEY  CASINO CONTROL ACT AND THE REGULATIONS OF THE NEW
                  JERSEY CASINO  CONTROL COMMISSION, AND OTHER STATUTES AND
                  REGULATIONS OF STATE REGULATORY AGENCIES IN JURISDICTIONS
                  IN WHICH THE COMPANY IS DOING BUSINESS AND THE HOLDERS OF
                  SUCH  SECURITIES   ARE,   THEREFORE,   SUBJECT   TO   THE
                  JURISDICTION  OF  SUCH REGULATORY AGENCIES.  THE EXERCISE
                  OF SUCH SECURITIES  MAY  RESULT  IN  THE  HOLDER  OF SUCH
                  SECURITIES  BEING  REQUIRED TO REPORT THEIR OWNERSHIP  TO
                  THE  NEVADA  GAMING COMMISSION,  THE  NEW  JERSEY  CASINO
                  CONTROL COMMISSION  OR  OTHER  REGULATORY AGENCIES OR THE
                  COMPLETION OF APPLICATIONS FOR FINDINGS OF SUITABILITY.



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission